You are on page 1of 260

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Rate Summaries\[2012-08-15 Summary of Rates.

xls]Delivery Detail

R.I.P.U.C. Tariff No. 2095 Sheet 1 of 3 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY Summary of Retail Delivery Rates

Operating & Distribution Maintenance Rate A A-16 Basic Residential Rate R.I.P.U.C.No. 2082 A-60 Low Income Rate R.I.P.U.C.No. 2083 Charge Description B Charge C Exp Charge D

CapEx Factor Charge E

RDM Adj Factor F

Billing Distribution Charge G=C+D+E+ F

Net Metering Charge H

LIHEAP Base Transmission Total Base Renewable Energy Long-Term Enhancement Transmission Transmission Uncollectible Transmission Transition Contracting Distribution Charge Charge Charge Charge Adjustment Factor Charge Charge I J=H + I K L M N O=L+M+N P

Total Transition Charge Adj Q Transition Charge R=P+Q

Energy Efficiency Program Charge S

Total Delivery Charges T=G+J+K+ O+R+S

Customer Charge kWh Charge Effective Date Customer Charge kWh Charges kWh Charge Effective Date

$3.75 $0.03416 4/23/12 $0.00 $0.02048 4/23/12

$0.00159 4/1/12

$0.00056 4/1/12

($0.00014) 7/1/12

$3.75 $0.03617

$0.83 $0.00000 4/1/12 $0.00007 4/1/12 $0.00007 1/1/12 $0.83 $0.00000 4/1/12 $0.00007 4/1/12 $0.00007 1/1/12 $0.01950 4/1/12 ($0.00026) 4/1/12 $0.00018 4/1/12 $0.01942 $0.00081 4/1/12 ($0.00018) 4/1/12 $0.00063 $0.00622 3/1/12 $0.01950 4/1/12 ($0.00026) 4/1/12 $0.00018 4/1/12 $0.01942 $0.00081 4/1/12 ($0.00018) 4/1/12 $0.00063 $0.00622 3/1/12

$4.58 $0.06251

$0.00 $0.00159 4/1/12 $0.00056 4/1/12 ($0.00014) 7/1/12 $0.02249

$0.83 $0.04883

B-32 C&I Back-up Service Rate Customer Charge $750.00 $0.10 R.I.P.U.C.No. 2084 Backup Demand Charge - in excess of 200 kW kW Charge - in excess of 200 kW $2.15 kW Charge kWh Charge $0.00818 High Voltage Delivery Discount ($0.42) Second Feeder Service $2.42 High Voltage Metering Discount (115kV) ($2.00) High Voltage Metering Discount -1.0% Effective Date 4/23/12 B-62 3,000 kW Back-up Service Rate Customer Charge $17,000.00 R.I.P.U.C.No. 2085 Backup Demand Charge ($0.16) kW Charge $2.57 kW Charge kWh Charge $0.00009 High Voltage Delivery Discount ($0.42) Second Feeder Service $2.42 High Voltage Metering Discount (115kV) ($2.00) High Voltage Metering Discount -1.0% Effective Date 4/23/12 C-06 Small C&I Rate Customer Charge $8.00 R.I.P.U.C.No. 2086 Unmetered Charge $5.00 kWh Charge $0.03257 Additional Minimum Charge (per kVA in excess of 25 kVA) $1.85 Effective Date 4/23/12 G-02 General C&I Rate Customer Charge $125.00 R.I.P.U.C.No. 2087 kW > 10 Charge $4.63 kW Charge kWh Charge $0.00623 High Voltage Delivery Discount ($0.42) High Voltage Metering Discount -1.0% Effective Date 4/23/12

$0.30

$0.14 $0.14 $0.00000 ($0.00014)

$0.00073

$750.00 $0.54 $2.29 $0.00 $0.00877 ($0.42) $2.42 ($2.00)

$0.83

$0.00000

$0.00007

$0.00007

$2.92 $0.00659

($0.00026)

$0.00013

$2.92 $0.00646

$0.00081

($0.00018)

$0.00063

$0.00622

$750.83 $0.54 $2.29 $2.92 $0.02215 ($0.42) $2.42 ($2.00)

7/1/12

7/1/12

7/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

1/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

3/1/12

$0.35 $0.35 $0.00000

$0.11 $0.11 $0.00000 ($0.00014)

$17,000.00 $0.30 $3.03 $0.00 -$0.00005 ($0.42) $2.42 ($2.00)

$0.83

$0.00000

$0.00007

$0.00007

$2.92 $0.00659

($0.00026)

$0.00013

$2.92 $0.00646

$0.00081

($0.00018)

$0.00063

$0.00622

$17,000.83 $0.30 $3.03 $2.92 $0.01333 ($0.42) $2.42 ($2.00)

7/1/12

7/1/12

7/1/12 $8.00 $5.00 $0.03462 $1.85

4/1/12

4/1/12

1/1/12 $0.83 $0.83

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

3/1/12 $8.83 $5.83 $0.05992 $1.85

$0.00166

$0.00053

($0.00014)

$0.00000

$0.00007

$0.00007

$0.01847

($0.00026)

$0.00017

$0.01838

$0.00081

($0.00018)

$0.00063

$0.00622

4/1/12

4/1/12

7/1/12 $125.00 $4.78 $0.00 $0.00744 ($0.42)

4/1/12

4/1/12

1/1/12 $0.83

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

3/1/12 $125.83 $4.78 $2.70 $0.02271 ($0.42)

$0.15 $0.00135 $0.00000 ($0.00014)

$0.00000

$0.00007

$0.00007

$2.70 $0.00846

($0.00026)

$0.00015

$2.70 $0.00835

$0.00081

($0.00018)

$0.00063

$0.00622

4/1/12

4/1/12

7/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

1/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

3/1/12

Taxes and other rate clauses apply as usual and will appear on customer bills as applicable.

Effective: 08/15/2012 (Replacing R.I.P.U.C No. 2095 effective 07/01/12) Issued: 08/17/2012

R.I.P.U.C. Tariff No. 2095 Sheet 2 of 3 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY Summary of Retail Delivery Rates

Operating & Distribution Maintenance Rate A G-32 200 kW Demand Rate R.I.P.U.C.No. 2088 Charge Description B Charge C Exp Charge D

CapEx Factor Charge E

RDM Adj Factor F

Billing Distribution Charge G=C+D+E+ F

Net Metering Charge H

LIHEAP Base Transmission Total Base Renewable Energy Long-Term Enhancement Transmission Transmission Uncollectible Transmission Transition Contracting Distribution Charge Charge Charge Charge Adjustment Factor Charge Charge I J=H + I K L M N O=L+M+N P

Total Transition Charge Adj Q Transition Charge R=P+Q

Energy Efficiency Program Charge S

Total Delivery Charges T=G+J+K+ O+R+S

Customer Charge kW Charge - in excess of 200 kW kW Charge kWh Charge High Voltage Delivery Discount Second Feeder Service High Voltage Metering Discount (115kV) High Voltage Metering Discount Effective Date

$750.00 $2.15 $0.00818 ($0.42) $2.42 ($2.00) -1.0% 4/23/12 $0.00073

$0.14 $0.00000 ($0.00014)

$750.00 $2.29 $0.00 $0.00877 ($0.42) $2.42 ($2.00)

$0.83 $2.92 $0.00659 $2.92 $0.00646

$0.00000

$0.00007

$0.00007

($0.00026)

$0.00013

$0.00081

($0.00018)

$0.00063

$0.00622

$750.83 $2.29 $2.92 $0.02215 ($0.42) $2.42 ($2.00)

$0.00000 4/1/12

$0.00000 4/1/12

7/1/12

04/01/12

04/01/12

1/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

3/1/12

G-62 3,000 kW Demand Rate R.I.P.U.C.No. 2089

Customer Charge kW Charge kW Charge kWh Charge Second Feeder Service High Voltage Delivery Discount High Voltage Metering Discount (115kV) High Voltage Metering Discount Effective Date

$17,000.00 $2.57 $0.00009 $2.42 ($0.42) ($2.00) -1.0% 4/23/12

$0.35 $0.00000

$0.11 $0.00000 ($0.00014)

$17,000.00 $3.03 $0.00 -$0.00005 $2.42 ($0.42) ($2.00)

$0.83 $2.92 $0.00659 $2.92 $0.00646

$0.00000

$0.00007

$0.00007

($0.00026)

$0.00013

$0.00081

($0.00018)

$0.00063

$0.00622

$17,000.83 $3.03 $2.92 $0.01333 $2.42 ($0.42) ($2.00)

4/1/12

4/1/12

7/1/12

04/01/12

04/01/12

1/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

4/1/12

3/1/12

X-01 Electric Propulsion Rate R.I.P.U.C.No. 2090

Customer Charge kW Charge kWh Charge Effective Date

$16,500.00 $0.00 $0.01240 4/23/12

$0.00201 4/1/12

$0.00067 4/1/12

($0.00014) 7/1/12

$16,500.00 $0.00 $0.01494

$0.83 $0.00000 04/01/12 $0.00007 04/01/12 $0.00007 1/1/12 $2.92 $0.00659 4/1/12 ($0.00026) 4/1/12 $0.00013 4/1/12 $2.92 $0.00646 $0.00081 4/1/12 ($0.00018) 4/1/12 $0.00063 $0.00622 3/1/12

$16,500.83 $2.92 $0.02832

M-1 Station Power Delivery & Reliability Service Rate R.I.P.U.C.No. 2091

Option A: fixed charges $3,640.42 $0.00 variable charges $0.00 $0.00 (transition and conservation charges billed on higher of fixed charges or kWhs times variable charges) Option B: fixed charge $3,640.42 $0.00 kWh charge Effective Date 4/1/11 4/1/12 Taxes and other rate clauses apply as usual and will appear on customer bills as applicable.

$0.00 $0.00

$3,640.42 $0.00

$0.83

$0.00 $0.00

$0.00 $0.00

$0.00 $0.00

$0.00 $0.00

$3,500.00 $0.00081

$0.00 ($0.00018)

$3,500.00 $0.00063

$800.00 $0.00622

$7,941.25 $0.00685

$0.00 4/1/12

$3,640.42

$0.83 1/1/12 $0.00000 4/1/12 $0.00000 4/1/12 $0.00000 4/1/12 $0.00000 $0.00081 4/1/12 ($0.00018) 4/1/12 $0.00063 $0.00622 3/1/12

$3,641.25 $0.00685

Column Descriptions: I. J. K. L. M. N. O. per Long-Term Contracting for Renewable Energy Recovery Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2081 Col H + Col I per LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2079 per Transmission Cost Adjustment Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2080 per Transmission Cost Adjustment Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2080 per Transmission Cost Adjustment Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2080 Col L + Col M +Col N P. Q. R. S.

Effective: 08/15/2012 (Replacing R.I.P.U.C No. 2095 effective 07/01/12) Issued: 08/17/2012 per Non-Bypassable Transition Adjustment Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 per Non-Bypassable Transition Adjustment Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Col P + Col Q per Energy Efficiency Program Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2042, also includes $0.00030 per kWh Renewable Energy Charge per R.I.G.L. §39-2-1.2 T. Col G + Col J + Col K + Col O + Col R + Col S

A. - C. D. E. F. G. H.

per retail delivery tariffs R.I.P.U.C. Nos. 2082, 2083, 2086-2094, 2122 and 2123 per Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2044 per Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2044 Per RDM Filing, R.I.P.U.C. Docket No. ____, filed May 2012 Col C + Col D + Col E + Col F per Net Metering Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2099

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Rate Summaries\[2012-08-15 Summary of Rates.xls]Delivery Detail (2)

R.I.P.U.C. Tariff No. 2095 Sheet 3 of 3 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY Summary of Retail Delivery Rates

Operating &

CapEx Factor Charge E

RDM Adj Factor F

Billing Distribution Charge G=C+D+E+F

Net Metering Charge H Long-Term Contracting Charge I

Charge Rate A RateS-06 Decorative Street and Area Lighting Service R.I.P.U.C.No. 2092 Rate S-10 Limited Service Private Lighting R.I.P.U.C.No. 2093 Rate S-14 General Street and Area Lighting Service R.I.P.U.C.No. 2094 Description B Fixture Charges

Distribution Charge C

Maintenance Exp Charge D

Renewable Energy Distribution Charge J=H + I

LIHEAP Enhancement Charge K

Base Transmission Charge L Transmission Adjustment M

Transmission Uncollectible Factor N

Total Transmission Charge O=L+M+N

Base Transition Charge P Transition Charge Adj Q

Total Transition Charge R=P+Q Energy Efficiency Program Charge S

Total Delivery Charges T=G+J+K+O+R +S

Full Service S-06 Luminaires Incandescent Roadway LUM INC RWY 105W LUM INC RWY 205W (S-14 Only) Mercury Vapor Roadway LUM MV RWY 100W LUM MV RWY 175W LUM MV RWY 250W (S-14 Only) LUM MV RWY 400W LUM MV RWY 1000W Post-top LUM MV POST 175W (S-14 Only) Flood LUM MV FLD 400W LUM MV FLD 1000W Sodium Vapor Roadway LUM HPS RWY 50W LUM HPS RWY 70W LUM HPS RWY 100W LUM HPS RWY 150W LUM HPS RWY 250W LUM HPS RWY 400W Flood LUM HPS FLD 250W LUM HPS FLD 400W Post-top LUM HPS POST 50W LUM HPS POST 100W WALL HPS 250W 24HR SHOEBOX - LUM HPS REC 100W-C1 Metal Halide Flood LUM MH FLD 400W LUM MH FLD 1000W Decorative DEC HPS TR 50W DEC HPS TR 100W DEC HPS AG 50W DEC HPS AG 100W DEC HPS WL 50W DEC HPS WL 100W DEC HPS TR-TW 50W DEC HPS TR-TW 100W DEC HPS AG-TW 50W DEC HPS AG-TW 100W DEC HPS WL-TW 50W DEC HPS WL-TW 100W Standards POLE-WOOD POLE FIBER PTEMB <25' w/out foundation POLE FIBER RWY <25 w/ foundation POLE FIBER RWY => 25 w/ foundation POLE METAL EMBEDDED (S-14 Only) POLE METAL=>25FT (with foundation) DEC VILL PT/FDN DEC WASH PT/FDN Effective Date Customer Charge n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a $607.38 $631.69 06/01/2010

Full Service S-10

Full Service S-14

Temp-off S-14

n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a $155.49 $156.80 $239.39 $241.52 $269.63 $273.09 $334.84 $337.49 $502.64 $506.93 $563.13 $570.08

$69.46 n/a $69.46 $72.63 n/a $120.39 $163.46 n/a $143.14 $181.37 $69.46 $69.72 $72.63 $72.63 $120.39 $163.46 $143.14 $181.37 $155.49 $156.80 $172.21 $92.30 $181.37 $181.37 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

$69.46 $69.46 $69.46 $72.63 $72.63 $120.39 $163.46 $156.80 $143.14 $181.37 $69.46 $69.72 $72.63 $72.63 $120.39 $163.46 $143.14 $181.37 $155.49 $156.80 $172.21 n/a $181.37 $181.37 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

$41.68 $41.68 $41.68 $43.58 $43.58 $72.23 $98.08 $94.08 $85.88 $108.82 $41.68 $41.83 $43.58 $43.58 $72.23 $98.08 $85.88 $108.82 $93.29 $94.08 $103.33 n/a $108.82 $108.82 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

$77.81 $105.72 $162.86 $185.67 $253.37 $304.55 n/a n/a 06/01/2010

$77.81 $105.72 $162.86 $185.67 $253.37 $304.55 n/a n/a 06/01/2010

$77.81 $105.72 $162.86 $185.67 $253.37 $304.55 n/a n/a 06/01/2010 $0.83 $0.83 $0.01168 4/1/12 ($0.00026) 4/1/12 $0.00010 4/1/12 $0.01152 $0.00081 4/1/12 ($0.00018) 4/1/12 $0.00063 $0.00622 3/1/12 $0.02710

kWh Charge ($0.00429) Effective Date 4/23/12 Taxes and other rate clauses apply as usual and will appear on customer bills as applicable.

($0.00429) 4/23/12

($0.00429) 4/23/12

$0.01047 4/1/12

$0.00262 4/1/12

($0.00014) 7/1/12

$0.00866

$0.00000 4/1/12

$0.00007 4/1/12

$0.00007 1/1/12

Column Descriptions:
A. - C. D. E. F. G. H. per retail delivery tariffs R.I.P.U.C. Nos. 2082, 2083, 2086-2094, 2122 and 2123 per Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2044 per Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2044 Per RDM Filing, R.I.P.U.C. Docket No. ____, filed May 2012 Col C + Col D + Col E + Col F per Net Metering Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2099 I. J. K. L. M. N. O. per Long-Term Contracting for Renewable Energy Recovery Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2081 Col H + Col I per LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2079 per Transmission Cost Adjustment Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2080 per Transmission Cost Adjustment Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2080 per Transmission Cost Adjustment Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2080 Col L + Col M +Col N P. Q. R. S. per Non-Bypassable Transition Adjustment Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 per Non-Bypassable Transition Adjustment Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Col P + Col Q

Effective: 08/15/2012 (Replacing R.I.P.U.C No. 2095 effective 07/01/12) Issued: 08/17/2012

per Energy Efficiency Program Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2042, also includes $0.00030 per kWh Renewable Energy Charge per R.I.G.L. §39-2-1.2 T. Col G + Col J + Col K + Col O + Col R + Col S

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Rate Summaries\[2012-08-15 Summary of Rates.xls]Commodity Detail

R.I.P.U.C. Tariff No. 2096 Page 1 of 1

THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY Summary of Rates Standard Offer Service

Standard Offer Base Charge A Residential Group July 1, 2012 August 1, 2012 September 1, 2012 October 1, 2012 November 1, 2012 December 1, 2012 Effective Date of Last Rate Change: Commercial Group C-06, G-02, S-06, S-10, S-14 A-16, A-60 $0.06537 $0.06537 $0.06537 $0.06537 $0.06537 $0.06537 07/01/12

Standard Offer Adjustment B

Standard Offer Service Admin. Cost Factor C

Total Commodity Charges D=A+B+C

Renewable Energy Standard Charge E

$0.00016 $0.00016 $0.00016 $0.00016 $0.00016 $0.00016 04/01/12

$0.00121 $0.00121 $0.00121 $0.00121 $0.00121 $0.00121 04/01/12

$0.06674 $0.06674 $0.06674 $0.06674 $0.06674 $0.06674

$0.00253 $0.00253 $0.00253 $0.00253 $0.00253 $0.00253 04/01/12

Variable Price Option: July 1, 2012 August 1, 2012 September 1, 2012 October 1, 2012 November 1, 2012 December 1, 2012 Effective Date of Last Rate Change: Fixed Price Option: July 1, 2012 August 1, 2012 September 1, 2012 October 1, 2012 November 1, 2012 December 1, 2012 Effective Date of Last Rate Change: Industrial Group July 1, 2012 August 1, 2012 September 1, 2012 B-32, G-32, B-62, G-62, X-01

$0.05694 $0.05660 $0.05291 $0.05347 $0.05567 $0.06547 07/01/12

$0.00184 $0.00184 $0.00184 $0.00184 $0.00184 $0.00184 04/01/12

$0.00115 $0.00115 $0.00115 $0.00115 $0.00115 $0.00115 04/01/12

$0.05993 $0.05959 $0.05590 $0.05646 $0.05866 $0.06846

$0.00253 $0.00253 $0.00253 $0.00253 $0.00253 $0.00253 04/01/12

$0.05670 $0.05670 $0.05670 $0.05670 $0.05670 $0.05670 07/01/12

$0.00184 $0.00184 $0.00184 $0.00184 $0.00184 $0.00184 04/01/12

$0.00115 $0.00115 $0.00115 $0.00115 $0.00115 $0.00115 04/01/12

$0.05969 $0.05969 $0.05969 $0.05969 $0.05969 $0.05969

$0.00253 $0.00253 $0.00253 $0.00253 $0.00253 $0.00253 04/01/12

$0.04678 $0.04679 $0.04739

($0.00332) ($0.00332) ($0.00332)

$0.00100 $0.00100 $0.00100

$0.04446 $0.04447 $0.04507

$0.00253 $0.00253 $0.00253

Effective Date of Last Rate Change:

07/01/12

04/01/12

04/01/12

04/01/12

Market Price Adjustment / Billing Adjustment When Leaving Standard Offer Service - applicable only to Residential Group and Commercial Group with Fixed Price Option Residential Group July 1, 2012 August 1, 2012 September 1, 2012 October 1, 2012 November 1, 2012 December 1, 2012

$0.06453 $0.06555 $0.06124 $0.06407 $0.06506 $0.07196

$0.00016 $0.00016 $0.00016 $0.00016 $0.00016 $0.00016

$0.00121 $0.00121 $0.00121 $0.00121 $0.00121 $0.00121

$0.06590 $0.06692 $0.06261 $0.06544 $0.06643 $0.07333

Commercial Group July 1, 2012 $0.05694 August 1, 2012 $0.05660 September 1, 2012 $0.05291 October 1, 2012 $0.05347 November 1, 2012 $0.05567 December 1, 2012 $0.06547 Taxes and other rate clauses apply as usual and will appear on customer bills as applicable.

$0.00184 $0.00184 $0.00184 $0.00184 $0.00184 $0.00184

$0.00115 $0.00115 $0.00115 $0.00115 $0.00115 $0.00115

$0.05993 $0.05959 $0.05590 $0.05646 $0.05866 $0.06846

A. B. C. D. E.

Column Descriptions: Base charges in compliance with the Standard Offer Service/Renewable Energy Standard 2012 Procurement Plan, R.I.P.U.C. Docket No. 4227 per R.I.P.U.C. Docket No. 2097, Standard Offer Service Adjustment Provision per R.I.P.U.C. Docket No. 2097, Standard Offer Service Adjustment Provision Column (A) + Column (B) + Column (C) The Renewable Standard Energy Charge is collected from SOS customers for the purpose of acquiring a portion of Rhode Island's energy supply from renewable energy resources, as required by R.I. General Laws section 39-26-1.

Effective: 07-01-2012 (Replacing R.I.P.U.C No. 2096 effective 04/01/12) Issued: 05-21-2012

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2082 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No.2059 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY BASIC RESIDENTIAL RATE (A-16) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

AVAILABILITY Electric delivery service under this rate is available for all domestic purposes in an individual private dwelling, an individual private apartment or an individual private condominium. Service is also available for farm customers where all electricity is delivered by the Company. The Company may under unusual circumstances permit more than one set of living quarters to be served through one metering installation under this rate, but if so, the Customer Charge shall be multiplied by the number of separate living quarters so served. Service under this rate is also available to residential condominium associations for service provided to common areas and facilities. The condominium association must provide documentation of the establishment of a residential condominium and a written statement identifying all buildings or units which are part of the condominium. Except at the Company’s option, service to each individual unit shall be separately metered and billed apart from the common areas and facilities. If the Company permits more than one individual unit to be served through one metering installation, the Customer Charge shall be multiplied by the number of individual units served. Where a condominium includes space used exclusively for commercial purposes, all electric delivery service provided through the meter serving the commercial space will be charged at the appropriate commercial rate. Where a single metering installation records electric delivery service to both common areas/facilities and commercial space, all electric delivery service provided through the single meter will be billed under this rate. Electric delivery service provided to Company owned streetlights will be billed on the appropriate streetlighting tariff. A church and adjacent buildings owned and operated by the church may be served under this rate, but any such buildings separated by public ways must be billed separately. MONTHLY CHARGE The Monthly Charge will be the sum of the applicable Retail Delivery Service Charges set forth in the cover sheet of this tariff. RATE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS Transmission Service Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Transmission Service Cost Adjustment Provision. Transition Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Non-Bypassable Transition Charge Adjustment Provision. Standard Offer Adjustment All Customers served on this rate must pay any charges required pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Standard Offer Adjustment Provision, whether or not the Customer is taking or has taken Standard Offer Service.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2082 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2059 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY BASIC RESIDENTIAL RATE (A-16) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE Energy Efficiency Programs The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Energy Efficiency Program Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Customer Credit Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Customer Credit Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate as from time to time effective in accordance with law. STANDARD OFFER SERVICE Any Customer served under this rate who is eligible for Standard Offer Service shall receive such service pursuant to the Standard Offer Service tariff. MINIMUM CHARGE The minimum charge per month is the Customer Charge. GROSS EARNINGS TAX A Rhode Island Gross Earnings Tax adjustment will be applied to the charges determined above in accordance with Rhode Island General Laws. TERMS AND CONDITIONS The Company’s Terms and Conditions in effect from time to time, where not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof, are a part of this rate. Effective: April 1,2012
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2083 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2060 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY LOW INCOME RATE (A-60) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

AVAILABILITY Service under this rate is available only to currently qualified customers for all domestic purposes in an individual private dwelling or an individual apartment, providing such customer meets both of the following criteria: 1. 2. Must be the head of a household or principal wage earner. Must be presently receiving Supplemental Security Income from the Social Security Administration, be eligible for the low-income home energy assistance program, or one of the following from the appropriate Rhode Island agencies: Medicaid, Food Stamps, General Public Assistance or Family Independence Program

It is the responsibility of the customer to annually certify, by forms provided by the Company, the continued compliance with the foregoing provisions. The Company may under unusual circumstances permit more than one set of living quarters to be served through one meter under this rate, but if so, the kilowatt-hours eligible for the credit described below shall be multiplied by the number of separate living quarters so served. MONTHLY CHARGE The Monthly Charge will be the sum of the applicable Retail Delivery Service Charges set forth in the cover sheet of this tariff. RATE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS Transmission Service Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Transmission Service Cost Adjustment Provision. Transition Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Non-Bypassable Transition Charge Adjustment Provision. . Standard Offer Adjustment All Customers served on this rate must pay any charges required pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Standard Offer Adjustment Provision, whether or not the Customer is taking or has taken Standard Offer Service Energy Efficiency Programs The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Energy Efficiency Program Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2083 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2060 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY LOW INCOME RATE (A-60) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Customer Credit Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Customer Credit Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate as from time to time effective in accordance with law. STANDARD OFFER SERVICE Any Customer served under this rate who is eligible for Standard Offer Service shall receive such service pursuant to the Standard Offer Service tariff. GROSS EARNINGS TAX A Rhode Island Gross Earnings Tax adjustment will be applied to the charges determined above in accordance with Rhode Island General Laws. TERMS AND CONDITIONS The Company’s Terms and Conditions in effect from time to time, where not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof, are a part of this rate.

Effective: April 1, 2012

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2122 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2084 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY C&I BACK-UP SERVICE RATE (B-32) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

AVAILABILITY This service shall apply to Customers in the class identified below: (i) who receive all or any portion of their electric supply from non-emergency generation unit(s) with a nameplate rating greater than 30 kW (“Generation Units”), where electricity received by the Customer from the Generation Units is not being delivered over Company-owned distribution facilities pursuant to an applicable retail delivery tariff, and who expect the Company to provide retail delivery service to supply the Customer’s load at the service location when the Generation Units are not supplying all of that load.

(ii)

Electric delivery service under this rate is applicable to customers with a facility demand of 25 kilowatts or more. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may require any customer with a 12-month average Demand greater than 3,000 kW at its facility to take service on the 3,000 kW Demand Back-up Service Rate B-62 (subject to the settlement provisions in Docket No. 2290). All Customers served on this rate must elect to take their total electric delivery service under the metering installation as approved by the Company EXEMPTION FOR CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS ASSOCIATED WITH ELIGIBLE NET METERING SYSTEMS Customers accounts associated with Eligible Net Metering Systems, as defined in R.I Public Laws of 2011, Chapters 134 and 147,shall be exempt from back-up service rates commensurate with the size of the generating facility and subject to the statutory three (3) percent cap on the aggregate amount of net metering in Rhode Island.

TYPES OF SERVICE “Back-Up” Retail Delivery Service consists of the Company standing ready to provide retail delivery service to the Customer’s load when a non-emergency generator that supplies electricity to the Customer without using Company-owned distribution facilities does not supply all of the Customer’s load. “Supplemental” Retail Delivery Service is the delivery over Company-owned distribution facilities of electricity which is utilized at the Customer’s facilities. MONTHLY CHARGE The Monthly Charge will be the sum of the Back-Up Service Charges, and the Supplemental Service Charges, as stated below

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\B32 & B62 Distribution kW Charge Correction (4323)\Compliance Filing\B32 & B62 Tariffs.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2122 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2084 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY C&I BACK-UP SERVICE RATE (B-32) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

DETERMINATION OF BILLING DEMAND FOR BILLING SUPPLEMENTAL AND BACK-UP per kW (DEMAND) CHARGES The Billing Demand for each month for purposes of billing Back-Up and Supplemental Service shall be the greatest of the following: 1) The greatest fifteen-minute peak coincident demand of the generation meter(s) plus the demand from the meter(s) at the Customer’s service entrance(s) occurring in such month during Peak hours as measured in kW; 90% of the greatest fifteen-minute peak coincident demand of the generation meter(s) plus the demand from the meter(s) at the Customer’s service entrance(s) occurring in such month during Peak hours as measured in kilovolt-amperes; 75% of the greatest Demand as so determined above during the preceding eleven months.

` 2)

3)

BACK-UP RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE a) Rates for Back-Up Retail Delivery Service See R.I.P.U.C. No. 2095, Summary of Retail Delivery Rates See R.I.P.U.C. No. 2095, Summary of Retail Delivery Rates

Customer Charge per month Distribution Charge per kW

The Distribution Charge per kW applicable to Back-up Retail Delivery Service shall be equal to $5.04 (representing the base distribution kW charge applicable to Back-up Service as approved in R.I.P.U.C. Docket No. 4065), plus the approved Operation and Maintenance and CapEx factors applicable to Back-up Service, both per the Company’s approved Infrastructure Safety and Reliability Plan, multiplied by a factor of 10%, representing the likelihood that, on average, an outage of an individual customer’s generator will occur coincident with the Company’s distribution system peak demand approximately 10% of the time. b) Determination of Back-Up Service Kilowatt Demand

The Back-Up Service Demand shall be the greater of: 1) the fifteen-minute reading from the Customer’s generation meter(s) as measured in kilowatts at the time of the Billing Demand in excess of 200 kW; 2) 90% of the fifteen-minute reading from the Customer’s generation meter(s) as measured in kilovolt-amperes at the time of the Billing Demand in excess of 200 kW; or 3) One hundred percent (100%) of the greatest Back-up Service Demand as determined above during the preceding eleven (11) months. c) Installation of Meters on Generation

The Customer shall permit the Company to install meter(s) on the Generation Units providing electricity to the Customer, for purposes of billing under the terms of this rate. The meter shall be in accordance with the Company’s reasonable specifications. The Customer will reimburse the Company for the installed cost of the
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\B32 & B62 Distribution kW Charge Correction (4323)\Compliance Filing\B32 & B62 Tariffs.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2122 Sheet 3 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2084 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY C&I BACK-UP SERVICE RATE (B-32) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE meter and any associated equipment. The Customer shall provide reasonable access to the Company during normal business hours to read such meter in order to bill the Customer for service under this rate. PEAK AND OFF-PEAK PERIODS PEAK HOURS: June - September December - February October – November and March - May All other hours -- 8 a.m. - 10 p.m. Weekdays, -- 7 a.m. - 10 p.m. Weekdays -- 8 a.m. - 9 p.m. Weekdays

OFF-PEAK HOURS:

Weekdays shall mean Monday through Friday, excluding the following holidays: New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Columbus Day (observed), Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. SUPPLEMENTAL RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE a) Rates for Supplemental Retail Delivery Service See R.I.P.U.C. No. 2095, Summary of Retail Delivery Rates See R.I.P.U.C. No. 2095, Summary of Retail Delivery Rates See R.I.P.U.C. No. 2095, Summary of Retail Delivery Rates See R.I.P.U.C. No. 2095, Summary of Retail Delivery Rates

Transmission Charge per kW

Distribution Charge per kW in excess of 200 kW

Distribution Charge per kWh

Non-Bypassable Transition Charge per kWh

b)

Assessment of Kilowatt-hour Charges

For purposes of billing kWh charges for Supplemental Distribution and Transmission Service, Customers will be billed on the greater of (i) the actual kWh delivered by the Company or (ii) 90% of the actual kVAh delivered. For purposes of billing kWh charges for Standard Offer Service, Non-Bypassable Transition Service and Energy Efficiency Programs, Customers will be billed on actual kWh delivered by the Company. c) Determination of Kilowatt Demand

The Supplemental Distribution Service Demand for each month shall be the Billing Demand in excess of the Back-up Service Demand, but in no case less than 0 kW. The Supplemental Transmission Service Demand for each month shall be: 1) The greatest fifteen-minute peak from the meter(s) at the Customer’s service entrance(s) occurring in such month during Peak hours as measured in kW at the time of Billing Demand; or

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\B32 & B62 Distribution kW Charge Correction (4323)\Compliance Filing\B32 & B62 Tariffs.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2122 Sheet 4 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2084 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY C&I BACK-UP SERVICE RATE (B-32) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE 2) 90% of the greatest fifteen-minute peak demand from the meter(s) at the Customer’s service entrance(s) occurring in such month during Peak hours as measured in kilovolt-amperes at the time of Billing Demand

OPTIONAL DETERMINATION OF DEMAND A Customer who has been served under this rate for one year or more may upon written request have the Demand for each month used for Supplemental Service be based upon the greatest of items (1) and (2) set forth above for Billing Demand, beginning with the next month after such request and running for a period of not less than two consecutive months. In such case, the Distribution Charge per kW, the Distribution Charge per kWh, the Transmission Charge per kW and the Transmission Charge per kWh for Supplemental Service will be increased by 20% during any such period. In addition, the Company may, at its discretion, agree to a lower demand determination for Back-Up Service below fifteen-minute peak coincident demand of the generation meter(s) if a Customer has installed equipment or configured its facilities in such a manner that automatically limits the requirement for Back-Up Service to the lower agreed-upon demand. Under such a situation, the Customer must demonstrate to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction that the Customer’s facilities are configured so as to limit the demand that can be placed on the distribution system, or must install and maintain, at no cost to the Company, an automated demand limiter or other similar device as agreed to by the Company which limits deliveries to the Customer over the Company’s distribution system based on the lower agreed-upon demand. This equipment can not adversely affect the operation of the Company’s distribution system or service to other customers. Such interruptible Back-Up Service shall be negotiated by the Customer and the Company under a separate contract which shall be specific to an individual customer’s circumstances. RATE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS Transmission Service Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Transmission Service Cost Adjustment Provision. This provision shall not apply for Back-Up Retail Delivery Service and shall only apply to Supplemental Retail Delivery Service. Transition Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Non-Bypassable Transition Charge Adjustment Provision. This provision shall not apply for Back-Up Retail Delivery Service and shall only apply to Supplemental Retail Delivery Service. Standard Offer Adjustment All Customers served on this rate must pay any charges required pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Standard Offer Adjustment Provision, whether or not the Customer is taking or has taken Standard Offer Service. This provision shall not apply for Back-Up Retail Delivery Service and shall only apply to Supplemental Retail Delivery Service.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\B32 & B62 Distribution kW Charge Correction (4323)\Compliance Filing\B32 & B62 Tariffs.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2122 Sheet 5 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2084 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY C&I BACK-UP SERVICE RATE (B-32) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE Energy Efficiency Programs The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Energy Efficiency Program Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. This provision shall not apply for Back-Up Retail Delivery Service and shall only apply to Supplemental Retail Delivery Service.

Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Customer Credit Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Customer Credit Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate as from time to time effective in accordance with law. STANDARD OFFER SERVICE Any Customer served under this rate who is eligible for Standard Offer Service shall receive such service pursuant to the Standard Offer Service tariff. This provision shall not apply for Back-Up Retail Delivery Service and shall only apply to Supplemental Retail Delivery Service. CREDIT FOR HIGH VOLTAGE DELIVERY If the Customer takes delivery at the Company's supply line voltage, not less than 2400 volts, and the Company is saved the cost of installing any transformer and associated equipment, a credit of 42 cents per kilowatt of supplemental distribution billing demand for such month shall be allowed against the amount determined under the preceding provisions. An additional credit of $2.00 per kilowatt of the supplemental distribution billing demand for such month shall also be allowed if the Customer accepts delivery at not less than 115,000 volts, and the Company is saved the cost of installing any transformer and associated equipment.
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\B32 & B62 Distribution kW Charge Correction (4323)\Compliance Filing\B32 & B62 Tariffs.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2122 Sheet 6 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2084 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY C&I BACK-UP SERVICE RATE (B-32) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE The total amount of the credit allowed under this provision shall not exceed the sum of the Customer Charge, the Distribution Charge per kW and the Distribution Charge per kWh. HIGH-VOLTAGE METERING ADJUSTMENT The Company reserves the right to determine the metering installation. Where service is metered at the Company's supply line voltage, in no case less than 2400 volts, thereby saving the Company transformer losses, a discount of 1% will be allowed from the amount determined under the preceding provisions. SECOND FEEDER SERVICE Except as provided below, Customers receiving second feeder service shall pay $2.00 per 90% of KVA of reserved second feeder capability. The charge for second feeder capability shall apply only to Customers with second feeder capability installed on or after May 1, 1998. The charge for second feeder capability shall not apply to Customers taking service within the Capital Center of Providence or within the downtown Providence underground network system. The Company’s Construction Advance Policy 3 shall apply to determine any advance contribution by the customer, using an estimate of revenues to be derived from this second feeder rate. The Company reserves the right to decline second feeder service for engineering reasons. An additional $0.42 per 90% of KVA of reserved second feeder capability shall be charged if an additional transformer is required at the Customer’s facility. GROSS EARNINGS TAX A Rhode Island Gross Earnings Tax adjustment will be applied to the charges determined above in accordance with Rhode Island General Laws. GROSS EARNINGS TAX CREDIT FOR MANUFACTURERS Consistent with the gross receipts tax exemption provided in Section 44-13-35 of Rhode Island General Laws, eligible manufacturing customers will be exempt from the Gross Earnings Tax to the extent allowed by the Division of Taxation. Eligible manufacturing customers are those customers who have on file with the Company a valid certificate of exemption from the Rhode Island sales tax (under section 44-18-30(7) of Rhode Island General Laws) indicating the customer's status as a manufacturer. If the Division of Taxation (or other Rhode Island taxing authority with jurisdiction) disallows any part or all of the exemption as it applies to a customer, the customer will be required to reimburse the Company in the amount of the credits provided to such customer which were disallowed, including any interest required to be paid by the Company to such authority. TERMS AND CONDITIONS The Company’s Terms and Conditions in effect from time to time, where not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof, are a part of this rate.

Effective: August 15, 2012
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\B32 & B62 Distribution kW Charge Correction (4323)\Compliance Filing\B32 & B62 Tariffs.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2123 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2085 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY 3,000 kW DEMAND BACK-UP SERVICE RATE (B-62) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

AVAILABILITY This service shall apply to Customers in the class identified below: (i) who receive all or any portion of their electric supply from non-emergency generation unit(s) with a nameplate rating greater than 30 kW (“Generation Units”), where electricity received by the Customer from the Generation Units is not being delivered over Company-owned distribution facilities pursuant to an applicable retail delivery tariff, and who expect the Company to provide retail delivery service to supply the Customer’s load at the service location when the Generation Units are not supplying all of that load.

(ii)

Electric delivery service under this rate is applicable to those Customers who would otherwise be served under the Company’s 3,000 kW Demand Rate G-62 if the Generation Units were not supplying electricity to the Customer. All Customers served on this rate must elect to take their total electric delivery service under the metering installation as approved by the Company. EXEMPTION FOR CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS ASSOCIATED WITH ELIGIBLE NET METERING SYSTEMS Customers accounts associated with Eligible Net Metering Systems, as defined in R.I Public Laws of 2011, Chapters 134 and 147,shall be exempt from back-up service rates commensurate with the size of the generating facility and subject to the statutory three (3) percent cap on the aggregate amount of net metering in Rhode Island. TYPES OF SERVICE “Back-Up” Retail Delivery Service consists of the Company standing ready to provide retail delivery service to the Customer’s load when a non-emergency generator that supplies electricity to the Customer without using Company-owned distribution facilities does not supply all of the Customer’s load. “Supplemental” Retail Delivery Service is the delivery over Company-owned distribution facilities of electricity which is utilized at the Customer’s facilities. MONTHLY CHARGE The Monthly Charge will be the sum of the Back-Up Service Charges, and the Supplemental Service Charges, as stated below. DETERMINATION OF BILLING DEMAND FOR BILLING SUPPLEMENTAL AND BACK-UP PER KW (DEMAND) CHARGES The Billing Demand for each month for purposes of billing Back-Up and Supplemental Service shall be the greatest of the following:

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\B32 & B62 Distribution kW Charge Correction (4323)\Compliance Filing\B32 & B62 Tariffs.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2123 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2085 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY 3,000 kW DEMAND BACK-UP SERVICE RATE (B-62) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

1)

The greatest fifteen-minute peak coincident demand of the generation meter(s) plus the demand from the meter(s) at the Customer’s service entrance(s) occurring in such month during Peak hours as measured in kW; 90% of the greatest fifteen-minute peak coincident demand of the generation meter(s) plus the demand from the meter(s) at the Customer’s service entrance(s) occurring in such month during Peak hours as measured in kilovolt-amperes; 75% of the greatest Demand as so determined above during the preceding eleven months.

2)

3)

BACK-UP RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE a) Rates for Back-Up Retail Delivery Service See R.I.P.U.C. No. 2095, Summary of Retail Delivery Rates See R.I.P.U.C. No. 2095, Summary of Retail Delivery Rates

Customer Charge per month

Distribution Charge per kW

The Distribution Charge per kW applicable to Back-up Retail Delivery Service shall be equal to $2.57 (representing the base distribution kW charge applicable to Back-up Service as approved in R.I.P.U.C. Docket No. 4065), plus the approved Operation and Maintenance and CapEx factors applicable to Back-up Service, both per the Company’s approved Infrastructure Safety and Reliability Plan, multiplied by a factor of 10%, representing the likelihood that, on average, an outage of an individual customer’s generator will occur coincident with the Company’s distribution system peak demand approximately 10% of the time. b) Determination of Back-Up Service Kilowatt Demand

The Back-Up Service Demand shall be the greater of: 1) the fifteen-minute reading from the Customer’s generation meter(s) as measured in kilowatts at the time of the Billing Demand; 2) 90% of the fifteen-minute reading from the Customer’s generation meter(s) as measured in kilovolt-amperes at the time of the Billing Demand; or 3) One hundred percent (100%) of the greatest Back-up Service Demand as determined above during the preceding eleven (11) months. c) Installation of Meters on Generation

The Customer shall permit the Company to install meter(s) on the Generation Units providing electricity to the Customer, for purposes of billing under the terms of this rate. The meter shall be in accordance with the Company’s reasonable specifications. The Customer will reimburse the Company for the installed cost of the meter and any associated equipment. The Customer shall provide reasonable access to the Company during normal business hours to read such meter in order to bill the Customer for service under this rate.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\B32 & B62 Distribution kW Charge Correction (4323)\Compliance Filing\B32 & B62 Tariffs.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2123 Sheet 3 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2085 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY 3,000 kW DEMAND BACK-UP SERVICE RATE (B-62) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

PEAK AND OFF-PEAK PERIODS PEAK HOURS: June – September December - February October – November and March – May All other hours -- 8 a.m. - 10 p.m. Weekdays, -- 7 a.m. - 10 p.m. Weekdays -- 8 a.m. - 9 p.m. Weekdays

OFF-PEAK HOURS:

Weekdays shall mean Monday through Friday, excluding the following holidays: New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Columbus Day (observed), Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. SUPPLEMENTAL RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE a) Rates for Supplemental Retail Delivery Service See R.I.P.U.C. No. 2095, Summary of Retail Delivery Rates See R.I.P.U.C. No. 2095, Summary of Retail Delivery Rates See R.I.P.U.C. No. 2095, Summary of Retail Delivery Rates See R.I.P.U.C. No. 2095, Summary of Retail Delivery Rates

Transmission Charge per kW

Distribution Charge per kW

Distribution Charge per kWh

Non-Bypassable Transition Charge per kWh

b)

Assessment of Kilowatt-hour Charges

For purposes of billing kWh charges for Supplemental Distribution and Transmission Service, Customers will be billed on the greater of (i) the actual kWh delivered by the Company or (ii) 90% of the actual kVAh delivered. For purposes of billing kWh charges for Standard Offer Service, Non-Bypassable Transition Service and Energy Efficiency Programs, Customers will be billed on actual kWh delivered by the Company. c) Determination of Supplemental Service Kilowatt Demand

The Supplemental Distribution Service Demand for each month shall be the Billing Demand in excess of the Back-Up Service Demand, but in no case less than 0 kW. The Supplemental Transmission Service Demand for each month shall be: 1) The greatest fifteen-minute peak from the meter(s) at the Customer’s service entrance(s) occurring in such month during Peak hours as measured in kW at the time of Billing Demand; or
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\B32 & B62 Distribution kW Charge Correction (4323)\Compliance Filing\B32 & B62 Tariffs.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2123 Sheet 4 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2085

THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY 3,000 kW DEMAND BACK-UP SERVICE RATE (B-62) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE 2) 90% of the greatest fifteen-minute peak demand from the meter(s) at the Customer’s service

entrance(s) occurring in such month during Peak hours as measured in kilovolt-amperes at the time of Billing Demand OPTIONAL DETERMINATION OF DEMAND A Customer who has been served under this rate for one year or more may upon written request have the Demand for each month used for Supplemental Service be based upon the greatest of items (1) and (2) set forth above for Billing Demand, beginning with the next month after such request and running for a period of not less than two consecutive months. In such case, the Distribution Charge per kW, the Distribution Charge per kWh, the Transmission Charge per kW and the Transmission Charge per kWh for Supplemental Service will be increased by 20% during any such period. In addition, the Company may, at its discretion, agree to a lower demand determination for Back-Up Service below fifteen-minute peak coincident demand of the generation meter(s) if a Customer has installed equipment or configured its facilities in such a manner that automatically limits the requirement for Back-Up Service to the lower agreed-upon demand. Under such a situation, the Customer must demonstrate to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction that the Customer’s facilities are configured so as to limit the demand that can be placed on the distribution system, or must install and maintain, at no cost to the Company, an automated demand limiter or other similar device as agreed to by the Company which limits deliveries to the Customer over the Company’s distribution system based on the lower agreed-upon demand. This equipment can not adversely affect the operation of the Company’s distribution system or service to other customers. Such interruptible Back-Up Service shall be negotiated by the Customer and the Company under a separate contract which shall be specific to an individual customer’s circumstances. RATE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS Transmission Service Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Transmission Service Cost Adjustment Provision. This provision shall not apply for Back-Up Retail Delivery Service and shall only apply to Supplemental Retail Delivery Service. Transition Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Non-Bypassable Transition Charge Adjustment Provision. This provision shall not apply for Back-Up Retail Delivery Service and shall only apply to Supplemental Retail Delivery Service. Standard Offer Adjustment All Customers served on this rate must pay any charges required pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Standard Offer Adjustment Provision, whether or not the Customer is taking or has taken Standard Offer Service. This provision shall not apply for Back-Up Retail Delivery Service and shall only apply to Supplemental Retail Delivery Service.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\B32 & B62 Distribution kW Charge Correction (4323)\Compliance Filing\B32 & B62 Tariffs.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2123 Sheet 5 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2085 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY 3,000 kW DEMAND BACK-UP SERVICE RATE (B-62) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE Energy Efficiency Programs The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Energy Efficiency Program Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. This provision shall not apply for Back-Up Retail Delivery Service and shall only apply to Supplemental Retail Delivery Service. Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Customer Credit Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Customer Credit Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate as from time to time effective in accordance with law. STANDARD OFFER SERVICE Any Customer served under this rate who is eligible for Standard Offer Service shall receive such service pursuant to the Standard Offer Service tariff. This provision shall not apply for Back-Up Retail Delivery Service and shall only apply to Supplemental Retail Delivery Service. CREDIT FOR HIGH VOLTAGE DELIVERY If the Customer takes delivery at the Company's supply line voltage, not less than 2,400 volts, and the Company is saved the cost of installing any transformer and associated equipment, a credit of 42 cents per kilowatt of supplemental distribution billing demand for such month shall be allowed against the amount determined under the preceding provisions. An additional credit of $2.00 per kilowatt of the supplemental distribution billing demand for such month shall also be allowed if the Customer accepts delivery at not less than 115,000 volts, and the Company is saved the cost of installing any transformer and associated equipment.
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\B32 & B62 Distribution kW Charge Correction (4323)\Compliance Filing\B32 & B62 Tariffs.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2123 Sheet 6 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2085 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY 3,000 kW DEMAND BACK-UP SERVICE RATE (B-62) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

The total amount of the credit allowed under this provision shall not exceed the sum of the Customer Charge, the Distribution Charge per kW and the Distribution Charge per kWh. HIGH-VOLTAGE METERING ADJUSTMENT The Company reserves the right to determine the metering installation. Where service is metered at the Company’s supply line voltage, in no case less than 2400 volts, thereby saving the Company transformer losses, a discount of 1% will be allowed from the amount determined under the preceding provisions. SECOND FEEDER SERVICE Except as provided below, Customers receiving second feeder service shall pay $2.00 per 90% of KVA of reserved second feeder capability. The charge for second feeder capability shall apply only to Customers with second feeder capability installed on or after May 1, 1998. The charge for second feeder capability shall not apply to Customers taking service within the Capital Center of Providence or within the downtown Providence underground network system. The Company’s Construction Advance Policy 3 shall apply to determine any advance contribution by the customer, using an estimate of revenues to be derived from this second feeder rate. The Company reserves the right to decline second feeder service for engineering reasons. An additional $0.42 per 90% of KVA of reserved second feeder capability shall be charged if an additional transformer is required at the Customer’s facility. GROSS EARNINGS TAX A Rhode Island Gross Earnings Tax adjustment will be applied to the charges determined above in accordance with Rhode Island General Laws. GROSS EARNINGS TAX CREDIT FOR MANUFACTURERS Consistent with the gross receipts tax exemption provided in Section 44-13-35 of Rhode Island General Laws, eligible manufacturing customers will be exempt from the Gross Earnings Tax to the extent allowed by the Division of Taxation. Eligible manufacturing customers are those customers who have on file with the Company a valid certificate of exemption from the Rhode Island sales tax (under section 44-18-30(7) of Rhode Island General Laws) indicating the customer's status as a manufacturer. If the Division of Taxation (or other Rhode Island taxing authority with jurisdiction) disallows any part or all of the exemption as it applies to a customer, the customer will be required to reimburse the Company in the amount of the credits provided to such customer which were disallowed, including any interest required to be paid by the Company to such authority. TERMS AND CONDITIONS The Company’s Terms and Conditions in effect from time to time, where not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof, are a part of this rate.

Effective: August 15, 2012
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\B32 & B62 Distribution kW Charge Correction (4323)\Compliance Filing\B32 & B62 Tariffs.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2086 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2063 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY SMALL C&I RATE (C-06) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

AVAILABILITY Electric delivery service under this rate is available for all purposes. If electricity is delivered through more than one meter, except at the Company’s option, the Monthly Charge for service through each meter shall be computed separately under this rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may require any customer with a 12-month average demand greater than 200 kW to take service on the 200 kW Demand Rate G-32. MONTHLY CHARGE The Monthly Charge will be the sum of the applicable Retail Delivery Service Charges set forth in the cover sheet of this tariff. RATE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS Transmission Service Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Transmission Service Cost Adjustment Provision. Transition Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Non-Bypassable Transition Charge Adjustment Provision. Standard Offer Adjustment All Customers served on this rate must pay any charges required pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Standard Offer Adjustment Provision, whether or not the Customer is taking or has taken Standard Offer Service. Energy Efficiency Programs The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Energy Efficiency Program Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Customer Credit Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Customer Credit Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2086 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2063 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY SMALL C&I RATE (C-06) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate as from time to time effective in accordance with law.

STANDARD OFFER SERVICE Any Customer served under this rate who is eligible for Standard Offer Service shall receive such service pursuant to the Standard Offer Service tariff. MINIMUM CHARGE Metered Service: Unmetered Service: $8.00 per month. $5.00 per month.

However, if the kVA transformer capacity needed to serve a customer exceeds 25 kVA, the minimum charge will be increased by $1.85 for each kVA in excess of 25 kVA. UNMETERED ELECTRIC SERVICE Unmetered services are usually not permitted or desirable. However, the Company recognizes that there are certain instances where metering is not practical. Examples of such locations are telephone booths and fire box lights. The monthly bill will be computed by applying the rate schedule to a use determined by multiplying the total load in kilowatts by 730 hours. However, the energy use may be adjusted after tests of the unmetered equipment indicate lesser usage. When unmetered service is provided the aforestated customer charge will be waived and the Unmetered Service Charge per month per location will be implemented. GROSS EARNINGS TAX A Rhode Island Gross Earnings Tax adjustment will be applied to the charges determined above in accordance with Rhode Island General Laws. GROSS EARNINGS TAX CREDIT FOR MANUFACTURERS Consistent with the gross receipts tax exemption provided in Section 44-13-35 of Rhode Island General

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2086 Sheet 3 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2063 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY SMALL C&I RATE (C-06) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE Laws, eligible manufacturing customers will be exempt from the Gross Earnings Tax to the extent allowed by the Division of Taxation. Eligible manufacturing customers are those customers who have on file with the Company a valid certificate of exemption from the Rhode Island sales tax (under section 44-18-30(7) of Rhode Island General Laws) indicating the customer's status as a manufacturer. If the Division of Taxation (or other Rhode Island taxing authority with jurisdiction) disallows any part or all of the exemption as it applies to a customer, the customer will be required to reimburse the Company in the amount of the credits provided to such customer which were disallowed, including any interest required to be paid by the Company to such authority. TERMS AND CONDITIONS The Company’s Terms and Conditions in effect from time to time, where not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof, are a part of this rate. Effective: April 1, 2012

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2087 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2064 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY GENERAL C&I RATE (G-02) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

AVAILABILITY Electric delivery service under this rate is available for all purposes to customers with a Demand of 10 kilowatts or more. If electricity is delivered through more than one meter, except at the Company’s option, the Monthly Charge for service through each meter shall be computed separately under this rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may require any customer with a 12-month average Demand greater than 200 kW to take service on the 200 kW Demand Rate G-32. This rate is also available to customers who install on-site non-emergency generating units powered by Eligible Renewable Energy Resources, as defined in 2004 R.I. Pub. Laws 205 up to an aggregate nameplate capacity of 3 MW for all customers having installed such generation and are therefore exempt from the backup service rates. However, any customer exempted from the backup service rates under this provision shall nevertheless be required to install metering pursuant to the backup service tariff that shall provide information on the operation of the generation unit. MONTHLY CHARGE The Monthly Charge will be the sum of the Retail Delivery Service Charges set forth in the cover sheet of this tariff. RATE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS Transmission Service Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Transmission Service Cost Adjustment Provision. Transition Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Non-Bypassable Transition Charge Adjustment Provision. Standard Offer Adjustment All Customers served on this rate must pay any charges required pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Standard Offer Adjustment Provision, whether or not the Customer is taking or has taken Standard Offer Service. Energy Efficiency Programs The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Energy Efficiency Program Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2087 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2064 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY GENERAL C&I RATE (G-02) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE Customer Credit Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Customer Credit Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate as from time to time effective in accordance with law.

STANDARD OFFER SERVICE Any Customer served under this rate who is eligible for Standard Offer Service shall receive such service pursuant to the Standard Offer Service tariff. DEMAND The Demand for each month under ordinary load conditions shall be the greatest of the following: a) b) c) d) The greatest fifteen-minute peak occurring during such month as measured in kilowatts, 90% of the greatest fifteen-minute peak occurring during the month as measured in kilovolt-amperes, where the Customer's Demand exceeds 75 kilowatts, 75% of the greatest Demand as so determined above during the preceding eleven months, 10 kilowatts.

Any Demands established during the eleven months prior to the application of this rate shall be considered as having been established under this rate. OPTIONAL DETERMINATION OF DEMAND A Customer who has been served hereunder for one year or more may upon written request have the Demand for each month, beginning with the next month after such request and running for a period of not less than two consecutive months, be based upon the greatest of items a), b) and d) above. In such case, the Distribution Charge per kW, the Distribution Charge per kWh, the Transmission Charge per kW and the Transmission per kWh will be increased by 20% during any such period.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2087 Sheet 3 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2064 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY GENERAL C&I RATE (G-02) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

CREDIT FOR HIGH VOLTAGE DELIVERY If the Customer takes delivery at the Company’s supply line voltage, not less than 2,400 volts, and the Company is saved the cost of installing any transformer and associated equipment, a credit of 42 cents per kilowatt of billing demand for such month shall be allowed against the amount determined under the preceding provisions. HIGH-VOLTAGE METERING ADJUSTMENT The Company reserves the right to determine the metering installation. Where service is metered at the Company’s supply line voltage, in no case less than 2400 volts, thereby saving the Company transformer losses, a discount of 1% will be allowed from the amount determined under the preceding provisions.

GROSS EARNINGS TAX A Rhode Island Gross Earnings Tax adjustment will be applied to the charges determined above in accordance with Rhode Island General Laws. GROSS EARNINGS TAX CREDIT FOR MANUFACTURERS Consistent with the gross receipts tax exemption provided in Section 44-13-35 of Rhode Island General Laws, eligible manufacturing customers will be exempt from the Gross Earnings Tax to the extent allowed by the Division of Taxation. Eligible manufacturing customers are those customers who have on file with the Company a valid certificate of exemption from the Rhode Island sales tax (under section 44-18-30(7) of Rhode Island General Laws) indicating the customer’s status as a manufacturer. If the Division of Taxation (or other Rhode Island taxing authority with jurisdiction) disallows any part or all of the exemption as it applies to a customer, the customer will be required to reimburse the Company in the amount of the credits provided to such customer which were disallowed, including any interest required to be paid by the Company to such authority. TERMS AND CONDITIONS The Company’s Terms and Conditions in effect from time to time, where not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof, are a part of this rate.

Effective: April 1, 2012

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2088 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2065 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY 200 kW DEMAND RATE (G-32) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

AVAILABILITY Electric delivery service shall be taken under this rate for all purposes by any customer who is placed on the rate by the Company in accordance with this paragraph. The Company shall place on this rate any customer who has a 12-month average Demand of 200 kW or greater for 3 consecutive months as soon as practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may require any customer with a 12-month maximum demand of 3,000 kW or greater to take delivery service on the 3,000 kW Demand Rate G-62 (subject to the settlement provisions in Docket No. 2290). If electricity is delivered through more than one meter, except at the Company’s option, the Monthly Charge for delivery service through each meter shall be computed separately under this rate. If any electricity is delivered hereunder at a given location, then all electricity deliveries by the Company at such location shall be delivered hereunder. New Customers: Service will initially be taken under this rate by any new customer who requests service capability of 225 kVA or greater. Transfers From Rate G-32: Any customer whose 12-month average demand is less than 180 kW for twelve consecutive months may elect to transfer from the 200 kW Demand Rate G-32 to another available rate. This rate is also available to customers who install on-site non-emergency generating units powered by Eligible Renewable Energy Resources, as defined in 2004 R.I. Pub. Laws 205 up to an aggregate nameplate capacity of 3 MW for all customers having installed such generation and are therefore exempt from the backup service rates. However, any customer exempted from the backup service rates under this provision shall nevertheless be required to install metering pursuant to the backup service tariff that shall provide information on the operation of the generation unit. MONTHLY CHARGE The Monthly Charge will be the sum of the Retail Delivery Service Charges set forth in the cover sheet of this tariff. PEAK OFF-PEAK PERIODS PEAK HOURS: June - September December - February October – November and March - May All other hours -- 8 a.m. - 10 p.m. Weekdays, -- 7 a.m. - 10 p.m. Weekdays -- 8 a.m. - 9 p.m. Weekdays

OFF-PEAK HOURS:

Weekdays shall mean Monday through Friday, excluding the following holidays: New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Columbus Day (observed), Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2088 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2065 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY 200 kW DEMAND RATE (G-32) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

RATE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS Transmission Service Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Transmission Service Cost Adjustment Provision. Transition Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Non-Bypassable Transition Charge Adjustment Provision. Standard Offer Adjustment All Customers served on this rate must pay any charges required pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Standard Offer Adjustment Provision, whether or not the Customer is taking or has taken Standard Offer Service. Energy Efficiency Programs The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Energy Efficiency Program Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Customer Credit Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Customer Credit Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate as from time to time effective in accordance with law.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2088 Sheet 3 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2065 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY 200 kW DEMAND RATE (G-32) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE STANDARD OFFER SERVICE Any Customer served under this rate who is eligible for Standard Offer Service shall receive such service pursuant to the Standard Offer Service tariff. DEMAND The Demand for each month under ordinary load conditions shall be the greatest of the following: a) b) c) d) The greatest fifteen-minute peak occurring in such month during Peak hours as measured in kilowatts, 90% of the greatest fifteen-minute peak occurring in such month during Peak hours as measured in kilovolt-amperes, 75% of the greatest Demand as so determined above during the preceding eleven months, and 10 kilowatts.

OPTIONAL DETERMINATION OF DEMAND A Customer who has been served hereunder for one year or more may upon written request have the Demand for each month, beginning with the next month after such request and running for a period of not less than two consecutive months, be based upon the greatest of items (a), (b) and (d) above. In such case, the Distribution Charge per kW, the Distribution Charge per kWh, the Transmission Charge per kW and the Transmission per kWh will be increased by 20% during any such period. CREDIT FOR HIGH VOLTAGE DELIVERY If the Customer takes delivery at the Company's supply line voltage, not less than 2,400 volts, and the Company is saved the cost of installing any transformer and associated equipment, a credit of 42 cents per kilowatt of billing demand for such month shall be allowed against the amount determined under the preceding provisions. An additional credit of $2.00 per kilowatt of the billing demand for such month shall also be allowed if said customer accepts delivery at not less than 115,000 volts, and the Company is saved the cost of installing any transformer and associated equipment. The total amount of the credit allowed under this provision shall not exceed the sum of the Customer Charge, the Distribution Charge per kW and the Distribution Charge per kWh. HIGH-VOLTAGE METERING ADJUSTMENT The Company reserves the right to determine the metering installation. Where service is metered at the Company’s supply line voltage, in no case less than 2400 volts, thereby saving the Company transformer losses, a discount of 1% will be allowed from the amount determined under the preceding provisions.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2088 Sheet 4 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2065 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY 200 kW DEMAND RATE (G-32) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

SECOND FEEDER SERVICE Except as provided below, Customers receiving second feeder service shall pay $2.00 per 90% of KVA of reserved second feeder capability. The charge for second feeder capability shall apply only to Customers with second feeder capability installed on or after May 1, 1998. The charge for second feeder capability shall not apply to Customers taking service within the Capital Center of Providence or within the downtown Providence underground network system. The Company’s Construction Advance Policy 3 shall apply to determine any advance contribution by the customer, using an estimate of revenues to be derived from this second feeder rate. The Company reserves the right to decline second feeder service for engineering reasons. An additional $0.42 per 90% of KVA of reserved second feeder capability shall be charged if an additional transformer is required at the Customer’s facility. GROSS EARNINGS TAX A Rhode Island Gross Earnings Tax adjustment will be applied to the charges determined above in accordance with Rhode Island General Laws. GROSS EARNINGS TAX CREDIT FOR MANUFACTURERS Consistent with the gross receipts tax exemption provided in Section 44-13-35 of Rhode Island General Laws, eligible manufacturing customers will be exempt from the Gross Earnings Tax to the extent allowed by the Division of Taxation. Eligible manufacturing customers are those customers who have on file with the Company a valid certificate of exemption from the Rhode Island sales tax (under section 44-18-30(7) of Rhode Island General Laws) indicating the customer's status as a manufacturer. If the Division of Taxation (or other Rhode Island taxing authority with jurisdiction) disallows any part or all of the exemption as it applies to a customer, the customer will be required to reimburse the Company in the amount of the credits provided to such customer which were disallowed, including any interest required to be paid by the Company to such authority. TERMS AND CONDITIONS The Company’s Terms and Conditions in effect from time to time, where not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof, are a part of this rate.

Effective: April 1, 2012

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2089 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2066 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY 3000 kW DEMAND RATE (G-62) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

AVAILABILITY Electric delivery service shall be taken under this rate for all purposes by any customer who is placed on the rate by the Company in accordance with this paragraph. The Company shall place on this rate any customer who has a 12-month maximum Demand of 3,000 kW or greater. Delivery service can be taken under this rate by customers who do not meet the qualifications on a voluntary basis. If electricity is delivered through more than one meter, except at the Company's option, the Monthly Charge for service through each meter shall be computed separately under this rate. If any electricity is delivered hereunder at a given location, then all electricity delivered by the Company at such location shall be delivered hereunder. New Customers: Delivery service will initially be taken under this rate by any new customer who requests delivery service capability of 3,375 kVA or greater. Transfers From Rate G-62: Any customer whose 12-month maximum demand is less than 2,700 kW for twelve consecutive months may elect to transfer from the 3,000 kW Demand Rate G-62 to another available rate. Customers who can certify that their operations reflect a permanent reduction in demand to less than 2,700 kW may request a transfer from Rate G-62 effective the billing month following the Company’s receipt of the Customer’s written request. If, during the subsequent twelve (12) billing months, the Customer’s demand exceeds 2,700 kW for any month, the Customer will be placed back on Rate G-62 on the next billing month and all bills issued to the Customer following its initial transfer from Rate G-62 will be recalculated as if the Customer had been billed on Rate G-62 and the Customer will be charged the difference. This rate is also available to customers who install on-site non-emergency generating units powered by Eligible Renewable Energy Resources, as defined in 2004 R.I. Pub. Laws 205 up to an aggregate nameplate capacity of 3 MW for all customers having installed such generation and are therefore exempt from the backup service rates. However, any customer exempted from the backup service rates under this provision shall nevertheless be required to install metering pursuant to the backup service tariff that shall provide information on the operation of the generation unit. MONTHLY CHARGE The Monthly Charge will be the sum of the Retail Delivery Service Charges set forth in the cover sheet of this tariff. PEAK, SHOULDER AND OFF-PEAK PERIODS PEAK HOURS: June - September December - February October – November and March - May -- 8 a.m. - 10 p.m. Weekdays, -- 7 a.m. - 10 p.m. Weekdays -- 8 a.m. - 9 p.m. Weekdays

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2089 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2066 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY 3000 kW DEMAND RATE (G-62) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE OFF-PEAK HOURS: All other hours

Weekdays shall mean Monday through Friday, excluding the following holidays: New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Columbus Day (observed), Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. RATE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS Transmission Service Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Transmission Service Cost Adjustment Provision. Transition Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Non-Bypassable Transition Charge Adjustment Provision. Standard Offer Adjustment All Customers served on this rate must pay any charges required pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Standard Offer Adjustment Provision, whether or not the Customer is taking or has taken Standard Offer Service. Energy Efficiency Programs The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Energy Efficiency Program Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Customer Credit Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Customer Credit Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2089 Sheet 3 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2066 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY 3000 kW DEMAND RATE (G-62) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate as from time to time effective in accordance with law.

STANDARD OFFER SERVICE Any Customer served under this rate who is eligible for Standard Offer Service shall receive such service pursuant to the Standard Offer Service tariff. DEMAND The Demand for each month under ordinary load conditions shall be the greatest of the following: a) b) c) d) The greatest fifteen-minute peak occurring in such month during Peak hours as measured in kilowatts, 90% of the greatest fifteen-minute peak occurring in such month during Peak hours as measured in kilovolt-amperes, 75% of the greatest Demand as so determined above during the preceding eleven months, and 10 kilowatts.

OPTIONAL DETERMINATION OF DEMAND A Customer who has been served hereunder for one year or more may upon written request have the Demand for each month, beginning with the next month after such request and running for a period of not less than two consecutive months, be based upon the greatest of items (a), (b) and (d) above. In such case, the Distribution Charge per kW, the Transmission Charge per kW and the Transmission per kWh will be increased by 20% during any such period. CREDIT FOR HIGH VOLTAGE DELIVERY If the Customer takes delivery at the Company's supply line voltage, not less than 2,400 volts, and the Company is saved the cost of installing any transformer and associated equipment, a credit of 42 cents per kilowatt of billing demand for such month shall be allowed against the amount determined under the preceding provisions. An additional credit of $2.00 per kilowatt of the billing demand for such month shall also be allowed if said customer accepts delivery at not less than 115,000 volts, and the Company is saved the cost of installing any transformer and associated equipment. The total amount of the credit allowed under this provision shall not exceed the sum of the Customer Charge, the Distribution Charge per kW and the Distribution Charge per kWh. HIGH-VOLTAGE METERING ADJUSTMENT The Company reserves the right to determine the metering installation. Where service is metered at the Company’s supply line voltage, in no case less than 2400 volts, thereby saving the Company transformer losses, a
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2089 Sheet 4 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2066 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY 3000 kW DEMAND RATE (G-62) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE discount of 1% will be allowed from the amount determined under the preceding provisions. SECOND FEEDER SERVICE Except as provided below, Customers receiving second feeder service shall pay $2.00 per 90% of KVA of reserved second feeder capability. The charge for second feeder capability shall apply only to Customers with second feeder capability installed on or after May 1, 1998. The charge for second feeder capability shall not apply to Customers taking service within the Capital Center of Providence or within the downtown Providence underground network system. The Company’s Construction Advance Policy 3 shall apply to determine any advance contribution by the customer, using an estimate of revenues to be derived from this second feeder rate. The Company reserves the right to decline second feeder service for engineering reasons. An additional $0.42 per 90% of KVA of reserved second feeder capability shall be charged if an additional transformer is required at the Customer’s facility. GROSS EARNINGS TAX A Rhode Island Gross Earnings Tax adjustment will be applied to the charges determined above in accordance with Rhode Island General Laws. GROSS EARNINGS TAX CREDIT FOR MANUFACTURERS Consistent with the gross receipts tax exemption provided in Section 44-13-35 of Rhode Island General Laws, eligible manufacturing customers will be exempt from the Gross Earnings Tax to the extent allowed by the Division of Taxation. Eligible manufacturing customers are those customers who have on file with the Company a valid certificate of exemption from the Rhode Island sales tax (under section 44-18-30(7) of Rhode Island General Laws) indicating the customer's status as a manufacturer. If the Division of Taxation (or other Rhode Island taxing authority with jurisdiction) disallows any part or all of the exemption as it applies to a customer, the customer will be required to reimburse the Company in the amount of the credits provided to such customer which were disallowed, including any interest required to be paid by the Company to such authority. TERMS AND CONDITIONS The Company’s Terms and Conditions in effect from time to time, where not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof, are a part of this rate.

Effective: April 1, 2012

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2090 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2067 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY ELECTRIC PROPULSION RATE (X-01) HIGH VOLTAGE DELIVERY SERVICE

AVAILABILITY This rate shall apply to any customer taking service for traction power at voltages of 69kV or greater. MONTHLY CHARGE The Monthly Charge will be the sum of the High Voltage Delivery Service Charges set forth in the cover sheet of this tariff. PEAK AND OFF-PEAK PERIODS PEAK HOURS: June - September December - February October – November and March - May All other hours -- 8 a.m. - 10 p.m. Weekdays, -- 7 a.m. - 10 p.m. Weekdays -- 8 a.m. - 9 p.m. Weekdays

OFF-PEAK HOURS:

Weekdays shall mean Monday through Friday, excluding the following holidays: New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Columbus Day (observed), Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. DEMAND The Demand for each month under ordinary load conditions shall be the greatest of the following: a) b) c) d) The greatest peak occurring in such month during Peak hours as measured in kilowatts, 90% of the greatest peak occurring in such month during Peak hours as measured in kilovolt-amperes, 75% of the greatest Demand as so determined above during the preceding eleven months, and 10 kilowatts.

Demand shall be measured in fifteen minute intervals. RATE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS Transmission Service Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Transmission Service Cost Adjustment Provision Transition Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Non-Bypassable Transition Charge Adjustment Provision.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2090
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2067 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY ELECTRIC PROPULSION RATE (X-01) HIGH VOLTAGE DELIVERY SERVICE Standard Offer Adjustment The customer will pay any charges required pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Standard Offer Adjustment Provision, whether or not the customer is taking or has taken Standard Offer Service. Energy Efficiency Programs The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Energy Efficiency Program Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Customer Credit Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Customer Credit Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate as from time to time effective in accordance with law. STANDARD OFFER SERVICE The customer may take Standard Offer Service pursuant to the terms of the Standard Offer Service tariff. HIGH VOLTAGE SERVICE AGREEMENT As a condition for service at high voltage, the Company and the customer shall execute a service agreement that sets forth the terms and conditions for service, including as necessary any reasonable reliability and safety performance requirements and other just and reasonable terms and conditions for taking service, provided that such agreement is filed with the Commission for review and approval. If the Company and the customer are unable to agree on the terms of such agreement, the Company has the right to file an unexecuted

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2090 Sheet 3 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2067 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY ELECTRIC PROPULSION RATE (X-01) HIGH VOLTAGE DELIVERY SERVICE form of agreement for approval by the Commission, provided that a copy of the filing is served on the customer. The customer has the right to dispute the reasonableness of any terms of the agreement. The final terms of the form of agreement approved by the Commission (with any modifications the Commission may deem appropriate) will become a part of this tariff with respect to service for the customer when the customer commences taking service at high voltage. CONSTRUCTION REIMBURSEMENT PAYMENT The customer shall be required to reimburse the Company for its capital costs incurred for the construction of facilities designed to serve the customer directly, which costs have been incurred prior to the commencement of commercial train service by the customer. Such reimbursement shall also include any applicable tax liability arising out of Internal Revenue Service requirements relating to contributions in aid of construction. GROSS EARNINGS TAX A Rhode Island Gross Earnings Tax adjustment will be applied to the charges determined above in accordance with Rhode Island General Laws. TERMS AND CONDITIONS The Company’s Terms and Conditions in effect from time to time, where not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof (including the high voltage service agreement), are a part of this rate. EFFECTIVE DATE OF RATES FOR SERVICE The rates set forth in this tariff shall be charged to the customer, commencing on the date that the customer is scheduled to begin electric service from the customer’s Warwick substation to run trains on its traction power system, or such other date that may be mutually agreeable to the customer and the Company. However, to the extent that the customer consumes any kilowatt-hours during any testing period, the customer shall pay all applicable charges under the Company’s Standard Offer Service Tariff.

Effective: April 1, 2012

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2091 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2068 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY STATION POWER DELIVERY AND RELIABILITY SERVICE RATE (M-1) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

AVAILABILITY This service shall be available to all Customers meeting the following criteria: 1. The Customer is a “Merchant Generator” who owns and operates a generating facility with one or more generating units with an aggregate generating capacity of 50 MW or more and where all, or virtually all, of the electricity produced by the generating facility is delivered into the transmission grid for resale (net of any self-supplied Station Power); The Customer’s generating facility is interconnected directly or indirectly with high voltage facilities at 115 kV or greater where the high voltage facilities serving the customer are sized for deliveries into the transmission grid; and The Customer receives deliveries of electricity from time to time directly or indirectly through the high voltage facilities to serve all or portion of the Customer’s Station Power requirements at the generating facility.

2.

3.

This rate shall be mandatory for any Customer meeting the above listed criteria if such Customer arranges its own transmission service for delivery of Station Power into the generating facility, as described below under “Transmission Service Arrangements”. Once a Customer takes service under this rate, the Customer may not choose to take service under a different rate without the consent of the Company. DEFINITIONS As used in this tariff: "Merchant Generator” means a person or entity that owns and operates an electric power production facility and sells the output from such facility (net of self-supplied Station Power), either directly or through a marketer, at wholesale through the transmission grid. "Station Power" means electrical energy and/or capacity used by the Customer for heating, lighting, power for station auxiliaries, office equipment, and/or other power production operating purposes. TYPE OF SERVICE Station Power Delivery and Reliability Service consists of delivery service through high voltage and/or other interconnected facilities to serve all or a portion of the Customer’s Station Power requirements at the generating facilities. DELIVERY POINT CONSOLIDATION If the Customer has more than one delivery point for station service deliveries into interrelated generating facilities, the Company may consolidate the metering and delivery points into one billing account for purposes of billing under this rate.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2091 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2068 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY STATION POWER DELIVERY AND RELIABILITY SERVICE RATE (M-1) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

MONTHLY CHARGE Customers must select either Option A or Option B. The Monthly Charge will be the sum of the Station Power Delivery Service Charges stated on the cover sheet for the applicable option. Once a Customer selects an Option, the Customer must remain on that Option for 12 consecutive months before changing Options. BILLING DETERMINANTS FOR TRANSITION AND ENERGY EFFICIENCY CHARGES Option A -- Monthly Netting Under Option A, for purposes of determining whether the alternative kilowatt-hour charges apply for the Non-Bypassable Transition Charge and the Energy Efficiency Programs, the Company will net gross generator output against remotely supplied station service deliveries each month. The charge for each month for such components shall be the higher of (i) the fixed charge or (ii) the kilowatt-hour charge multiplied by the net kilowatt-hours delivered for the month if the deliveries exceed generation output for the month. Option B – Hourly Netting Under Option B, for purposes of determining the kilowatt-hour charges that apply for the Non-Bypassable Transition Charge and the Energy Efficiency Programs, the Company will net gross generator output against remotely supplied station service deliveries each hour. The charge for each month shall be the kilowatt-hour charge multiplied by the net kilowatt-hours delivered for the hour if the deliveries exceed generation output for such hour. RATE ADJUSTMENT CLAUSE APPLICABILITY The Transition Charge Adjustment Provision, the Energy Efficiency Program Provision, the Standard Offer Adjustment Provision, and the Transmission Service Charge Adjustment Provision shall not apply to Option A of this Rate. The Standard Offer Adjustment Provision and the Transmission Service Charge Adjustment Provision shall not apply to Option B of this Rate. Customer Credit Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Customer Credit Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2091 Sheet 3 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2068 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY STATION POWER DELIVERY AND RELIABILITY SERVICE RATE (M-1) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

TRANSMISSION SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS Any Customer served under this rate must make its own arrangements for transmission service to the Customer’s generating facility for delivery of Station Power. Such arrangements must be made with the appropriate transmission provider(s) pursuant to a tariff or tariffs jurisdictional to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) in order to assure that the Company is not required to account for any load delivered into the Customer’s facility for Station Power for transmission billings assessed on the Company pursuant to FERC jurisdictional transmission tariffs applicable to the Company. This transmission service is distinguishable and separate from transmission service or interconnection arrangements that permit the Customer to deliver output from the generating facility into the transmission grid. ARRANGEMENTS FOR GENERATION SERVICE Any Customer served under this rate must either (1) establish a settlement account with ISO-New England, Inc., for power supply and must use the settlement account to arrange for any Station Power supply that is not self-supplied at the generating facility or (2) purchase electricity directly from a nonregulated power producer. By electing service under this tariff, the Customer agrees not to take service at any time under the Company’s Last Resort Service or Standard Offer Service Tariffs. OTHER LOW VOLTAGE SERVICE EXCLUDED Any Customer served under this rate who also is receiving Station Power service or other retail delivery service through a separate distribution feeder that is not associated with the facilities through which the Customer delivers generated electricity into the transmission system must take such delivery service through a separate applicable retail delivery service tariff that is separately metered and established as a separate account. OTHER FACILITIES EXCLUDED This rate applies only to Station Power. The Customer may not use this rate to receive or provide power to other non-generation related facilities, the use of which falls outside of the definition of “Station Power”, as defined in this rate. GROSS EARNINGS TAX A Rhode Island Gross Earnings Tax adjustment will be applied to the charges determined above in accordance with Rhode Island General Laws. TERMS AND CONDITIONS The Company’s Terms and Conditions in effect from time to time, where not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof, are a part of this rate.

Effective: April 1, 2012

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2092 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2069 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY DECORATIVE STREET AND AREA LIGHTING SERVICE (S-06) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

AVAILABILITY
Service is available under this rate for full service, underground served, decorative street and area lighting applications owned by the Company to any Customer, inclusive of municipalities, governmental entity, or other public authority, hereinafter referred to as Customer in accordance with the qualifications and the specifications hereinafter set forth: 1. For municipal-owned or accepted roadways, including those classified as “private areas”, for which the municipal Customer has agreed to supply street and area lighting service. 2. Service under this rate is available to any Customer where the decorative street and area lighting facilities can be provided underground delivery service from existing secondary voltage circuits within a radial distance not to exceed 20 feet. For circumstances requiring underground delivery service in excess of 20 feet, the Customer is responsible to compensate the Company for such excess as a contribution in aid of construction in accordance with all applicable Company policies. 3. Service under this rate is contingent upon Company ownership and maintenance of the underground delivery service supplied decorative street and area lighting facilities. 4. Service under this rate is not available for locations inaccessible by standard Company motorized equipment, limited access highways, bridges, tunnels and the access and egress ramps thereto. 5. Service under this rate is available to a private contractor, developer, or association of customers, wherein the municipality has agreed in writing to accept responsibility for future payment of such lights upon acceptance of applicable streets and areas. 6. In applications where revenue from the planned decorative street and area lighting facilities will be insufficient to compensate for the excessive incremental installation costs associated with, but not limited to, rock excavation or hardscape restoration, the Company, at its sole discretion, may elect not to provide decorative street lighting service or the Customer agrees to compensate the Company for the incremental installation costs as a contribution in aid of construction in accordance with all applicable Company policies. 7. The permanent discontinuance of Decorative Street and Area Lighting Service is available under this tariff to any Customer that has complied with all provisions and terms of this tariff, any related service agreements and has requested permanent discontinuance, whereas, such discontinuance is the cessation of this tariff service and constitutes the complete removal or in-place retirement of the Company’s facilities at the location at which this service is discontinued. Permanent discontinuance of service is further described below. 8. The management of vegetation and/or other adjacent physical conditions which obstruct the normal distribution of light from the specified decorative street and area lighting facilities is the responsibility of the Customer.

9. At the request of the Customer, the Company shall take reasonable actions to procure and install the necessary ancillary equipment, including but not limited to shields, visors, louvers and protective devices, for the purpose of providing special control of light distribution or vandal prevention of the facilities, provided all ancillary equipment costs and associated service charges are the responsibility of the Customer.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2092 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2069 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY DECORATIVE STREET AND AREA LIGHTING SERVICE (S-06) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

I. RATE

DECORATIVE STREET AND AREA LIGHTING - FULL SERVICE

The annual charges below are applicable to all active or closed decorative street and area lighting facilities that have not been discontinued, permanently or temporarily, at the request of the Customer. 1. Luminaire Charges:

An annual charge as enumerated below in the schedule of luminaire assembly prices include luminaire, lamp, photoelectric control and all other components to facilitate its operation. The annual charge per luminaire type twin reflects two (2) luminaire assemblies and a post top decorative twin cross arm. Lamp Type Luminaire Type Luminaire Style Annual Luminaire Charge per Unit

Lumen Rating

Nominal Wattage

Description

Annual kWh

High Pressure Sodium Vapor Decorative Post Top Traditional Traditional Aspen Grove Aspen Grove Williamsville Williamsville Decorative Post Top - Twin Traditional Traditional Aspen Grove Aspen Grove Williamsville Williamsville 2. 4,000 9,600 4,000 9,600 4,000 9,600 4,000 9,600 4,000 9,600 4,000 9,600 50 100 50 100 50 100 50 100 50 100 50 100 DEC HPS TR 50W DEC HPS TR 100W DEC HPS AG 50W DEC HPS AG 100W DEC HPS WL 50W DEC HPS WL 100W DEC HPS TR-TW 50W DEC HPS TR-TW 100W DEC HPS AG-TW 50W DEC HPS AG-TW 100W DEC HPS WL-TW 50W DEC HPS WL-TW 100W 255 493 255 493 255 493 510 986 510 986 510 986 $155.49 156.80 239.39 241.52 269.63 273.09 334.84 337.49 502.64 506.93 563.13 570.08

Support and Accessory Charges:

An additional annual charge as enumerated below in the schedule of support and accessory prices will be applied to the foregoing charges per luminaire type as stated in Section 1 – Luminaire Charges where the Company is requested to furnish a suitable decorative standard, foundation or other accessory and applicable underground delivery service as identified below, for the sole purpose of supporting a luminaire assembly.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2092 Sheet 3 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2069 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY DECORATIVE STREET AND AREA LIGHTING SERVICE (S-06) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE Annual Support Charge per Unit

Service Type Support Type Standard Style Underground Service Decorative Standard Villager with Foundation Washington with Foundation Accessory Type None 3. Other Fees and Charges:

Description

DEC VILL PT/FDN DEC WASH PT/FDN

$607.38 631.69

Additional fees or charges as enumerated below in the schedule of fee and charge prices will be applied per unit application pursuant to applicable Customer requests and/or in association with terms and conditions of separate agreements specific to attachments to the foregoing support types as stated in Section 2 – Support and Accessory Charges. Applicable charges are assessed where the Company is requested by the Customer to provide an individual site visit for the purpose of; investigation and determination of operational malfunction, preventative or proactive maintenance to address vandalism or lighting control, the performance of other specified services, or other such actions which, unless requested by the Customer would otherwise have not been warranted. A charge will not be assessed if, in the sole discretion of the Company, the conditions which created the need for the Customer request were determined to be the result of Company facilities or systems. Applicable fees are assessed on a regular billing schedule based on the terms and conditions of the agreement or license from which they are specified. Fee or Charge Type Lighting Service Charge RATE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS Transmission Service Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Transmission Service Cost Adjustment Provision. Transition Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Non-Bypassable Transition Charge Adjustment Provision. Charge Amount See Terms and Conditions for Distribution Service.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2092 Sheet 4 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2069 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY DECORATIVE STREET AND AREA LIGHTING (S-06) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE Standard Offer Adjustment All Customers served on this rate must pay any charges required pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Standard Offer Adjustment Provision, whether or not the Customer is taking or has taken Standard Offer Service. Energy Efficiency Programs The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Energy Efficiency Program Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Customer Credit Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Customer Credit Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate as from time to time effective in accordance with law.

STANDARD OFFER SERVICE Any Customer served under this rate who is eligible for Standard Offer Service shall receive such service pursuant to the Standard Offer Service tariff. GROSS EARNINGS TAX A Rhode Island Gross Earnings Tax adjustment will be applied to the charges determined above in accordance with Rhode Island General Laws.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2092 Sheet 5 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2069 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY DECORATIVE STREET AND AREA LIGHTING (S-06) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

HOURS OF OPERATION All decorative street and area lights will be operated through the use of a photoelectric device nightly from approximately one-half hour after sunset until approximately one-half hour before sunrise, referred to as dusk-to-dawn, a total of approximately 4,175 hours each year. DETERMINATION OF MONTHLY BILL FOR DECORATIVE STREET AND AREA LIGHTING The monthly bill will be based on the following: 1. Facility Charges

The Luminaire Charges and the Support and Accessory Charges will be based on the annual rates above divided by the number of days in the calendar year to arrive at a daily rate and multiplied by the actual number of days in the billing period as measured from the date immediately following the prior bill to the current bill date. 2. Energy Charges

Charges per kWh will be based on the annual kWh per luminaire above and include the watts for the ballast and photoelectric control. The monthly kWh amount shall be determined by allocating the number of annual operating hours for lights among the months as shown below. The sum of the monthly kWh for each light equals the annual kWh in this tariff. A daily kWh amount is determined from the monthly amount by dividing monthly kWh by the number of days in a month. The daily kWh amount is multiplied by the actual number of days for each calendar month during the billing period as measured from the date immediately following the prior bill to the current bill date and then multiplied by the charge per kWh. Monthly Operating Hours January February March April May June 3. 442 367 363 309 280 251 July August September October November December 267 301 338 392 418 447

Other Fees and Charges

Individual charges for specific Customer requested services will be identified as adjustments on the bill. The representation of applicable fees associated with specific agreement or license terms and conditions between the Customer and the Company will be imposed according to the agreements, licenses, or as specified in the Terms and Conditions for Distribution Service and presented as adjustments on the Customer’s bill. EXCESSIVE DAMAGE Excessive damage due to wanton or malicious acts will be charged to the Customer at the actual cost of labor and material required to repair or replace the unit. Excessive damage is defined as any lighting facility component

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2092 Sheet 6 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2069 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY DECORATIVE STREET AND AREA LIGHTING (S-06) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE such as pole, standard, luminaire or conductors, being broken or damaged more than once in a twelve month period. Notification of excessive damage will be made to the Customer by the Company prior to billing for repairs. ATTACHMENTS The Company has exclusive rights of ownership of the facilities defined within this tariff and reserves the privilege and sole discretion to permit the use of such facilities for the support and physical attachment of other, non-company owned equipment under the terms and conditions of a separate agreement or license. The Company may, at its sole discretion, provide electric delivery service as applicable under another tariff. The Company will have no responsibility for the attachments except as defined in the separate agreement or license. The attachment will not adversely impact the street and area lighting as defined within this tariff. RELAMPING All inoperable lamps which are owned and maintained by the Company will be spot replaced. The Customer is responsible for notifying the Company of inoperable lamps. FAILURE OF LIGHTS TO OPERATE Should any light or lights, which are owned and maintained by the Company, fail to operate the full period provided therefore, except as hereinafter specified, a deduction will be made from the charges under this rate, other than the Support and Accessory Charge, for such light or lights, upon presentation of a claim therefore from the Customer, equivalent to such part of the annual price thereof, as is equal to the ratio that the time of any outage bears to the annual operating time of such light or lights. The provisions of this paragraph will apply only if such failure is due to some cause or condition which might reasonably have been prevented by the Company and without limiting the generality of the foregoing will not apply in case such failure is due to an act of nature or an act or order of any public authority or accidental or malicious breakage; provided, however, that in the latter case the necessary repairs are made with reasonable dispatch upon notification by the Customer. LOCATION OF DECORATIVE STREET AND AREA LIGHTS The Customer bears sole responsibility for determining where decorative street and area lights will be placed and the type of lamp/luminaire used at each location. The Company bears no responsibility for, and makes no representations or warranties concerning, the locations and lamps/luminaires selected by the Customer or the adequacy of the resulting lighting. The Customer, by requesting and accepting service under this rate, hereby shall provide, grant and confer to the Company, all necessary easement, rights-of-way and/or consent rights and privileges as is necessary to provide such service in a manner satisfactory to the Company. All applicable permits, fees and/or other charges by others associated with the facilitation of service under this rate are the responsibility of the Customer. RELOCATION OF DECORATIVE LIGHTING FACILITIES A Customer may request the relocation of existing decorative street and area lighting facilities, owned by the Company, to another Customer specified location which meets all aforementioned terms and conditions of this tariff. The Customer will be responsible for all costs associated with the relocation as determined by the Company including but not limited to the removal/retirement costs of non-transferable facilities, the installation of new facilities as required, the relocation of existing facilities, any electric system reconfiguration and all site
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2092 Sheet 7 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2069 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY DECORATIVE STREET AND AREA LIGHTING (S-06) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE restoration. The relocated facilities will continue to be billed under the Customer account as originally represented prior to relocation. DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY The Company's duties and obligations under this tariff extend only to the Customer, and not to any third parties. The Company does not assume and specifically disclaims any liability to third parties arising out of the Company's obligations to the Customer under this section. PERMANENT DISCONTINUANCE OF LIGHTING FACILITIES A Customer may permanently discontinue decorative street and area lighting facilities, owned by the Company, at no cost to the Customer, limited to a quantity not to exceed one (1) percent of the total number of decorative lighting assemblies assigned to the Customer’s billing account under this tariff within the given calendar year. The request by a Customer for the permanent discontinuance of decorative street and area lighting in excess of one (1) percent as stated above may be performed by mutual agreement upon payment by the Customer to the Company in an amount equal to the sum of the unamortized balance of the original installation costs, removal or restoration costs and any street light system reconfiguration costs to maintain all other active lights. TERM OF AGREEMENT The initial term of agreement for Decorative Street and Area Lighting service under this tariff is two (2) years. Upon expiration of the initial term, the agreement will be continuously renewed until such time as either party has given to the other written notice, not less than six (6) months prior to the date on which the party desires to have the agreement terminated. TERMS AND CONDITIONS The Company’s Terms and Conditions in effect from time to time, where applicable hereto and not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof, are a part of this rate.

Effective: April 1,2012

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2093 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2070 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMITED SERVICE - PRIVATE LIGHTING (S-10) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

AVAILABILITY Private lighting and floodlighting service under this rate is restricted to those locations having existing service on the effective date of this service offering. No new or additional private lighting customers are permitted on this rate, except for a new private lighting customer at a location that was previously served under this rate may request continuation of service under this rate provided that the request is made within a reasonable time of the new customer occupying the service location and the lighting facilities have not otherwise been removed by the Company. 1. Service under this rate is available where the necessary lighting facilities can be supported on the Company’s existing utility infrastructure and provided delivery service at the appropriate secondary voltage, or as necessary, additional wood poles may be furnished in place in accordance with the schedule of Support and Accessory Charges listed below under RATE, Section 2, provided no such pole is more than one span from an existing overhead secondary facility. 2. Service under this rate is available where the selected Company lighting facilities require underground delivery service at the appropriate secondary voltage and are within a radial distance not to exceed 20 feet. In circumstances requiring underground delivery service in excess of 20 feet, the Customer is responsible to compensate the Company for such excess as a contribution in aid of construction in accordance with all applicable Company policies. 3. Service under this rate is contingent upon Company ownership and maintenance of street and area lighting facilities. 4. Service under this rate is not available for locations inaccessible by standard Company motorized equipment, limited access highways, bridges, tunnels and the access and egress ramps thereto. 5. In applications where revenue from the planned street and area lighting facilities will be insufficient to compensate for the excessive incremental installation costs associated with, but not limited to, rock excavation or hardscape restoration, the Company, at its sole discretion, may elect not to provide private lighting service or the Customer agrees to compensate the Company for the incremental costs as a contribution in aid of construction in accordance with all applicable Company policies. 6. The management of vegetation and/or other adjacent physical conditions which obstruct the normal distribution of light from the specified street and area lighting facilities is the responsibility of the Customer. 7. At the request of the Customer, the Company shall take reasonable actions to procure and install the necessary ancillary equipment, including but not limited to shields, visors, louvers and protective devices, for the purpose of providing special control of light distribution or vandal prevention of the facilities, provided all ancillary equipment costs and associated service charges are the responsibility of the Customer. 8. Customers receiving private area lighting service under this rate may request the addition, change or replacement of lighting facilities at the existing service location with facilities available as of the effective date of this tariff. The Company shall take reasonable actions to facilitate the Customer’s request following all applicable provisions of this tariff.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2093 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2070 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMITED SERVICE - PRIVATE LIGHTING (S-10) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

RATE The annual charges below are applicable to all street and area lighting facilities: 1. Luminaire Charges: Lumen Rating Nominal Wattage Annual kWh Annual Luminaire Charge Per Unit

Lamp Type Luminaire Type Incandescent* Roadway

Description

1,000* Mercury Vapor* Roadway 4,400* 8,500* 23,000* 63,000* Floodlight 23,000* 63,000* High Pressure Sodium Vapor Roadway 4,000 6,300 9,600 16,000 150 27,500 50,000 Wallighter 27,500 (24 hr) Floodlight 27,500 50,000 Post Top 4,000* 9,600* Shoebox 9,600* Metal Halide Floodlight 32,000 107,800*

105

LUM INC RWY 105W

438

$69.46

100 175 400 1,000 400 1,000

LUM MV RWY 100W LUM MV RWY 175W LUM MV RWY 400W LUM MV RWY 1000W LUM MV FLD 400W LUM MV FLD 1000W

543 881 1,991 4,572 1,991 4,572

69.46 72.63 120.39 163.46 143.14 181.37

50 70 100 250 400 250 250 400 50 100 100 400 1,000

LUM HPS RWY 50W LUM HPS RWY 70W LUM HPS RWY 100W LUM HPS RWY 150W LUM HPS RWY 250W LUM HPS RWY 400W WALL HPS 250W 24 HR LUM HPS FLD 250W LUM HPS FLD 400W LUM HPS POST 50W LUM HPS POST 100W LUM HPS REC 100W-C1 LUM MH FLD 400W LUM MH FLD 1000W

255 359 493 722 1,269 1,962 2,663 1,269 1,962 255 493 493 1,883 4,502

69.46 69.72 72.63 72.63 120.39 163.46 172.21 143.14 181.37 155.49 156.80 92.30 181.37 181.37

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2093 Sheet 3 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2070 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMITED SERVICE - PRIVATE LIGHTING (S-10) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE RATE (Continued) * No further installation or replacement of the designated luminaires will take place after the effective date of this rate. 2. Support and Accessory Charge

An additional annual charge as enumerated below in the schedule of support and accessory charges will be applied to the foregoing charges per luminaire type as stated in Section 1 – Luminaire Charges where the Company is requested to furnish a suitable wood pole, standard, foundation or other accessory and applicable delivery service as identified below, for the sole purpose of supporting a luminaire assembly. Annual Support Charge Service Type Description Per Unit Support Type Overhead Service Non-Distribution Pole Wood Pole Underground Service Non-Metallic Standard Fiberglass without Foundation* Fiberglass with Foundation <25 ft. Fiberglass with Foundation =>25 ft. Metallic Standard Metallic with Foundation Accessory Type None 3. Other Fees and Charges

POLE-WOOD

$77.81

POLE FIBR PT EMB<25 POLE FIBER RWY <25’ POLE FIBER RWY =>25 POLE METAL =>25FT

105.72 162.86 185.67 304.55

Additional fees or will be applied per unit application pursuant to applicable Customer requests and/or in association with terms and conditions of separate agreements specific to attachments to the foregoing support types as stated in Section 2 – Support and Accessory Charges. Applicable charges are assessed where the Company is requested by the Customer to provide an individual site visit for the purpose of; investigation and determination of operational malfunction, preventative or proactive maintenance to address vandalism or lighting control, the performance of other specified services, or other such actions which, unless requested by the Customer would otherwise have not been warranted. A charge will not be assessed if, in the sole discretion of the Company, the conditions which created the need for the Customer request were determined to be the result of the Company facilities or systems. Applicable fees are assessed on a regular billing schedule based on the terms and conditions of the agreement or license from which they are specified. Fee or Charge Type Lighting Service Charge Charge Amount See Terms and Conditions for Distribution Service

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2093 Sheet 4 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2070 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMITED SERVICE - PRIVATE LIGHTING (S-10) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

RATE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS Transmission Service Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Transmission Service Cost Adjustment Provision. Transition Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Non-Bypassable Transition Charge Adjustment Provision. Standard Offer Adjustment All Customers served on this rate must pay any charges required pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Standard Offer Adjustment Provision, whether or not the Customer is taking or has taken Standard Offer Service. Energy Efficiency Programs The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Energy Efficiency Program Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Customer Credit Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Customer Credit Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate as from time to time effective in accordance with law.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2093 Sheet 5 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2070 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMITED SERVICE - PRIVATE LIGHTING (S-10) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

STANDARD OFFER SERVICE Any Customer served under this rate who is eligible for Standard Offer Service shall receive such service pursuant to the Standard Offer Service tariff. GROSS EARNINGS TAX A Rhode Island Gross Earnings Tax adjustment will be applied to the charges determined above in accordance with Rhode Island General Laws. HOURS OF OPERATION All lights shall be operated through the use of a photoelectric device nightly from approximately one-half hour after sunset until approximately one-half hour before sunrise, a total of approximately 4,175 hours each year.

DETERMINATION OF MONTHLY BILL FOR LIMITED SERVICE – PRIVATE LIGHTING The monthly bill will be based on the following: 1. Facility Charges

The Luminaire Charges and the Support and Accessory Charges will be based on the annual rates above divided by the number of days in the calendar year to arrive at a daily rate and multiplied by the actual number of days in the billing period as measured from the date immediately following the prior bill to the current bill date. 2. Energy Charges

Charges per kWh will be based on the annual kWh per luminaire above and include the watts for the ballast and photoelectric control. The monthly kWh amount shall be determined by allocating the number of annual operating hours for lights among the months as shown below. The sum of the monthly kWh for each light equals the annual kWh in this tariff. A daily kWh amount is determined from the monthly amount by dividing the monthly kWh by the number of days in a month. The daily kWh amount is multiplied by the actual number of days for each calendar month during the billing period as measured from the date immediately following the prior bill to the current bill date and then multiplied by the charge per kWh. Monthly Operating Hours January February March April May June 3. 442 367 363 309 280 251 July August September October November December 267 301 338 392 418 447

Other Fees and Charges

Individual charges for specific Customer requested services will be identified as adjustments on the bill. The representation of applicable fees associated with specific agreement or license terms and conditions between
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2093 Sheet 6 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2070 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMITED SERVICE - PRIVATE LIGHTING (S-10) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE the Customer and the Company will be imposed according to the agreements, licenses, or as specified in the Terms and Conditions for Distribution Service and presented as adjustments on the Customer’s bill. EXCESSIVE DAMAGE Excessive damage due to wanton or malicious acts shall be charged to the Customer at the actual cost of labor and material required to repair or replace the unit. Excessive damage is defined as any lighting facility component such as wood pole, standard, lamp, luminaire, accessory or conductors, being broken or damaged more than once in a twelve month period. Notification of excessive damage will be made to the Customer by the Company prior to billing for repairs. ATTACHMENTS The Company has exclusive rights of ownership of the facilities defined within this tariff and reserves the privilege and sole discretion to permit the use of such facilities for the support and physical attachment of other, non-company owned equipment under the terms and conditions of a separate agreement or license. The Company may, at its sole discretion, provide electric delivery service as applicable under another tariff. The Company will have no responsibility for the attachments except as defined in the separate agreement or license. The attachment will not adversely impact the street and area lighting as defined within this tariff. RELAMPING All inoperable lamps which are owned and maintained by the Company will be spot replaced. The Customer is responsible for notifying the Company of inoperable lamps. FAILURE OF LIGHTS TO OPERATE Should any light or lights, which are owned and maintained by the Company, fail to operate the full period provided therefore, except as hereinafter specified, a deduction will be made from the charges under this rate, other than the Support and Accessory Charge, for such light or lights, upon presentation of a claim therefore from the Customer, equivalent to such part of the annual price thereof, as is equal to the ratio that the time of any outage bears to the annual operating time of such light or lights. The provisions of this paragraph will apply only if such failure is due to some cause or condition which might reasonably have been prevented by the Company and without limiting the generality of the foregoing will not apply in case such failure is due to an act of nature or an act or order of any public authority or accidental or malicious breakage; provided, however, that in the latter case the necessary repairs are made with reasonable dispatch upon notification by the Customer. LOCATION OF STREET AND AREA LIGHTS The Customer bears sole responsibility for determining where street and area lights will be placed and the type of lamp/luminaire used at each location. The Company bears no responsibility for, and makes no representations or warranties concerning, the locations and lamps/luminaires selected by the Customer or the adequacy of the resulting lighting. The Customer, by requesting and accepting service under this rate, hereby shall provide, grant and confer to the Company, all necessary easement, rights-of-way and/or consent rights and privileges as is necessary to provide such service in a manner satisfactory to the Company. All applicable permits, fees and/or other charges by others associated with the facilitation of service under this rate are the responsibility of the Customer.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2093 Sheet 7 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2070 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMITED SERVICE - PRIVATE LIGHTING (S-10) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

RELOCATION OF LIGHTING FACILITIES A Customer may request the relocation of existing street and area lighting facilities, owned by the Company, to another Customer specified location which meets all aforementioned terms and conditions of this tariff. The Customer will be responsible for all costs associated with the relocation as determined by the Company including but not limited to the removal/retirement costs of non-transferable facilities, the installation of new facilities as required, the relocation of existing facilities, any electric system reconfiguration and all site restoration. The relocated facilities will continue to be billed under the Customer account as originally represented prior to relocation. DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY The Company’s duties and obligations under this tariff extend only to the Customer, and not to any third parties. The Company does not assume and specifically disclaims any liability to third parties arising out of Company’s obligations to Customer under this section. TERM OF AGREEMENT The initial term of agreement for Private Lighting service under this tariff is two (2) years. Upon expiration of the initial term, the agreement will be continuously renewed until such time as either party has given to the other written notice, not less than six (6) months prior to the date on which the party desires to have the agreement terminated. TERMS AND CONDITIONS The Company’s Terms and Conditions in effect from time to time, where applicable hereto and not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof, are a part of this rate.

Effective: April 1, 2012

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2094 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2071 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING SERVICE (S-14) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

AVAILABILITY General Street and Area Lighting Service is available under this rate to any city, town, governmental entity, or other public authority hereinafter referred to as the Customer, in accordance with the provisions and the specifications hereinafter set forth: 1. 2. 3. 4. For municipal-owned or accepted roadways, including those classified as "private areas" for which a municipal Customer has agreed to supply street and area lighting service. Service under this rate is contingent upon Company ownership and maintenance of street and area lighting facilities. Service under this rate is not available for locations inaccessible by standard Company motorized equipment, limited access highways, bridges, tunnels and the access and egress ramps thereto. Service under this rate is available to a private contractor, developer, or association of customers, wherein the municipality has agreed in writing to accept responsibility for future payment of such lights upon acceptance of applicable streets and areas. Street and area lighting is available under this rate to any Customer where the necessary luminaires can be supported on the Company’s existing poles and where such service can be supplied directly from existing secondary voltage circuits. Where the necessary luminaires cannot be supported on existing utility infrastructure, wood poles may be furnished in place in accordance with the schedule of Support and Accessory Charges listed below under RATE, Section 2, provided no such pole is more than one span from an existing secondary distribution facility. In applications where revenue from the planned street or area lighting facilities will be insufficient to compensate for the excessive incremental installation costs associated with, but not limited to, rock excavation or hardscape restoration, the Company, at its sole discretion, may elect not to provide street or area lighting service or the Customer agrees to compensate the Company for the incremental installation costs as a contribution in aid of construction in accordance with all applicable Company policies. Temporary Turn Off Service under this tariff is available to any municipal Customer that has requested to temporarily discontinue street and area lighting service received under this rate. Temporary Turn Off Service under this tariff provides for the Company’s lighting facilities to remain in place in anticipation of reinstatement of General Street and Area Lighting – Full Service. The Customer shall be allowed to temporarily turn off General Street and Area Lighting – Full Service and will be billed under this tariff in accordance with the Temporary Turn Off Service provision included in this tariff, provided that the Customer has complied with all provisions and terms of the Company’s General Street and Area Lighting – Full Service provision of this tariff and any related service agreements. The permanent discontinuance of General Street and Area Lighting Service is available under this tariff to any Customer that has complied with all provisions and terms of this tariff, any related service agreements and has requested permanent discontinuance, whereas, such discontinuance is the cessation of this tariff service and constitutes the complete removal or in-place retirement of the Company’s facilities at the location at which this service is discontinued. Permanent discontinuance of service is further described below.

5.

6.

7.

8.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2094 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2071 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING SERVICE (S-14) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE 9. The management of vegetation and/or other adjacent physical conditions which obstruct the normal distribution of light from the specified street and area lighting facilities is the responsibility of the Customer. At the request of the Customer, the Company shall take reasonable actions to procure and install the necessary ancillary equipment, including but not limited to shields, visors, louvers and protective devices, for the purpose of providing special control of light distribution or vandal prevention of the facilities, provided all ancillary equipment costs and associated service charges are the responsibility of the Customer. GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING – FULL SERVICE

10.

I. RATE

The annual charges below are applicable to all street and area lighting facilities that have not been discontinued, permanently or temporarily, at the request of the Customer. 1. Luminaire Charges: Lumen Rating Nominal Wattage Annual kWh Annual Luminaire Charge Per Unit

Lamp Type Luminaire Type Incandescent* Roadway

Description

1,000* 2,500* Mercury Vapor* Roadway 4,400* 8,500* 13,000* 23,000* 63,000* Floodlight 23,000* 63,000* Post Top 8,500* Metal Halide Floodlight 32,000 107,800*

105 205

LUM INC RWY 105W LUM INC RWY 205W

438 856

$69.46 69.46

100 175 250 400 1,000 400 1,000 175

LUM MV RWY 100W LUM MV RWY 175W LUM MV RWY 250W LUM MV RWY 400W LUM MV RWY 1000W LUM MV FLD 400W LUM MV FLD 1000W LUM MV POST 175W

543 881 1,282 1,991 4,572 1,991 4,572 881

69.46 72.63 72.63 120.39 163.46 143.14 181.37 156.80

400 1,000

LUM MH FLD 400W LUM MH FLD 1000W

1,883 4,502

181.37 181.37

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2094 Sheet 3 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2071 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING SERVICE (S-14) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE RATE (Continued) Lamp Type Luminaire Type Lumen Rating Nominal Wattage Annual kWh Annual Luminaire Charge Per Unit

Description

High Pressure Sodium Vapor Roadway 4,000 6,300 9,600 16,000 27,500 50,000 Wallighter 27,500 (24 Hr) Post Top 4,000** 9,600** Floodlight 27,500 50,000

50 70 100 150 250 400 250 50 100 250 400

LUM HPS RWY 50W LUM HPS RWY 70W LUM HPS RWY 100W LUM HPS RWY 150W LUM HPS RWY 250W LUM HPS RWY 400W WALL HPS 250W 24 HR LUM HPS POST 50W LUM HPS POST 100W LUM HPS FLD 250W LUM HPS FLD 400W

255 359 493 722 1,269 1,962 2,663 255 493 1,269 1,962

$69.46 69.72 72.63 72.63 120.39 163.46 172.21 155.49 156.80 143.14 181.37

* No further installation or replacement of designated luminaires will take place after the effective date of this rate. Conversion of existing Incandescent or Mercury Vapor luminaires to an equivalent High Pressure Sodium Vapor luminaire may also be done at the request of the Customer. ** Post top luminaire installations will only be permitted for the “Traditional” luminaire style and only in underground development areas after the effective date of this rate. 2. Support and Accessory Charges:

An additional annual charge as enumerated below in the schedule of support and accessory charges will be applied to the foregoing charges per luminaire type as stated in Section 1 – Luminaire Charges, where the Company is requested to furnish a suitable wood pole, standard, foundation or other accessory, and applicable delivery service as identified below, for the sole purpose of supporting a luminaire assembly.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2094 Sheet 4 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2071 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING SERVICE (S-14) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE RATE (Continued) Service Type Support Type Overhead Service Non-Distribution Pole Wood Pole Underground Service Non-Metallic Standard Fiberglass without Foundation* Fiberglass with Foundation <25 feet Fiberglass with Foundation =>25 feet Metallic Standard Metallic Direct Embedded (No Fdn.)* Metallic with Foundation Annual Support Charge Per Unit

Description

POLE-WOOD

$77.81

POLE FIBR PT EMB<25 POLE FIBER PT <25’ (Or) POLE FIBER RWY<25’ POLE FIBER RWY =>25 POLE METAL EMBEDDED POLE METAL =>25FT

105.72 162.86 162.86 185.67 253.37 304.55

* No further installation or relocation of the designated support will take place after the effective date of this rate. Accessory Type None 3. Other Fees and Charges:

Additional fees or charges as enumerated below in the schedule of fee and charge prices will be applied per unit application pursuant to applicable Customer requests and/or in association with terms and conditions of separate agreements specific to attachments to the foregoing support types as stated in Section 2 – Support and Accessory Charges. Applicable charges are assessed where the Company is requested by the Customer to provide an individual site visit for the purpose of; investigation and determination of operational malfunction, preventative or proactive maintenance to address vandalism or lighting control, the performance of other specified services, or other such actions which, unless requested by the Customer would otherwise have not been warranted. A charge will not be assessed if, in the sole discretion of the Company, the conditions which created the need for the Customer request were determined to be the result of Company facilities or systems. Applicable fees are assessed on a regular billing schedule based on the terms and conditions of the agreement or license from which they are specified. Fee or Charge Type Lighting Service Charge Charge Amount See Terms and Conditions for Distribution Service

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2094 Sheet 5 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2071 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING SERVICE (S-14) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

RATE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS Transmission Service Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Transmission Service Cost Adjustment Provision. Transition Charge Adjustment The prices under this rate as set forth under “Monthly Charge” may be adjusted from time to time in the manner described in the Company’s Non-Bypassable Transition Charge Adjustment Provision. Standard Offer Adjustment All Customers served on this rate must pay any charges required pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Standard Offer Adjustment Provision, whether or not the Customer is taking or has taken Standard Offer Service. Energy Efficiency Programs The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company's Energy Efficiency Program Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Customer Credit Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Customer Credit Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Revenue Decoupling Mechanism Provision as from time to time effective in accordance with law. Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate The amount determined under the preceding provisions shall be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s Net Metering Provision and Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate as from time to time effective in accordance with law.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2094 Sheet 6 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2071 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING SERVICE (S-14) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

STANDARD OFFER SERVICE Any Customer served under this rate who is eligible for Standard Offer Service shall receive such service pursuant to the Standard Offer Service tariff. GROSS EARNINGS TAX A Rhode Island Gross Earnings Tax adjustment will be applied to the charges determined above in accordance with Rhode Island General Laws. HOURS OF OPERATION All street and area lights shall be operated through the use of a photoelectric device nightly from approximately one-half hour after sunset until approximately one-half hour before sunrise, a total of approximately 4,175 hours each year. DETERMINATION OF MONTHLY BILL FOR GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING – FULL SERVICE The monthly bill will be based on the following: 1. Facility Charges

The Luminaire Charges and the Support and Accessory Charges will be based on the annual rates above divided by the number of days in the calendar year to arrive at a daily rate and multiplied by the actual number of days in the billing period as measured from the date immediately following the prior bill to the current bill date. 2. Energy Charges

Charges per kWh will be based on the annual kWh per luminaire above and include the watts for the ballast and photoelectric control. The monthly kWh amount shall be determined by allocating the number of annual operating hours for lights among the months, as shown below. The sum of the monthly kWh for each light equals the annual kWh in this tariff. A daily kWh amount is determined from the monthly amount by dividing the monthly kWh by the number of days in a month. The daily kWh amount is multiplied by the actual number of days for each calendar month during the billing period as measured from the date immediately following the prior bill to the current bill date and then multiplied by the charge per kWh. Monthly Operating Hours January February March April May June 3. 442 367 363 309 280 251 July August September October November December 267 301 338 392 418 447

Other Fees and Charges

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2094 Sheet 7 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2071 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING SERVICE (S-14) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE Individual charges for specific Customer requested services will be identified as adjustments on the bill. The representation of applicable fees associated with specific agreement or license terms and conditions between the Customer and the Company will be imposed according to the agreements, licenses, or as specified in the Terms and Conditions for Distribution Service and presented as adjustments on the Customer’s bill. DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY The Company's duties and obligations under this tariff extend only to the Customer, and not to any third parties. The Company does not assume and specifically disclaims any liability to third parties arising out of Company's obligations to Customer under this section. EXCESSIVE DAMAGE Excessive damage due to wanton or malicious acts shall be charged to the Customer at the actual cost of labor and material required to repair or replace the unit. Excessive damage is defined as any lighting facility component such as pole, standard, lamp, luminaire, accessory or conductors being broken or damaged more than once in a twelve month period. Notification of excessive damage will be made to the Customer by the Company prior to billing for repairs. ATTACHMENTS The Company has exclusive rights of ownership of the facilities defined within this tariff and reserves the privilege and sole discretion to permit the use of such facilities for the support and physical attachment of other, non-company owned equipment under the terms and conditions of a separate agreement or license. The Company may, at its sole discretion, provide electric delivery service as applicable under another tariff. The Company will have no responsibility for the attachments except as defined in the separate agreement or license. The attachment will not adversely impact the street and area lighting as defined in this tariff. RELAMPING All inoperable lamps which are owned and maintained by the Company will be spot replaced. The Customer is responsible for notifying the Company of inoperable lamps. FAILURE OF LIGHTS TO OPERATE Should any light or lights, which are owned and maintained by the Company, fail to operate the full period provided therefore, except as hereinafter specified, a deduction will be made from the charges under this rate, other than the Support and Accessory Charge, for such light or lights, upon presentation of a claim therefore from the Customer, equivalent to such part of the annual price thereof, as is equal to the ratio that the time of any outage bears to the annual operating time of such light or lights. The provisions of this paragraph will apply only if such failure is due to some cause or condition which might reasonably have been prevented by the Company and without limiting the generality of the foregoing will not apply in case such failure is due to an act of nature or an act or order of any public authority or accidental or malicious breakage; provided, however, that in the latter case the necessary repairs are made with reasonable dispatch upon notification by the Customer. LOCATION OF STREET AND AREA LIGHTS The Customer bears sole responsibility for determining where street and area lights will be placed and the
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2094 Sheet 8 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2071 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING SERVICE (S-14) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE type of lamp/luminaire used at each location. The Company bears no responsibility for, and makes no representations or warranties concerning, the locations and lamps/luminaires selected by the Customer or the adequacy of the others associated with the facilitation of service under this rate are the responsibility of the Customer. resulting lighting. The Customer, by requesting and accepting service under this rate, hereby shall provide, grant and confer to the Company, all necessary easement, rights-of-way and/or consent rights and privileges as is necessary to provide such service in a manner satisfactory to the Company. All applicable permits, fees and/or other charges by PERMANENT DISCONTINUANCE OF LIGHTING FACILITIES A Customer may permanently discontinue lighting facilities, owned by the Company, at no cost to the Customer, limited to a quantity not to exceed one (1) percent of the total number of lighting assemblies assigned to the Customer’s billing account under this tariff within the given calendar year. The request by a Customer for the permanent discontinuance of the lighting in excess of one (1) percent as stated above may be performed by mutual agreement upon payment by the Customer to the Company in an amount equal to the sum of the unamortized balance of the original installation cost, removal and restoration costs, and any street light reconfiguration costs to maintain all other active lights. RELOCATION OF LIGHTING FACILITIES A Customer may request the relocation of existing street and area lighting facilities, owned by the Company, to another Customer specified location which meets all aforementioned terms and conditions of this tariff. The Customer will be responsible for all costs associated with the relocation as determined by the Company including but not limited to the removal/retirement costs of non-transferable facilities, the installation of new facilities as required, the relocation of existing facilities, any electric system reconfiguration and all site restoration. The relocated facilities will continue to be billed under the Customer account as originally represented prior to relocation. TERM OF AGREEMENT The initial term of agreement for General Street and Area Lighting Service under this tariff is two (2) years. Upon expiration of the initial term, the agreement will be continuously renewed until such time as either party has given to the other written notice, not less than six (6) months prior to the date on which the party desires to have the agreement terminated. TERMS AND CONDITIONS The Company’s Terms and Conditions in effect from time to time, where applicable hereto and not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof, are a part of this rate.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2094 Sheet 9 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2071 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING SERVICE (S-14) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE

II. RATE

GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING – TEMPORARY TURN OFF SERVICE

Upon the Company’s temporary turn-off of retail delivery service to municipal Customers requesting temporary turn off of the Company’s street and area lighting facilities, the Company shall bill the municipal Customer the following charges for the temporary turn off. 1. Luminaire Charges: Annual Temporary Turn Off Charge per Unit

Lamp Type Luminaire Type Incandescent Roadway

Lumen Rating

Nominal Wattage

Description

Annual kWh

1,000 2,500 Mercury Vapor Roadway 4,400 8,500 13,000 23,000 63,000

105 205

LUM INC RWY 105WTT LUM INC RWY 205WTT

n/a n/a

$41.68 41.68

100 175 250 400 1,000

LUM MV RWY 100W TT LUM MV RWY 175W TT LUM MV RWY 250W TT LUM MV RWY 400W TT LUM MV RWY 1000WTT

n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

41.68 43.58 43.58 72.23 98.08

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2094 Sheet 10 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2071 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING SERVICE (S-14) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE RATE (Continued) Lamp Type Luminaire Type Annual Temporary Turn Off Charge per Unit

Lumen Rating

Nominal Wattage

Description

Annual kWh

Mercury Vapor (Continued) Floodlight 23,000 63,000 Post Top 8,500 Metal Halide Floodlight 32,000 107,800 High Pressure Sodium Vapor Roadway 4,000 6,300 9,600 16,000 27,500 50,000 Wallighter 27,500 (24 Hr) Post Top 4,000 9,600 Floodlight 27,500 50,000 2.

400 1,000 175

LUM MV FLD 400W TT LUM MV FLD 1000WTT LUM MV POST 175W TT

n/a n/a n/a

$85.88 108.82 94.08

400 1,000

LUM MH FLD 400W TT LUM MH FLD 1000W TT

n/a n/a

108.82 108.82

50 70 100 150 250 400 250 50 100 250 400

LUM HPS RWY 50W TT LUM HPS RWY 70W TT LUM HPS RWY 100W TT LUM HPS RWY 150W TT LUM HPS RWY 250W TT LUM HPS RWY 400W TT WALL HPS 250W 24 TT LUM HPS POST 50W TT LUM HPS POST 100W TT LUM HPS FLD 250W TT LUM HPS FLD 400W TT

n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

41.68 41.83 43.58 43.58 72.23 98.08 103.33 93.29 94.08 85.88 108.82 Annual Temporary Turn Off Support Charge per Unit

Support and Accessory Charges:

Service Type Support Type Overhead Service Non-Distribution Pole Wood Pole

Description

POLE – WOOD TEMPOFF

$77.81

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2094 Sheet 11 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2071 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING SERVICE (S-14) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE RATE (Continued) Annual Temporary Turn Off Support Charge per Unit

Service Type Support Type Underground Service Non-Metallic Standard Fiberglass without Foundation Fiberglass with Foundation < 25 ft. Fiberglass with Foundation =>25 ft. Metallic Standard Metallic Direct Embedded (No Fdn.) Metallic with Foundation 3. Other Fees and Charges:

Description

POLE FIBR EMB<25TT POLE FIBER PT <25TT (Or) POLE FIBER RWY <25TT POLE FIBER RWY =>25TT POLE METAL EMB TT POLE METAL=>25’ TT

$105.72 162.86 162.86 185.67 253.37 304.55

Fee or Charge Type Reactivation Charge Crew Protection

Charge Amount $25.00 Customer Responsibility

DETERMINATION OF MONTHLY BILL FOR TEMPORARY TURN OFF SERVICE The monthly bill will be based on the annual Temporary Turn Off Charges above. The monthly charge will be based on the annual charge divided by the number of days in the calendar year to arrive at a daily rate and multiplied by the actual number of days in the billing period as measured from the date immediately following the prior bill to the current bill date. MAINTENANCE Temporary Turn Off Service under this tariff does not include routine maintenance of lighting facilities temporarily discontinued by the Customer. NOTICE FOR TEMPORARY TURN OFF SERVICE In order for a municipal Customer to be served under the Temporary Turn Off Service provision of this tariff, the Customer must provide written notice to the Company requesting such temporary turn off service. Such notice shall take the form of that provided by the Company and shall include the specific identification of Company street and area lighting facilities to be temporarily turned off and the estimated length of the temporary discontinuance, however, will be not less than one year and not more than three years. Such identification shall include sufficient information for the Company to easily locate its street and area lighting facilities to be temporarily turned off for the purpose of turning off (red capping) the facilities.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2094 Sheet 12 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2071 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING SERVICE (S-14) RETAIL DELIVERY SERVICE The Company shall use its best effort to turn off retail delivery service to its street and area lighting facilities within a reasonable length of time after receipt of the written notice required above. Depending upon the number of street and area lighting facilities to be temporarily turned off and the availability of the Company’s crews, the Company may schedule such turn off over a period of time to allow for efficient operations. The Company reserves the right to be flexible in responding to the Customer’s request. However, the Company shall complete all requests according to a mutually accepted schedule between the Customer and the Company upon receipt of written notice. CREW PROTECTION The Customer shall be responsible for the cost of any required police details or road flaggers for services provided under this option. REINSTATEMENT OF GENERAL STREET AND AREA LIGHTING – FULL SERVICE The provision of this service by the Company is predicated on the municipal Customer reinstating General Street and Area Lighting – Full Service. The Customer’s request to reinstate all or a portion of the Company’s street and area lighting facilities served under this rate, after complying with the term of service provision of this tariff, must be in written form and identify the specific street and area lighting facilities for the Company to reinstate. Upon receipt of the Customer’s request, the Company shall use its best efforts to return the street and area lighting facilities to full lighting service as soon as possible after receiving the request. However, the Company reserves the right to flexibility in scheduling the reinstatement in an appropriate manner based on crew availability and the quantity of street and area lighting facilities requested to be reinstated. If the Customer requests reinstatement of the General Street and Area Lighting – Full Service prior to the maximum term of three years, the Company will charge the Customer a reactivation charge per street or area lighting facility. TERM OF SERVICE The municipal Customer may remain on this provision for a minimum period of one year but not to exceed a maximum period of three years. At the end of the three year period, the Customer must provide written notice for (i) the municipal Customer’s return to General Street and Area Lighting – Full Service as provided for above, (ii) the permanent discontinuance of the street and area lighting facilities, as provided for above in Section I, or (iii) the Customer’s ability to take advantage of another lighting tariff for retail delivery service to the street and area lighting facilities. The Company will continue to bill the Temporary Turn Off Charge until such time as the street and area lighting facilities are transferred to another delivery service selected by the Customer, or as assigned by the Company following the maximum three year term of service. TERMS AND CONDITIONS The Company’s Terms and Conditions in effect from time to time, where applicable hereto and not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof, are a part of this rate.

Effective: April 1, 2012

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\narrapr12-pending-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2072 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2040 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR DISTRIBUTION SERVICE The following Terms and Conditions where not inconsistent with the rates are a part of all rates. The provisions of these Terms and Conditions apply to all persons, partnerships, corporations or others (the Customer) who obtain local distribution service from The Narragansett Electric Company (the Company) and to companies that are nonregulated power producers, as defined in Rhode Island General Laws. All policies, standards, specifications, and documents referred to herein have been filed with the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission (Commission) and Division, and such documents and any revisions have been filed at least 30 days before becoming effective. Compliance by the Customer and nonregulated power producer is a condition precedent to the initial and continuing delivery of electricity by the Company. Service Connection 1. The Company shall furnish on request detailed information on the method and manner of making service connections. Such detailed information may include a copy of the Company’s Specifications for Electrical Installations booklet, as may be amended from time to time, a description of the service available, connections necessary between the Company’s facilities and the Customer’s premises, location and access of service connection facilities and metering equipment, and Customer and Company responsibilities for installation of facilities. The Customer shall wire to the point designated by the Company, at which point the Company will connect its facilities. In addition, the Customer’s facilities shall comply with any reasonable construction and equipment standards required by the Company for safe, reliable, and cost efficient service. For a service meeting Company requirements (which requirements are set forth on the Company’s website at www.nationalgridus.connects), the Company may also permit this connection to be made by a licensed electrician in good standing with the authority having jurisdiction, as required by applicable law, and who is registered with the Company, provided, however, that the Company gives no warranty to the Customer, express or implied, as to the knowledge, training, reliability, honesty, fitness, or performance of any electrician registered with the Company for this purpose, and the Company shall not be liable for any damages or injuries caused by any electrician who may be used for such purpose. Application for Service 2. Application for new service or alteration to an existing service should be made as far in advance as possible to assure time for engineering, ordering of material, and construction. Upon the Company’s reasonable request, the Customer shall provide to the Company all data and plans reasonably needed to process this application.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2072 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2040 Line Extensions [Overhead (OH) & Underground (UG)] 3. The Company shall construct or install overhead or underground distribution facilities or other equipment determined by the Company to be appropriate under the following policies: Line Extension Policy for Residential Developments, Line Extension Policy for Individual Residential Customers, and Line Extension and Construction Advance Policy for Commercial, Industrial and Existing Residential Customers. Whenever it is necessary to provide service and a Customer requests the Company to extend or install poles, distribution lines or other service equipment to the Customer’s home, premises or facility in order to supply service, the Company will furnish the necessary poles, wires, or equipment in accordance with the Company’s “Line Extension and Construction Advance Policies” on file with the Commission. Except as provided in the “Policies”, all such equipment, poles, and wires shall remain the property of the Company and be maintained by it in accordance with the “Policies”. To the extent that any Company property needs to be located on private property, the Company will require the Customer to furnish a permanent easement. Attachments 4. Any individual or organization who requests an attachment to distribution facilities, utility poles, or along any span between such poles, shall comply with the Company’s specifications and policies governing the type of construction, metering, attachment fees, easements, permissions and electrical inspections required. Outside Basic Local Distribution Services 5. Customers requesting the Company to arrange for Customer facility outages or additional maintenance or construction not normally part of basic local distribution service will be notified in a reasonable timely manner by the Company that the customer shall be required to pay these the Company’s costs of reasonably meeting the request. Acquisition of Necessary Permits 6. The Company shall make, or cause to be made, application for any necessary street permits, and shall not be required to supply service until a reasonable time after such permits are granted. The Customer shall obtain or cause to be obtained all permits or certificates, except street permits, necessary to give the Company or its agents’ access to the Customer’s equipment and to enable its conductors to be connected with the Customer’s equipment. Service to “Out-Building” 7. The Company shall not be required to install service or meter for a garage, barn or other outbuilding, so located that it may be supplied with electricity through a service and meter in the main building.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2072 Sheet 3 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2040 Customer Furnished Equipment 8. The Customer shall furnish and install upon its premises such service conductors, service equipment, including circuit breaker if used, and meter mounting device as shall conform with specifications issued from time to time by the Company, and the Company will seal such service equipment and meter mounting device, and adjust, set and seal such circuit breaker, and such seals shall not be broken and such adjustments or settings shall not be changed or in any way interfered with by the Customer. The Customer shall furnish and maintain, at no cost to the Company, the necessary space, housing, fencing, and foundations for all equipment that is installed on its premises in order to supply the Customer with local distribution service, whether such equipment is furnished by the Customer or the Company. Such space, housing, fencing, and foundations shall be in conformity with the Company’s specifications and subject to its approval. Up-Keep of Customer Equipment 9. The Customer’s wiring, piping, apparatus and equipment shall, at all times, conform to the requirements of any legally constituted authorities and to those of the Company, and the Customer shall keep such wiring, piping, apparatus and equipment in proper repair. Installation of Meters 10. Meters of either the indoor or outdoor type shall be installed by the Company at locations to be designated by the Company. The Company may at any time change any meter installed by it. The Company may also change the location of any meter or change from an indoor type to an outdoor type, provided that the cost of the change shall be borne by the Company except when such change is pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 11. Upon the reading of the Company’s meter all bills shall be computed. If more than one meter is installed, unless it is installed at the Company’s option, the monthly charge for local distribution service delivered through each meter shall be computed separately under the applicable rates. Unauthorized and Unmetered Use 11. Whenever the Company determines that an unauthorized and unmetered use of electricity is being made on the premises of a Customer and is causing a loss of revenue to the Company, the Company may, at the Customer’s expense, make such changes in the location of its meters, appliance and equipment on said premises as will, in the opinion of the Company, prevent such unauthorized and unmetered use from being made. Definition of Month 12. Whenever reference is made to “month” in connection with electricity delivered or payments to be made, it shall mean the period between two successive regular monthly meter readings or estimated meter readings, the second of which occurs in the month to which reference is made.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2072 Sheet 4 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2040 If the Company is unable to read the meter when scheduled, the necessary billing determinants may be estimated. Bills may be rendered on such estimated basis and will be payable as so rendered. Payment Due Date -- Interest Charge 13. All bills shall be due and payable upon receipt. Bills rendered to customers, other than individually metered residential customers, on which payment has not been received by the “Avoid Interest Date” as shown on the bill, shall bear interest, at the rate of 1¼% per month on any unpaid balance, including any outstanding interest charges, from the date of receipt until the date of payment. The “Avoid Interest Date” corresponds to the next normal bill preparation date. Bills disputed in good faith by a Customer will not be subject to the late payment charge until after the dispute is resolved. Customer payment responsibilities with their nonregulated power producer will be governed by the particular Customer/nonregulated power producer contract. Payments made through the Company for electricity purchased from a nonregulated power supplier will be applied first to any Narragansett charges or arrearages. Returned Check Fee 14. A $15.00 Fee shall be charged to the Customer for each check presented to the Company that is not honored by the financial institution. This fee shall be applicable only where the check has been dishonored after being deposited for a second time. Seasonal Customers 15. Seasonal Customers are those using local distribution services between June lst and September 30th only, or those using local distribution services principally between June lst and September 30th and incidentally or intermittently during the rest of the year. Deposit and Security 16. The Company may require a cash deposit or other collateral satisfactory to it as security for prompt payment of the Customer’s indebtedness to the Company. The rate of interest shall be adjusted on March lst annually. The interest rate in effect in any year shall be based on the average rate over the prior calendar year for 10-year constant maturity Treasury Bonds as reported by the Federal Reserve Board. Payments for Line Extensions 17. The Company may require a Customer to pay for all or a portion of the cost of extending or installing poles, distribution lines, or equipment to the Customer’s home, premises or facility, consistent with the terms of the Company’s “Line Extension and Construction Advance Policies” on file with the Commission.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2072 Sheet 5 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2040 Lighting Service Charge 18. The Company may assess a Lighting Service Charge of $130.00 for Company services rendered in response to a Customer request in support of Customer equipment where the condition, service or connection is unrelated to the performance of facilities owned by the Company. A Lighting Service Charge per each occurrence will be assessed to the Customer on their subsequent bill. Determining Customer’s Demand 19. The demand is the maximum rate of taking electricity. Under ordinary load conditions it will be based upon one or more fifteen-minute peaks as herein defined. A fifteen-minute peak is the average rate of delivery of electricity during any fifteen-minute period as determined by any suitable instrument chosen by the Company. In the case of extremely fluctuating load, however, where the demand based on the average over fifteen minutes does not fairly represent the maximum demand imposed by the Customer, the demand will be based upon the instantaneous peak or the peak for a shorter period than fifteen minutes. Such measurements will be made by any suitable instrument chosen by the Company. The demand which is billed to the Customer is determined according to the terms of the appropriate tariffs approved by the PUC from time to time. Customer Changing Rates 20. The Customer may change from the rate under which he is purchasing electricity to any other rate applicable to a class of service which he is receiving. Any change, however, shall not be retroactive, nor reduce, eliminate or modify any contract period, provision or guarantee made in respect to any line extension or other special condition. Nor shall such change cause such service to be billed at any rate for a period less than that specified in such rate except during the first year of electric service to any Customer. A Customer having changed from one rate to another may not again change within twelve months or within any longer contract period specified in the rate under which he is receiving electric service. Discontinuance of Service 21. Subject to the Rules and Regulations of the Commission, the Company shall have the right to discontinue its service upon due notice and to remove its property from the premises in case the Customer fails to pay any bill due the Company for such service, or fails to perform any of its obligations to the Company. For restoration of service after such discontinuance, a reconnection charge of $38.00 will be made. Right of Access 22. The Company shall have the right of access to the Customer’s premises at all reasonable times for the purpose of examining or removing the Company’s meters, and other appliances and equipment. During emergency conditions, the Company shall have the right of access to the

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2072 Sheet 6 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2040 Customer’s premises at all hours of the day to make conditions safe and/or to restore service. Safeguarding Company Equipment 23. The Customer shall not permit access for any purpose whatsoever, except by authorized employees of the Company, to the meter or other appliances and equipment of the Company, or interfere with the same, and shall provide for their safe keeping. In case of loss or damage of the Company’s property, the Customer shall pay to the Company the value of such property or the cost of making good the same. Temporary Service 24. A temporary connection is local distribution service which does not continue for a sufficient period to yield the Company adequate revenue at its regular local distribution service rates to justify the expenditures necessary to provide such a connection. The Company may require a Customer requesting a temporary connection to pay the full amount of the estimated cost of installing and removing the requested connection, less estimated salvage value, in advance of the installation of the connection by the Company. In addition, the customer shall pay the applicable regular local distribution service and, if applicable, basic or standard offer service rates. Limitation of Liability for Service Problems 25. The Company shall not be liable for any damage to equipment or facilities using electricity which damage is a result of Service Problems, or any economic losses which are a consequence of Service Problems. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Service Problems” means any service interruption, power outage, voltage or amperage, fluctuations, discontinuance of service, reversal of its service, or irregular service caused by accident, labor difficulties, condition of fuel supply or equipment, federal or state agency order, failure to receive any electricity for which the Company has contracted, or any other causes beyond the Company’s immediate control. However, if the Company is unable for any reason to supply electricity for a continuous period of two days or more, then upon the request of the Customer, the Demand Charge, if any, shall be suspended for the duration of such inability. The Company shall not be liable for damage to the person or property of the Customer or any other persons resulting from the use of electricity or the presence of the Company’s appliances and equipment on the Customer’s premises. Limitation on Use of Electricity - Auxiliary & Temporary Local Distribution Service 26. Local distribution service supplied by the Company shall not be used to supplement or relay, or as standby or back up to any other electrical source or service except under the provisions of the Back-Up Service Rate, unless the Customer shall makes such guarantees with respect to the payment for such local distribution service as shall be just and reasonable in each case. Where such local distribution service is supplied, the Customer shall not operate its generation in

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2072 Sheet 7 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2040 parallel with the Company’s system without the consent of the Company, and then only under such conditions as the Company may specify from time to time. Company Right to Place Facilities on Customer Property 27. The Company has the right to place on a Customer’s property facilities to provide and meter electric service to the Customer. Company Right to Request a Guarantee 28. Whenever the estimated expenditures for the services or equipment necessary to deliver electricity to a Customer’s premises shall be of such an amount that the income to be derived there at the applicable rates will, in the opinion of the Company, be insufficient to warrant such expenditures, the Company may require a Customer to guarantee a minimum annual payment or commitment for a term of years, or to pay the whole or a part of the cost of such equipment. Fluctuating Load & Harmonic Distortion 29. In certain instances, extreme fluctuating loads or harmonic distortions which are created by a Customer’s machinery or equipment may impair service to other Customers. If the fluctuating load or harmonic distortion causes a deterioration of the Company’s service to other customers, the Company shall specify a service arrangement that avoids the deterioration and the Customer owning or operating the equipment that causes the fluctuation or distortion shall pay the cost to implement the new service arrangement together with applicable taxes. Customer Tax Liability 30. The Company shall collect taxes imposed by governmental authorities on services provided or products sold by the Company. It shall be the Customer’s responsibility to identify and request any exemption from the collection of the tax by filing appropriate documentation with the Company. Customer/Supplier Relationship 31. For electricity supplied by nonregulated power producers, the Company is a local distribution service provider of electricity supplied by others. When such electricity is supplied and delivered to the Company’s local distribution supply point, the Company then performs a delivery service for the electricity. Ownership of such electricity lies with either the nonregulated power producer or Customer, as per the specific agreement between the Customer and the nonregulated power producer. In no case shall the Company be liable for loss of electricity. Billing Termination (“Soft-Off’) 32. The Company and the Rhode Island Division of Public Utilities and Carriers (the “Division”) have agreed to participate in a one-year pilot program (the “Pilot”) with respect to

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2072 Sheet 8 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2040 the Company’s “Soft-Off” termination policy pursuant to a Settlement Agreement between the Company and the Division, as approved by the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission on May 4, 2012. During the Pilot, where a customer has requested termination of service and an estimated or actual final meter reading is recorded, and the account is not subject to a shut-off order or request, the Company may choose to utilize a “Soft-Off” termination, defined as the termination of an account by the Company for billing purposes where there is no new customer of record and the actual flow of electricity to the premises is not disconnected. In the event of a termination of an account for which there is no unbilled consumption, a landlord may initiate an application for service in the landlord’s name at that premises by either oral or written request in accordance with Section 2 of this tariff; provided however, that in the event of a termination of an account for which there is any unbilled consumption, a landlord may initiate an application for service in the landlord’s name only upon providing the Company with a signed authorization. In addition, where the landlord has previously provided the Company a signed agreement, the Company may record the landlord as the customer of record for that account without further authorization. When metered consumption at a premises where a Soft Off termination has been implemented exceeds 100 kilowatt-hours in a month, the Company will send notification to the premises indicating that service shall be terminated pursuant to the Commission and Division’s rules and regulations governing the termination of service if an account is not established. When metered consumption at the location exceeds an aggregate of 250 kilowatt-hours, service to the location will be terminated; provided however that where such a termination would affect the statutory and/or termination rights of other electric customers at that location, service will be terminated at the Soft Off premises as soon as the Company is able to accomplish the termination so as not to conflict with the rights provided under the Commission and Division’s rules and regulations governing the termination of service for the other customers. Customer Notice and Right to Appeal 33. Where practicable, the Company will give the Customer reasonable notice of actions taken pursuant to these Terms & Conditions. The Customer shall have the right to appeal, pursuant to the Division’s Rules of Practice and Procedure, all action taken by the Company hereunder.

Effective: May 4, 2012

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY Terms and Conditions for Nonregulated Power Producers

The delivery of electricity shall be in accordance with the provisions of law, regulation and these Terms and Conditions. Customers may purchase power only from Nonregulated Power Producers who meet the terms described below and are registered in good standing with the Rhode Island Division of Public Utilities and Carriers (Division), and (i) have a fully executed Market Participant Service Agreement with ISO-NE and a settlement account with ISO-NE, or (ii) have an agreement in place with an entity that has a fully executed Market Participant Service Agreement with ISO-NE whereby such entity agrees to include the load to be served by the Nonregulated Power Producer in such entity’s settlement account with ISO-NE. 1.0 Obligations of Parties 1.1 Customer

The Customer is the end user taking electric service and utilizing it at his or her home or facility. The Customer must be a Customer of record of The Narragansett Electric Company (hereinafter, “Narragansett” or “Company”). Each Customer is identified by a number assigned by Narragansett. This location identification number, which is unique to a Customer’s home, facility or portion thereof is also referred to as the Customer Delivery Point. A Customer will select one registered Nonregulated Power Producer (hereinafter “Supplier”) from which to purchase electrical power at any given point in time. For purposes of billing and financial responsibility, each Customer Delivery Point will also be identified as an Account by Narragansett and assigned an Account number. 1.2 Distribution Company

Narragansett is responsible for providing local distribution services from the Transmission Delivery Point(s), as defined within these Terms and Conditions, to the Customer Delivery Point(s) which shall be the meter point for each Account. Narragansett will: arrange for (i) regional network transmission service over NEPOOL PTF and (ii) Local network transmission service from NEPOOL PTF to the Company’s Distribution System for each Customer, deliver power over distribution facilities to each Customer Delivery Point,

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124 provide customer service and support for delivery service, and if contracted by the Supplier, for generation service, respond to service interruptions or power quality problems, handle connections and terminations, read meters, submit bills for local distribution services and generation services of the Customer’s Supplier, unless the Customer requests separate billing of generation service from the Supplier, for Customers who receive one bill for both distribution and generation service, collect and forward payments for generation service to Suppliers, according to established cash posting practices, address billing inquiries for the local distribution services bill portion and, if contracted by the Customer’s Supplier, the generation services portion, answer general questions about local distribution service, process the electronic business transactions submitted by Suppliers, and send the necessary electronic business transactions to Suppliers, report Suppliers’ estimated and metered loads, including local network transmission and distribution losses, to ISO-NE, and report aggregate loads to Suppliers electronically, upon request. 1.3 Supplier

A Supplier is a non-regulated power producer who has registered with the Division as a provider of electric generation service to Customers in Rhode Island. Suppliers shall comply with the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission’s (PUC) Reliability and Responsibility Regulations for Nonregulated Power Producers. The Supplier is solely responsible for paying all costs incurred or to be incurred to provide its all-requirements service obligation in the same manner as if the Company were to provide such allrequirements service, including, without limitation, all costs or other requirements to furnish capacity, energy, operating reserves, automatic generation control, uplift costs, congestion charges, and any other ancillary services, expenses or charges incurred to provide all-requirements service; or costs imposed by NEPOOL, ISO-NE or any similar or successor entity in connection with such service. The Supplier is solely responsible for meeting any other requirements and paying any other costs now or hereafter imposed by the ISO-NE which are attributable to the provision of such service. All Suppliers shall meet the requirements of these Terms and Conditions. 1.3.1 NEPOOL Registration

Each Supplier must meet all registration and licensing requirements established by law and regulation, and (i) have a fully executed Market Participant Service
S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 3 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124 Agreement with the ISO-NE and a settlement account with ISO-NE, or (ii) have an agreement in place with an entity that has a fully executed Market Participant Service Agreement with ISO-NE whereby such entity agrees to include the load to be served by the Nonregulated Power Producer in such entity’s settlement account with ISO-NE. Suppliers must provide to Narragansett written notification of the name of the NEPOOL Participant that owns the Settlement Account for the Suppliers’ loads. This information needs to be provided to Narragansett one time, and must be received at least 2 days prior to the Supplier’s enrollment of its first Customer. Suppliers may change to another NEPOOL Participant by providing Narragansett with reasonable advance written notice and a letter from the new NEPOOL Participant. 1.3.2 Testing

A Supplier shall be required to complete testing of the transactions included in the Company’s electronic data interchange (EDI) procedures prior to the initiation of generation service to any Customers in the Company’s service territory. Such testing shall be in accordance with the rules and procedures set forth by the Company. 1.3.3 Customer Participation

Once a Customer has indicated their choice of Supplier to the chosen Supplier, that Supplier must provide Narragansett with certain information electronically as specified in the Company’s electronic data interchange (EDI) procedures, which shall be made available upon request. All electronic information interchange will occur via a Company approved electronic transmission vehicle, which may change from time to time. Presently, the Company is using a Value Added Network (VAN) for transfer of data. The Supplier transaction information, which includes specifics regarding customer identification and billing selection for generation service, must be received at least two (2) business days prior to the commencement of service. If the enrollment data are correct, Narragansett will electronically inform the new Supplier of the commencement date for service (coincident with the Customer’s next scheduled meter read date) and will inform the outgoing Supplier, as applicable, of the termination date of their obligation to provide generation service. If the data are incomplete or incorrect, the Company will not be able to enroll the Customer with the new Supplier and the Supplier will be notified electronically of the error, so that the data may be corrected and resubmitted for processing. If the outgoing Supplier indicates an intention to challenge the
S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 4 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124 legitimacy of the change, the Customer will still be enrolled with the new Supplier unless and until the Company receives a written confirmation from the Customer or representative of the Customer, stating unambiguously that the Customer should be returned to the outgoing Supplier. The Company will then enroll the Customer with the former Supplier prospectively, subject to any timing restrictions that could delay such enrollment to the next scheduled meter read date. The Company shall have no liability or responsibility for the consequences to Suppliers or the Customer for complying in such case with the instructions of a Customer regarding enrollment with a Supplier. All other enrollments must follow the procedures set forth in these terms and conditions. In the event that a Customer selects more than one Supplier, and those Suppliers attempt to enroll that Customer for the same cycle meter-read period, the Company shall respond as follows: The Company shall process the first valid enrollment transaction received during the enrollment period. Once received, any other enrollment transaction submitted for the same Customer during the enrollment period will be rejected. The enrollment period commences one (1) business day prior to the Customer’s scheduled cycle meter-read date and ends two (2) business days prior to the Customer’s next scheduled cycle meter-read date. Whenever an Account becomes inactive as a result of a Customer moving within Narragansett’s service territory, the Customer will have the option to keep their existing Supplier at their new location or receive Standard Offer Service or Last Resort Service as applicable. Whenever an Account becomes inactive, as a result of a Customer moving outside Narragansett’s territory, the Supplier assignment for that Account is discontinued. Customers will begin service from their chosen Supplier on the Customer’s normal cycle meter read date following notification, except when notification occurs two (2) or fewer business days prior to the cycle meter read date. In that case, the assignment will be made on the cycle meter read date in the following month. Suppliers requesting the enrollment of a new Customer, or a Customer that is switching to them, will be presumed to have obtained the authorization of the customer by an approved method. A request by the Supplier, to the Company, that contains both the Customer’s account number and first four characters of the account name will be deemed as confirmation that the Customer has consented to the enrollment or switch.
S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 5 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124

1.4

Dispute Resolution

Narragansett will not be responsible for the resolution of disputes between Suppliers and Customers. Any disputes relating to compliance with these terms and conditions or the regulations of the Commission or Division may be referred by the Company, the Supplier or the Customer to the Division and such disputes shall be subject to the regulatory oversight of the Division or Commission, as applicable. 2.0 Billing and Customer Service 2.1 Supplier Billing

The Company shall issue a single bill for electric service to all Customers in its service territory; provided, however, that Customers of Suppliers may request the Supplier to provide a separate bill for generation service provided by the Supplier. Should a Customer opt for a separate generation bill, each Supplier will be responsible for billing their Customers for the cost of generation service provided by the Supplier and collection of amounts due to the Supplier from their Customers. Narragansett will read meters on a monthly cycle and will use reasonable efforts to provide to the Supplier(s) on the next business day following the meter read, an electronic file containing the applicable billing determinants and records of billing data for each Account. The Company will make diligent efforts to read all Customer meters in accordance with its terms and conditions as approved by the RIPUC. The record format for the file transfer is detailed in the Company’s electronic data interchange (EDI) procedures, which shall be made available upon request. All electronic files, with the exception of payments, are presently transmitted using the Advantis Value Added Network (VAN). Payment of funds collected on behalf of the Supplier are transferred electronically via an Automated Clearing House (ACH) bank funds transfer. VAN rates are set by Advantis. The cost of using the VAN is borne by the Supplier. The billing of sales tax and other costs will vary depending on the billing option utilized as discussed in the following sections.

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 6 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124 Narragansett offers the following standard and optional billing services: 2.1.1 Complete Billing Service

Under the Complete Billing Service, Suppliers would provide Narragansett with rates and pricing structures to be implemented for designated Narragansett customer classes. Narragansett would use the supplied rates to calculate the Supplier portion of Customer bills, then integrate this billing with the Transmission, Distribution and Transition Charge components in a single mailing to the Customer. While standard collection notices may be printed on Customer bills, the Supplier is responsible for collection of past due accounts for the Supplier’s portion of Customers’ bills. Suppliers must adhere to Customer classes and rate/pricing structures which follow the formats in the Company’s electronic data interchange (EDI) procedures, which shall be made available upon request and meet the availability clauses of Narragansett’s retail delivery tariffs on file with the PUC. If Suppliers make a written request for different Customer classes or rate structures, Narragansett will consider accommodating reasonable changes to its billing system. The requesting Supplier will be responsible for any costs incurred to make the designated changes, which will be quoted by Narragansett to the Supplier in advance of any changes. Upon receipt of Customer payments, Narragansett will forward to Supplier notification of any and all revenue from Supplier sales which have been received and recorded by midnight of that business day, e.g., notification of any payment received on Monday normally will be forwarded to the Supplier by noon on the following business day. The format of the record to be transmitted is detailed in the Company’s electronic data interchange (EDI) procedures, which shall be made available upon request. Payments to Suppliers will be made in a lump sum for all Customers revenue due to the Supplier in a given day. These lump sum Supplier payments will be transferred via a three-day ACH transaction and credited to a predetermined Supplier bank account. Each Supplier must provide Narragansett with the name of the receiving bank, routing and transmit number (ABA number) and bank account number to facilitate this transfer. The account detail of the Supplier credited amounts will be provided by a separately transmitted electronic file which includes a detailed payment breakdown of individual Customer payments. The format of the record to be transmitted is detailed in the Company’s electronic data interchange (EDI) procedures, which shall be made available upon request.
S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 7 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124

GROSS EARNINGS TAX The Supplier is the taxpayer with respect to the gross earnings tax (GET) imposed by Title 44, Chapter 13 of the General Laws of Rhode Island on its sales of electricity delivered to customers. In other words, unlike the sales tax which is allowed by statute to be added to the sales price and recovered from the customer, the GET is the obligation of the Supplier. The Supplier reports taxable gross receipts from sales of electricity on its own GET returns and is responsible to remit any related taxes, including any estimated tax payments, to the State. The Supplier is responsible for the GET obligations imposed on it by the State of Rhode Island and for the determination of the correct GET rate applicable to its sales. The Supplier is responsible to maintain any “Manufacturer’s Certificates for the Rate Reduction for Electricity and Gas Used in Manufacturing” necessary to support the GET rates applicable to Supplier sales. The Company will separately state on the Customer’s bill any GET amounts, computed with respect to the GET rate provided by the Supplier. In addition, the Company will separately state on the Customer’s bill any GET credit, computed with respect to the GET credit rate provided by the Supplier. If the amounts which the Company billed for electricity, separately stated gross earnings tax and separately stated GET credit are later determined to be incorrect, any corrections will be the responsibility of the Supplier. If the Customer was overcharged, the Supplier must refund the overcharges directly to the Customer. If the Customer was undercharged, the Supplier must seek recourse directly from its Customer. Further, the Supplier is responsible for any amendments to its GET returns made necessary by errors in the amounts it requests be billed to its Customers, as well as any GET assessments imposed on it by the State, including related interest and penalties. The Company has no responsibility for the Supplier’s GET liabilities to the State of Rhode Island or for any amounts the Supplier’s Customers claim to have been overcharged. SALES TAX In accordance with Rhode Island law, Narragansett will compute and separately display sales tax on the Customers’ bills. Since the Supplier is the taxpayer with respect to the sales tax collected on its sales of electricity, Narragansett will remit the Supplier’s portion of sales tax
S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 8 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124 collected from the Customers to the Supplier who will be solely responsible for remitting the sales tax due on its account to the State of Rhode Island. The Supplier will be solely responsible for reporting its sales tax liability on its own sales tax returns. The Supplier is responsible for notifying the Company of the exempt status of any of its Customers and for maintaining exemption certificates from its Customers in support of the exemption in the event of an audit by the Rhode Island Division of Taxation. Narragansett may provide the Supplier, for informational purposes only, with information from its own records regarding Narragansett’s taxable or exempt classification of the Customers for sales tax purposes. However, correct sales tax exemption classification of the Supplier’s Customers is the sole responsibility of the Supplier. If information provided to the Supplier by the Customer relative to its exempt sales tax status does not agree with the information used by Narragansett for billing purposes, the Supplier should contact Narragansett so that the discrepancy may be resolved with the Customer. There should be no cases in which the Customer is exempt from Rhode Island sales tax on purchases of electricity from the Supplier but is not exempt on purchases of delivery services from Narragansett. Any other costs to be billed to the Customers, which are required to be separately displayed on the bill in accordance with Rhode Island law, must be provided by the Supplier to Narragansett. Existing Narragansett service fees, such as interest charges for unpaid balances, bad check charges, etc., shall remain in effect and be assessed, as applicable, to each Account according to the Narragansett Retail Terms and Conditions, applicable to all Customers. The cash posting sequence for customer payments to Accounts is detailed in the Company’s electronic data interchange (EDI) procedures, which shall be made available upon request. 2.1.2 Passthru Billing Service

Narragansett will provide Passthru Billing Service to Suppliers for those Customers that have elected such service. Narragansett reserves the right to obtain confirmation from a Customer being served by a Supplier that such election has been made. Under this option, Narragansett will electronically transmit Customers’ usage/demand information obtained via meter reads to the Supplier’s VAN. The record format is detailed in the Company’s electronic data interchange (EDI) procedures, which shall be made available upon request. With
S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 9 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124 this billing option, Suppliers will use this data to calculate the generation services of the Customer bills, including any applicable taxes or other costs required by law to be separately stated, and mail a separate Supplier bill to the Customer. 2.1.3 Passback Billing Service

Narragansett is willing to provide Passback Billing Service to Suppliers for those Customers that have elected such service. This optional service anticipates that some Suppliers will elect to maintain the confidentiality of their pricing structures. Under this option, Narragansett will pass Customers’ usage and demand information obtained via meter reads to the Supplier and the Supplier will pass back to Narragansett a bill amount for inclusion in each Customer’s bill. In addition, the Supplier will separately pass back to Narragansett any applicable sales tax amount, gross earnings tax amount and any other costs required by law to be separately displayed on the bill. To offer this service, the Company needs to establish the specific procedures, requirements and data formats to be followed. If any Suppliers express an interest in this option, the Company will develop such procedures, requirements and formats and file them with the Commission at the time of implementation. 2.1.4 Summary Billing

Narragansett offers a summary billing option to qualified Customers with multiple electric service Accounts. Designed to consolidate multiple individual account billings on a single bill format, this optional service allows Customers to pay numerous accounts with one check. Under this option, monthly billing for a Customer with multiple Accounts will occur at the time of a mutually agreed upon billing cycle extraction. The application of sales tax, Gross Earnings Tax and any other costs to be billed will be in accordance with the Complete Billing Service or Passback Billing Service options described above. 2.2 Customer Service Options

Narragansett will consider offering optional customer service support to any Supplier who elects the Complete Billing Service. If optional customer service is offered to Suppliers, Narragansett will provide any Supplier with a unique toll-free phone number which will be printed on the Supplier portion of a Customer’s bill. Telephone calls will be answered using the appropriate Supplier’s name and operators will be able to respond to a wide variety of call types. If optional customer service support is provided to Suppliers, Narragansett will customize
S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 10 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124 the pricing for services to meet the individual needs of Suppliers, based on factors such as the volume of calls, requested hours of coverage and/or the specific number of customer service representatives requested. 2.3 Service Disconnection Procedures

Should the Customer fail to pay the full amount billed by Narragansett, for transmission and distribution services, Narragansett may disconnect the Customer pursuant to the current PUC procedures for disconnection which apply to Customers of the applicable rate class. Narragansett will provide notification electronically to the Supplier of any Customer receiving a final bill as a result of a disconnection. Once a final bill is issued to the Customer, supply to the Customer is no longer the obligation of the Supplier. Narragansett shall not be liable for any and all revenue losses to the Supplier for participants lost due to any disconnection. The Supplier may discontinue supply to a Customer in conformance with the specific Customer/ Supplier contract. Suppliers will provide Narragansett with electronic notice of intent to discontinue supply two (2) or more business days prior to the Customer’s scheduled meter read. Service by the Supplier will terminate upon the next scheduled meter read from the time of this electronic notice. Customers whose service from a Supplier is discontinued will become Last Resort Service Customers of Narragansett, unless or until they enroll with a new Supplier. 2.4 Distribution Service Interruptions

Narragansett shall provide firm local distribution service to each Customer. In the event that the loading of the distribution system, or a portion thereof, must be reduced for safe and reliable operation, such reduction in loading will be proportionately allocated among all Customers whose load contributes to the need for the reduction when such proportional curtailments can be accommodated within acceptable operating practices. In the event of power outages, Narragansett shall restore electrical service to Customers in accordance with the Company’s service restoration procedures, as filed with the PUC from time to time. Any other service interruptions which the Company is required to make for planned maintenance of the distribution and transmission system will be made according to normal operational procedures. 2.5 Release of Customer Information

It is recognized that from time to time Suppliers may request information about
S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 11 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124 customers. Suppliers seeking information about Customers will be instructed to obtain a written consent from a Customer before Narragansett will disclose any such information, consistent with the procedures set forth below. Upon a Supplier obtaining written consent, Narragansett shall be required to provide twelve months’ of a Customer’s historic usage data to the Supplier. The written consent should include a statement substantially the same as the following: “[CUSTOMER] authorizes [NAME OF Supplier] to obtain twelve months’ of historical usage data from Narragansett Electric.” The written consent must be signed by the Customer and include the account number(s) that are authorized for release. If the Customer is a company, it must be signed by an officer on behalf of the company. The Supplier shall be required to keep the consent form on file and produce it upon request. The Supplier will submit to Narragansett, using the EDI transactions, an Historical Usage Transaction containing the customer account number and first four characters of the Customer’s name. Once Narragansett receives this transaction, Narragansett presumes that the Supplier has obtained appropriate authorization and will send the usage information to the supplier via EDI. Narragansett reserves the right to provide standard billing information directly to the Customer, who in such case will have the discretion to provide it to the Supplier. In such case, Narragansett will inform the Supplier that the data has been delivered to the Customer and may be obtained directly from the Customer. 2.6 Providing Non-Residential Customer Lists

Narragansett understands that in order to assist in the advancement of the retail market in Rhode Island, Narragansett may provide non-residential customer lists to licensed Suppliers that have signed a confidentiality agreement with Narragansett indicating that they would only use the information provided to market energy-related products and services. The list provided by Narragansett shall include the Customer’s name, service address, mailing address, and energy information including rate class, 12 months historical usage information (kWh, kW and kVa if applicable), meter read cycle, and voltage indicator. 3.0 Metering The meter that is currently installed at a Customer site will be used to meet the basic distribution company and Supplier billing requirements as well as any load estimation
S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 12 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124 process requirements. Narragansett will own all billing meters, and have sole responsibility for meter reading, lock-outs, and programming changes. 3.1 Telemetering Installation Requests

If a Supplier requests additional metering and/or telecommunication capabilities for rate calculations, or in lieu of estimation in the daily load reporting process, the Supplier is responsible for all installation, operating and maintenance costs, and must arrange for the installation and commissioning of all the necessary equipment (using a licensed electrician) in accordance with the conditions listed herein. The Supplier is responsible for arranging the installation and maintenance of the remote access pulse recorder (RAPR) and telephone line, subject to standards set forth by the distribution company. Once all the necessary equipment is installed and the Company is notified, the Company will initialize the recorder (upon Supplier request). Upon completed commissioning of the device, the Company will begin collecting load data. Until telemetering requirements are fulfilled, the Customer will be enrolled with an estimated load designation until the installation is complete and tested. 3.2 Product Options

All telemetering installations will use external RAPR’s unless and until other acceptable technologies become available. The RAPR is connected to the meter and is programmed with the correct energy values associated with each pulse output and quantity measured by the meter. There are a number of RAPR products on the market. Narragansett’s requirement is that the RAPR data format be supported by the MV-901 data collection system. 3.3 Installation and Maintenance of Telephone Line

In all cases, the Supplier must provide the Company telephone access to the RAPR. The Supplier must notify the Company of the telephone number once it becomes available in order for the Company to access the RAPR electronically. The installation and ongoing operating and maintenance costs of the telephone line will be borne by the Supplier. It is the obligation of the Supplier to notify the Company of any change affecting the availability of the phone line for the duration of the prevailing Customer contract.
MV-90 is the product name of the data collection system built and maintained by Utility Translation Services, Inc.
S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC
1

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 13 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124

3.4

Ownership and Maintenance Responsibilities

The Company owns all billing meters and is responsible for their installation, maintenance, and testing for accuracy. The Company’s meter reading, meter testing, meter maintenance, meter security and data collection practices will continue and be unaffected by the presence of the Suppliers’ RAPRs. Tests of meter accuracy may be requested by either the Customer or the Supplier, under the terms approved by the RIPUC. The Supplier owns any RAPRs and telephone lines that it installs (or pays to have installed), and is responsible for their maintenance. Should the telephone line or RAPR become unavailable and the Company is unable to collect the load profile data, the Customer’s historic load profile data will be used in the estimation process. If the Customer’s historic load data are unavailable, the class average load shape will be used, in accordance with the load estimation process described in Section 4.0. Once the phone line and/or RAPR access are restored and the Company is notified, use of actual Customer load data will resume. 4.0 Determination of Hourly Supplier Loads For each Supplier, hourly loads for each day shall be estimated or telemetered and reported daily by the Company to the ISO-NE for inclusion in the Supplier’s designated Settlement Account. Hourly load estimates for non-telemetered Customers will be based upon load profiles developed for each customer class or Customer of the Company. The total hourly loads will be determined in accordance with the appropriate hourly load for the Company. The Company shall normally report previous day’s hourly loads to the ISO-NE in accordance with the time specified by ISO-NE which is then in effect. These loads shall be included in the Supplier’s designated Settlement Account. The hourly loads shall be determined consistent with the following steps: (1) The Company shall identify or develop a load profile for each customer class or each Customer for use in each day’s daily determination of hourly load. The Company shall calculate a usage factor for each Customer that reflects the Customer’s relative usage level. (3) The Company shall develop estimates of hourly load profiles for the previous day for each Supplier such that the sum of the Supplier’s loads equals the hourly

(2)

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 14 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124 metered loads of the Company collected each day. Distribution losses, which are included in the hourly metered Company loads, shall be fully allocated into Supplier loads. (4) Transmission losses from local network and non-PTF facilities shall be approximated and added to the Supplier’s hourly loads. The Supplier’s loads shall also include losses associated with the NEPOOL PTF, as determined by the ISO-NE.

4.1

Monthly Reconciliation Process

To refine the estimates of Supplier loads, a monthly reconciliation is performed to incorporate the most recent customer usage information, which is available after the monthly meter readings are processed. The Company will make diligent efforts to read all Customer’s meters in accordance with its terms and conditions as approved by the RIPUC. A comparison is made between Customer’s estimated and actual usage, by billing cycle, then summed across billing cycles for each Supplier. The ratio between the actual kWh and the estimated kWh reflects the kWh amount for which the Supplier may have been overcharged or undercharged by ISO-NE during the month. This ratio is used to develop a kWh adjustment amount for each Supplier for the calendar month. The sum of the adjustments for all suppliers is zero because the total kWh is still constrained to equal the Company’s actual hourly metered loads during the month. 4.2 Error Handling

The process of supplier load estimation involves statistical samples and estimating. It is not perfectly accurate and cannot be made perfectly accurate without large scale investment in special metering to record the hourly usage of all customers, as well as hourly line losses. Accordingly, some level of error will typically be reflected in the estimates. The Company shall not be responsible for any estimating errors and shall not be liable to the Supplier for any costs that are associated with such estimating errors. To the extent that errors are identified by the Company through the monthly reconciliation process, discovery of metering errors, or through any other means, the Company will quantify and communicate these errors to ISO-NE for adjustment of supplier settlement results in accordance with NEPOOL rules.

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 15 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124 5.0 Generation Requirements 5.1 Reporting to ISO New England

Narragansett is responsible for reporting a set of hourly loads (including associated distribution and transmission losses) for each designated Supplier and their aggregate Customers to ISO-NE. The daily reporting of the hourly loads, and later reconciliation adjustments will be provided to ISO-NE in accordance with their scheduling requirements. 5.2 Definition of Supplier Delivery Point

Suppliers shall be obligated to deliver the capacity and energy actually used by each Account to the load zones or nodes, as applicable, at which the real-time load obligations are established in the ISO-NE Settlement Power System Model for the physical loads of Customers ("Supplier Delivery Point"). Suppliers shall be obligated to arrange for and pay all costs associated with delivery of its capacity and energy to the Supplier Delivery Point(s). NEP will transmit the power received to Narragansett and deliver it to the interconnection(s) between NEP’s transmission system and Narragansett’s local distribution system (Transmission Delivery Points). This service will be provided to Narragansett by NEP under a transmission tariff on file at the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission. Narragansett will provide local distribution service to deliver the power from the Transmission Delivery Points to the applicable Accounts (Customer Delivery Points). 5.3 Back up Supply Obligations

Each Supplier will be responsible for obtaining any back up supply that it may need to service its load. The Supplier is solely responsible for paying all costs incurred or to be incurred to provide all generation-related services associated with its all-requirements service obligation, including, without limitation, all costs or other requirements to furnish installed capability, operable capability, energy, operating reserves, automatic generation control, uplift costs, congestion charges, and any other generation-related ancillary services, expenses or charges incurred to provide all-requirements service; or costs imposed by NEPOOL, ISO-NE or any similar or successor entity in connection with such service. The Supplier is also solely responsible for meeting any other requirements and paying any other costs now or hereafter imposed by ISO-NE which are attributable to the provision of such service.

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1191 Sheet 16 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1124 5.4 Losses

To compensate for transmission and distribution system losses, Narragansett requires Suppliers to provide an additional quantity of electricity and associated ancillary services. The quantities actually delivered to each Supplier’s retail Customers, in aggregate, in each hour of the billing period, as estimated by the Company, shall be scaled to include appropriate distribution and transmission loss factors. Suppliers providing generation service to Narragansett local distribution service Customers from outside of NEPOOL will be responsible for any and all losses incurred on other transmission systems, which may also include losses on facilities linking generation to NEPOOL facilities. 6.0 Limitations of Liability The Company shall not be liable to a Supplier under any theory of recovery for any and all economic losses incurred by the Supplier (including without limitation lost profits and purchased power costs) caused by the failure of the Company to deliver electricity because of Service Problems. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Service Problems” means any service interruption, power outage, fluctuation in voltage, amperage, or harmonics, discontinuance of service, reversal of service, or irregular service caused by accident, labor difficulties, condition of fuel supply or equipment, actions of transmission services provider(s) and suppliers, federal or state agency order, failure to receive any electricity for which the Company or Supplier has contracted, or any causes beyond the Company’s immediate control.

7.0

Transaction-Related Formats, Processess, and Field Definitions The Company will provide to Suppliers copies of its technical transaction-related requirements (such as formats, technical processes, and field definitions) that will be used to process Supplier transactions and which are subject to change from time to time. To the extent that any Supplier has a dispute with the Company regarding the application or modification of these technical transaction-related requirements, any Supplier may file a Complaint with the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission, provided that the Supplier notifies the Company in writing and makes a good faith effort to resolve the dispute with the Company at lease three business days in advance of such filing.

Effective June 16, 2005

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NPP-TC.061605.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Sheet 1 of 14 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR GREENUP SERVICE 1. Applicability 1A. The following Terms and Conditions shall apply to every GreenUp Service Supplier authorized to do business within the State of Rhode Island and Providence Plantations, and to every Customer and Distribution Company doing business with said GreenUp Service Supplier. 1B. Nothing in these Terms and Conditions shall be construed to affect the Distribution Company’s obligations under the Distribution Company’s residential rates and Small C&I Rate (C-06), each as revised, amended, supplemented, or supplanted in whole or in part from time to time pursuant to the procedures established in R.I.P.U.C. regulations and Rhode Island law. 1C. These Terms and Conditions may be revised, amended, supplemented or supplanted in whole or in part from time to time pursuant to the procedures established in R.I.P.U.C. regulations and Rhode Island law. In the case of a conflict between these Terms and Conditions and any orders or regulations of the R.I.P.U.C., said orders or regulations shall govern. In the event of: (i) a change in Rhode Island law or R.I.P.U.C. regulations that, in the Company’s sole judgment, adversely affects the provision of GreenUp Service as set forth in these Terms and Conditions or (ii) in the event that twenty percent (20%), in the aggregate, of the Company’s Customers currently taking Distribution Service under the Company’s residential rates select an NPP to provide generation service, the Company will institute a review of GreenUp Service with interested parties to evaluate the need for the continuation of GreenUp Service. 1D. No agent or employee of the Company is authorized to modify any provision contained in these Terms and Conditions or to bind the Company to perform in any manner contrary hereto. Any such modification to these Terms and Conditions or any such promise contrary hereto shall be in writing, duly executed by an authorized officer of the Company, subject in all cases to applicable statutes and to the orders and regulations of the R.I.P.U.C., and available for public inspection during normal business hours at the business offices of the Company and at the offices of the R.I.P.U.C. 2. Definitions

Any capitalized term used in these Terms and Conditions and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the R.I.P.U.C.’s rules and requirements or in the New England Power Pool (“NEPOOL”) Generation Information System Operating Rules.

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Terms and Conditions 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Sheet 2 of 14 “Customer” shall mean any person, partnership, corporation, or any other entity, whether public or private, who: (i) obtains Distribution Service at a Customer Delivery Point under the Company’s residential rates or Small C&I Rate (C-06) (ii) is a customer of record of the Company, and (iii) is receiving Standard Offer or Last Resort Service from the Company. “Customer Delivery Point” shall mean the Company’s meter or a point designated by the Company located on the Customer’s premises. “Distribution Company” or “Company” shall mean The Narragansett Electric Company. “Distribution Service” shall mean the delivery of electricity to Customers by the Distribution Company. “EBT Standards” shall mean the Electronic Business Transactions (“EBT”) Standards found on the Company’s website at http://www.narragansett.com/inside/suppinfo/ebt/index.htm. “Effective Date” shall mean the date on which GreenUp Service commences for a given Customer, pursuant to Section 4B below. “Enrollment period” shall mean, for a particular Customer, the period of time during which a GreenUp Service Supplier may submit an enrollment transaction to a Distribution Company for initiation of GreenUp Service concurrent with the start of the Customer’s next billing cycle. “Environmental Disclosure Statement” shall mean a statement or label provided by GreenUp Service Supplier to the Customer in compliance with the R.I.P.U.C. Consumer Protection Requirements for NPPs and prepared in accordance with these Terms and Conditions. “GIS” shall mean the New England Power Pool Generation Information System. “GreenUp Service” shall mean the program under which GreenUp Service Supplier will sell RECs to Customers who are provided Standard Offer and Last Resort Service by the Company and will purchase on the behalf of Customers the number of RECs equal to GreenUp Service Supplier’s billed REC obligation, and the Company will perform the functions necessary to bill and account for the RECs. “GreenUp Service Supplier” shall mean any entity selling RECs to Customers and purchasing RECs on behalf of Customers in Rhode Island pursuant to these Terms and Conditions. “Last Resort Service” shall mean the service provided by the Distribution Company pursuant to the Distribution Company’s tariffs, on file with the R.I.P.U.C. “Nonregulated Power Producer” or “NPP” shall have the meaning set forth in the Rhode Island General Laws §39-1-2.

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Terms and Conditions 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Sheet 3 of 14 “Proper Authorities” shall mean the R.I.P.U.C., the Rhode Island State Energy Office, the Division of Public Utilities and Carriers, and the Attorney General of the State of Rhode Island and Providence Plantations. “Quarterly Billed Obligation” shall mean the RECs billed to Customers in any given quarter, as adjusted for transmission and distribution losses, using the methodology set forth in Appendix A to these Terms and Conditions. “REC” shall mean Renewable Energy Certificate, which shall be one one-thousandth (1/1000th) of a GIS certificate from a generator that is eligible under the New England region-specific portions of the Green-e Standard for Electricity Products (II. Qualifying Sources of Renewable Generation), as established by the Center for Resource Solutions and found at http://www.greene.org/ipp/standard_for_marketers.html. The definition of REC does not encompass the Green-e Tradable Renewable Certificate Certification Standard, also established by the Center for Resource Solutions and found at http://www.green-e.org/pdf/trc_standard.pdf. RECs transferred through the GreenUp Service program represent all of the value, attributes, and credits of the associated unit of energy. Specifically, RECs will not be eligible for inclusion in the GreenUp Service program if the associated emissions credits or emission allowances have been or are scheduled to be sold in a separate market. “R.I.P.U.C.” shall mean the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission. “Standard Offer Service” shall mean the service provided by the Distribution Company pursuant to the Distribution Company's tariffs, on file with the R.I.P.U.C. “Terms and Conditions” shall mean these Terms and Conditions for GreenUp Service, applicable to GreenUp Service Suppliers. “Trading Period” shall have the meaning set for in the GIS Operating Rules. 3. Obligations of the Parties 3A. Customer

A Customer shall select one GreenUp Service Supplier per account at any given time, or authorize an agent to make the selection for the Customer. The Customer must provide the selected GreenUp Service Supplier with the information necessary to allow the GreenUp Service Supplier to initiate GreenUp Service, in accordance with Section 4B below.

3B.

Distribution Company

The Company shall:

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Terms and Conditions 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Sheet 4 of 14

(1) (2)

Read meters; Submit bills to Customers for the GreenUp Service Supplier’s sale of the RECs to the Customer; Address billing inquiries for GreenUp Service; Account for the RECs billed to each Customer receiving GreenUp Service; Process EBTs submitted by GreenUp Service Suppliers and send the necessary EBTs to GreenUp Service Suppliers, in accordance with Section 4 and Section 8 below and the rules and procedures set forth in the EBT Standards; Coordinate the accounting of the RECs with GIS; Send quarterly activity reports specifying each GreenUp Service Supplier’s Quarterly Billed Obligation, deposits of GIS certificates into each GreenUp Service Supplier’s account, net balance of RECs in each GreenUp Service Supplier’s subaccount, and revenues billed and collected by the Company for each GreenUp Service Supplier, together with any adjustments to those revenues, to GreenUp Service Suppliers prior to the start of the subsequent Trading Period as described in Section 5B below; and Send to GreenUp Service Suppliers, on a quarterly basis, the information necessary for GreenUp Service Suppliers to create their Environmental Disclosure Statements.

(3) (4)

(5)

(6) (7)

(8)

3C.

GreenUp Service Supplier (1) GreenUp Service Supplier shall comply with all R.I.P.U.C. and Division of Public Utilities and Carriers requirements relating to NPPs and shall register as an NPP pursuant to the rules, regulations, and prerequisites established by and under the Proper Authorities and Rhode Island law, including, but not limited to, the Rules Applicable to NPPs as promulgated by the State of Rhode Island and Providence Plantations – Division of Public Utilities and Carriers; provided, however, that GreenUp Service Suppliers shall not be required to comply with Rule II, Section A(10) of the Rules Applicable to NPPs unless such GreenUp Service Supplier is engaged in the business of producing, manufacturing, generating, buying,

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Terms and Conditions 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Sheet 5 of 14 aggregating, marketing, or brokering electricity for sale at wholesale or for retail sale to the general public. (2) GreenUp Service Supplier shall be required to execute a standard service agreement (“Service Agreement”) with the Company. GreenUp Service Supplier shall be required to complete testing of the transactions included in the EBT Standards prior to the initiation of GreenUp Service to any Customer in the Company's service territory. Such testing shall be in accordance with the rules and procedures set forth in the EBT Standards. GreenUp Service Supplier shall purchase RECs in quantities sufficient to meet the commitments outlined in Section 5 below for Customers who are purchasing GreenUp Service. GreenUp Service Supplier shall deliver RECs to the Company at such times and in such quantities sufficient to meet the commitments outlined in Section 5 below. GreenUp Service Supplier’s obligation to deliver RECs in accordance with Section 5 shall not be reduced, cancelled, or otherwise affected by Customer’s nonpayment for GreenUp Service; provided, however, that pursuant to Section 4C(1) below of these Terms and Conditions, GreenUp Service Supplier shall have the right to terminate GreenUp Service to a Customer for, among other things, such Customer’s nonpayment for GreenUp Service. GreenUp Service Supplier shall obtain the Necessary Authorization from each Customer by an approved method prior to initiating GreenUp Service to any Customer. For the purposes of this section, the term “Necessary Authorization” may be evidenced by a customer-signed Letter of Authorization, Third-party Verification, electronic correspondence initiated by Customer to the GreenUp Service Supplier indicating Customer’s authorization or the completion by Customer of an electronic authorization form located on the website of GreenUp Service Supplier, or the completion of a toll-free call made by the Customer to an independent third party operating in a location physically separate from the telemarketing representative who has obtained the Customer's initial oral authorization to select a GreenUp Service Supplier. (i) Letter of Authorization. For the purposes of this section, the term “Letter of Authorization” means an easily separable document, including, but not limited to, the enrollment cards or ballots inserted by the Company in its monthly electric bills to Customers, whose sole purpose is to authorize a GreenUp Service Supplier to

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Terms and Conditions 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Sheet 6 of 14 initiate GreenUp Service to a Customer. The Letter of Authorization must be signed and dated by the Customer. (ii) Third-party Verification. For the purposes of this section, the term “Third-party Verification” means an appropriately qualified and independent third party operating in a location physically separate from the telemarketing representative who has obtained the Customer's oral authorization to select a GreenUp Service Supplier, such authorization to include appropriate verification data, such as the Customer's date of birth and social security number or other voluntarily submitted information; provided, however, any such information or data in the possession of the third party verifier or the marketing company shall not be used, in any instance, for commercial or other marketing purposes, and shall not be sold, delivered, or shared with any other party for such purposes.

(7)

GreenUp Service Supplier shall be solely responsible for responding to Customer questions related to GreenUp Service Supplier’s obligations under these Terms and Conditions, the Service Agreement, and any related agreements. GreenUp Service Supplier may not require customers to: (i) participate in GreenUp Service for a fixed term or length of time or (ii) purchase a minimum number of RECs as a condition of participating in GreenUp Service, beyond the monthly GreenUp Service purchases by customer during the period the customer is enrolled in GreenUp Service. Upon termination of GreenUp Service by either customer or GreenUp Service Supplier, GreenUp Service Supplier may not assess a termination fee or other penalty to such customer. GreenUp Service Supplier may not require Customers receiving GreenUp Service to post deposits with GreenUp Service Supplier or assess Customers any charges, fees, or penalties associated with GreenUp Service beyond the charges for GreenUp Service reflected on the billings by the Company to the Customer for GreenUp Service. GreenUp Service Supplier shall provide Environmental Disclosure Statements to Customers in accordance with Section 5E below.

(8)

(9)

(10)

4.

GreenUp Service Options; Initiation and Termination of GreenUp Service

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Terms and Conditions 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Sheet 7 of 14 4A. Options for GreenUp Service

Each GreenUp Service product offered to Customers by GreenUp Service Suppliers shall be based on the following options: (i) RECs corresponding to fixed blocks of energy consumption (“Fixed Block Option”) or (ii) RECs corresponding to percentages of actual energy consumption (“Percentage of Energy Option”). For each GreenUp Service product offered to Customers, the GreenUp Service Supplier shall inform the Company of the percentage of RECs included in that particular GreenUp Service product offering, disaggregated to a level of detail sufficient to determine whether the GreenUp Service Supplier has provided the required Generation Attribute mix corresponding to that product offering. (i) Fixed Block Option – GreenUp Service Supplier offers Customers products based on blocks of RECs. The size of the individual blocks will be determined by each GreenUp Service Supplier. For this option, the quantity of RECs provided by GreenUp Service Supplier to the Company would be the lesser of: (a) the block amount or (b) the Customer’s billed consumption. Percentage of Energy Option – GreenUp Service Supplier offers Customers different prices per kilowatt-hour applied to all billed consumption based on the following options: (a) purchase of RECs equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of billed consumption; (b) purchase of RECs equal to fifty percent (50%) of billed consumption; (c) purchase of RECs equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of billed consumption; or (d) purchase of RECs equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of billed consumption. For any GreenUp Service Supplier product offering based upon this option, the percentage of RECs contained in that product offering shall be no less than twenty-five percent (25%).

(ii)

4B.

Initiation of GreenUp Service

To initiate GreenUp Service to a Customer, the GreenUp Service Supplier shall submit an “enroll customer” transaction to the Company, in accordance with the rules and procedures set forth in the EBT Standards. The GreenUp Service Supplier shall hold the “enroll customer” transaction until any applicable right of rescission has lapsed. If the information on the enrollment transaction is correct, the Distribution Company shall send the GreenUp Service Supplier a “successful enrollment” transaction, in accordance with the rules and procedures set forth in the EBT Standards. GreenUp Service shall commence on the date of the Customer’s next scheduled meter read, provided that the GreenUp Service Supplier has submitted the enrollment transaction to the Distribution Company no fewer than two business days prior to the meter read date. If the GreenUp Service Supplier has not submitted the enrollment transaction at least two

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Terms and Conditions 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Sheet 8 of 14 business days before the meter read date, GreenUp Service shall commence on the date of the Customer’s subsequent meter read.. If a second GreenUp Service Supplier submits an “enroll customer” transaction for the same Customer during the same enrollment period, the first transaction that is received by the Distribution Company shall be accepted. All other transactions shall be rejected. Rejected transactions may be resubmitted during the customer’s next enrollment period. 4C. Termination of GreenUp Service (1) Termination Initiated by the GreenUp Service Supplier To terminate GreenUp Service to a Customer, the GreenUp Service Supplier shall submit a “supplier drops customer” transaction to the Distribution Company, in accordance with the rules and procedures set forth in the EBT Standards. GreenUp Service shall be terminated on the date of the customer’s next scheduled meter read, provided that the GreenUp Service Supplier has submitted this transaction to the Distribution Company no fewer than two business days prior to the meter read date. If the GreenUp Service Supplier has not submitted this transaction at least two business days before the meter read date, GreenUp Service shall be terminated on the date of the Customer’s subsequent scheduled meter read. The Distribution Company shall send a “confirm drop date” transaction to the GreenUp Service Supplier, in accordance with the rules and procedures set forth in the EBT Standards. GreenUp Service Supplier shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate GreenUp Service to a Customer for any reason pursuant to these Terms and Conditions. (2) Termination Initiated by Customer To terminate GreenUp Service with a GreenUp Service Supplier, a Customer may inform either the Distribution Company or the GreenUp Service Supplier. If the Customer informs the Distribution Company directly, GreenUp Service to the Customer shall be terminated within two business days. The Distribution Company shall send a “customer drops supplier” transaction to the GreenUp Service Supplier, in accordance with the rules and procedures set forth in the EBT Standards. If the GreenUp Service Supplier informs the Distribution Company of the Customer’s desire to terminate GreenUp Service, the GreenUp Service Supplier shall send a “supplier drops customer” transaction to the Distribution Company, in accordance with the rules and procedures set forth in the EBT Standards. The Customer’s GreenUp Service shall be terminated on the date of the Customer’s next scheduled meter read, provided that the GreenUp Service Supplier has submitted this transaction to the Distribution Company no fewer than two business days prior to the meter read date. If the GreenUp Service Supplier has not submitted this transaction at least two

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Terms and Conditions 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Sheet 9 of 14 business days before the meter read date, GreenUp Service shall be terminated on the date of the Customer’s subsequent scheduled meter read. (3) Customer Switches GreenUp Service Supplier In those instances when a Customer who is receiving GreenUp Service from an existing GreenUp Service Supplier initiates GreenUp Service with a new GreenUp Service Supplier, the Distribution Company shall send the existing GreenUp Service Supplier a “customer drops supplier” transaction, in accordance with the rules and procedures set forth in the EBT Standards. (4) Customer Leaves Standard Offer or Last Resort Service GreenUp Service to a Customer shall be terminated automatically and the Company shall send a “customer drops supplier” transaction when a Customer leaves Standard Offer or Last Resort Service for any reason, including but not limited to the following: (i) the Customer selects an NPP to provide Customer’s generation service; (ii) the Customer moves out of the Distribution Company’s service territory; or (iii) the Customer is transferred to an alternative electric service provider at the end of Standard Offer Service. 4D. Customer Moves

A Customer participating in GreenUp Service that moves within Distribution Company’s service territory shall have the opportunity to notify the Distribution Company that Customer seeks to continue GreenUp Service with Customer’s existing GreenUp Service Supplier and shall not be required to re-enroll in GreenUp Service. Upon such notification, the Distribution Company shall send a “customer move” transaction to the GreenUp Service Supplier, in accordance with the rules and procedures set forth in the EBT Standards. 4E. Other Provisions

Distribution Companies and GreenUp Service Suppliers shall send “change enrollment detail” transactions to change any information included in the “enroll customer” transactions, in accordance with the rules and procedures set forth in the EBT Standards. If any of the transactions described in these Terms and Conditions are rejected by the Distribution Company, the Distribution Company shall send an “error” transaction to the GreenUp Service Supplier identifying the reason for the rejection, in accordance with the rules and procedures set forth in the EBT Standards.

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Terms and Conditions 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Sheet 10 of 14 5. GreenUp Service Supplier Purchase and Delivery Obligations; Reporting; REC Deficiency; Environmental Disclosure Statements 5A. GreenUp Service Supplier’s Delivery of RECs; Accounting

On behalf of each GreenUp Service Supplier, the Company shall establish one or more GIS subaccounts to track and account for the RECs required to be delivered by each GreenUp Service Supplier to the Company. The Company shall calculate the GreenUp Service Supplier’s Quarterly Billed Obligation within each subaccount and compare that total to the RECs delivered by each GreenUp Service Supplier to the Company. Delivered RECs shall be deposited into GreenUp Service Supplier’s subaccount(s) as directed by the GreenUp Service Supplier. Each GreenUp Service Supplier shall be responsible for providing sufficient RECs to comply with its agreements with its Customers and all applicable regulatory requirements, and, subject to those requirements, shall retain the discretion to provide to the Company greater or fewer quantities of RECs during a given Trading Period than required to meet GreenUp Service Supplier’s Quarterly Billed Obligation. By the close of such Trading Period, the Company shall deposit into each GreenUp Service Supplier’s subaccount(s) the number of RECs actually delivered by GreenUp Service Supplier to the Company during the Trading Period. The GreenUp Service Supplier’s REC deliveries and Quarterly Billed Obligation will be used by GreenUp Service Supplier to develop GreenUp Service Supplier’s Environmental Disclosure Statement in accordance with Section 5E below and Appendix A to these Terms and Conditions. The GreenUp Service Supplier shall be solely responsible for assuring that sufficient RECs are delivered to each of its subaccounts to meet its contractual obligations to its Customers. 5B. Reporting

The Company shall provide to each GreenUp Service Supplier a report, in electronic form, of activity generated from GreenUp Service Supplier’s subaccounts on a quarterly basis, as described in Section 3B(7) above. The subaccount activity report shall be provided prior to the start of each Trading Period and shall include load information pertaining to GreenUp Service Supplier through the prior calendar quarter corresponding to such Trading Period. In providing load information to the GreenUp Service Supplier, the Company shall not be responsible to the GreenUp Service Supplier for any estimating errors associated with the load information nor for any costs, revenue losses, or other losses or damages suffered by GreenUp Service Supplier in connection with such estimating errors. In addition, the Company will provide quarterly reports of each GreenUp Service Supplier’s subaccount activities to the Proper Authorities with a request that the information be treated on a confidential basis under the regulations governing the Proper Authorities. Where possible, the subaccount activity reports for each GreenUp Service Supplier submitted to the Proper Authorities shall be based on aggregate data within each

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Terms and Conditions 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Sheet 11 of 14 subaccount without identification of the Customers served by specific GreenUp Service Suppliers. 5C. Disqualification in the Event of REC Deficiency

If GreenUp Service Supplier commits a material breach of this Section 5, as determined by a Proper Authority, such GreenUp Service Supplier shall be barred from providing GreenUp Service in the future, the Company shall discontinue the performance of its GreenUp Service obligations to the breaching GreenUp Service Supplier, and the Company will notify the other Proper Authorities of the GreenUp Service Supplier’s failure to meet its commitments. The Company shall not be liable to the GreenUp Service Supplier for any revenue losses or other losses or damages suffered by the GreenUp Service Supplier as a result of the GreenUp Service Supplier’s disqualification or the Company’s discontinuance. 5D. Responsibilities for REC Deficiency

The Company shall not be responsible to the Customer or the GreenUp Service Supplier for any deficiency between the GreenUp Service Supplier’s REC obligations pursuant to this Section 5 and the quantity of RECs actually delivered by the GreenUp Service Supplier to the Company. 5E. Environmental Disclosure Statements

GreenUp Service Suppliers shall provide Environmental Disclosure Statements to Customers in accordance with the R.I.P.U.C. Consumer Protection Requirements for NPPs and these Terms and Conditions. 6. Distribution Service Interruption 6A. Disconnection of Service

The Distribution Company may discontinue Distribution Service to a Customer in accordance with the provisions set forth in its tariffs. The Company shall provide electronic notification, using the “customer usage and billing information” transaction, to the Customer’s GreenUp Service Supplier of record upon final billing to the Customer. Upon the discontinuance of Distribution Service to a Customer, the provision of GreenUp Service to the Customer shall also be terminated and a new enrollment transaction shall be required to reinstate GreenUp Service. The Company shall not be liable to the GreenUp Service Supplier for any revenue losses or any other losses or damages suffered by the GreenUp Service Supplier as a result of any such disconnection. The Customer shall not be subject to disconnection of Distribution Service solely for the nonpayment of GreenUp Service.

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Terms and Conditions 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Sheet 12 of 14

7.

Metering 7A. Meter Reading

The Company shall meter each Customer in accordance with the Company’s tariff provisions. 7B. Ownership of Metering Equipment

Should a Customer or a GreenUp Service Supplier request a new meter or that a communication device be attached to the existing meter, the Company shall provide, install, test, and maintain the requested metering or communication device. The requested meter or communication device must meet the Company’s requirements. The Customer or GreenUp Service Supplier shall bear the cost of providing and installing the meter or communication device. Upon installation, the meter or communication device shall become the property of the Company and shall be maintained by the Company. The Company shall complete installation of the meter or communication device, if reasonably possible, within thirty (30) days of receiving a written request from the Customer or GreenUp Service Supplier. The Company shall bill the Customer or GreenUp Service Supplier for the provision and installation of the meter or communication device upon installation of the meter or communication device. 8. Billing 8A. Billing Procedure

The Company shall issue a single bill for electric service and GreenUp Service to each Customer receiving GreenUp Service. The Company shall use the pricing options and rates supplied by the GreenUp Service Supplier to calculate the GreenUp Service Supplier’s portion of Customer bills, and integrate the billing relating to the GreenUp Service Supplier with the Company’s own billing in a single mailing to the Customer. The Company shall send a “customer usage and billing information” transaction to the GreenUp Service Supplier, in accordance with the rules and procedures set forth in the EBT Standards. Gross earnings tax and sales tax shall be computed, billed, treated, and paid in accordance with the Company’s Terms and Conditions for NPPs. Upon receipt of Customer payments, the Company shall send a “payment/adjustment” transaction to the GreenUp Service Supplier, in accordance with the rules and procedures set forth in the EBT Standards. Customer revenue due to the GreenUp Service Supplier

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Terms and Conditions 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Sheet 13 of 14 shall be transferred to the GreenUp Service Supplier in accordance with the Service Agreement entered into between the GreenUp Service Supplier and the Company. A Customer’s payment shall be allocated between the Distribution Company and the GreenUp Service Supplier in the following manner: 1) Company arrears; 2) GreenUp Service Supplier arrears; 3) Company current bill; and 4) GreenUp Service Supplier current bill. No interest will accrue on Customer arrears associated with GreenUp Service. 8B. Summary Billing

The Company has offered certain of the Company’s Customers with multiple electric service accounts a Summary Billing option. Customers who have previously elected this option will have GreenUp Service charges included in their summary bill. 9. Fees

As approved by the R.I.P.U.C., the Company shall charge GreenUp Service Suppliers for the Company’s reasonable administrative costs to administer GreenUp Service, which shall include, but not be limited to: (a) Incremental postage for separate mailing of marketing information about GreenUp Service, if applicable; Reasonable administrative costs for tracking the GreenUp Service Supplier’s REC obligations to Customers and GreenUp Service Supplier’s delivery of RECs to the Company; Reasonable administrative costs for developing the information and billing systems necessary to implement GreenUp Service; and Reasonable administrative costs to provide environmental disclosure information to GreenUp Service Suppliers as determined by GIS and NEPOOL.

(b)

(c)

(d)

Any billing charges for such reasonable administrative costs that are owed by the GreenUp Service Supplier to the Company, which are included in Appendix B, shall be billed to the GreenUp Service Supplier directly. The Company will provide estimates and details for said charges to the GreenUp Service Supplier prior to the commencement of GreenUp Service to a Customer by a GreenUp Service Supplier.

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Terms and Conditions 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Sheet 14 of 14 10. Liability and Indemnification

The Company and the GreenUp Service Supplier shall indemnify and hold the other and their respective affiliates, and the directors, officers, employees, and agents of each of them (collectively, “Affiliates”) harmless from and against any and all damages, costs (including attorneys’ fees), fines, penalties, and liabilities, in tort, contract, or otherwise (collectively, “Liabilities”), resulting from claims of third parties (including, but not limited to, the GreenUp Service Supplier’s Customers and the Proper Authorities) arising, or claimed to have arisen, from the acts or omissions of such party in connection with the performance of its obligations under these Terms and Conditions, the Service Agreement, and related agreements. The Company and the GreenUp Service Supplier shall waive recourse against the other party and its Affiliates for or arising from the non-negligent performance by such other party in connection with the performance of its obligations under these Terms and Conditions, the Service Agreement, and related agreements.

Effective: January 21, 2008

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Terms and Conditions 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Appendix A Sheet 1 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR GREENUP SERVICE APPENDIX A ACCOUNTING FOR GREENUP SERVICE OBLIGATIONS AND PREPARING GREENUP SERVICE SUPPLIER ENVIRONMENTAL DISCLOSURE STATEMENTS

The implementation of GreenUp Service and the measurement of compliance of GreenUp Service Supplier’s commitments to Customers are achieved through the GIS and the Environmental Disclosure Statement, consistent with the R.I.P.U.C. Consumer Protection Requirements for Nonregulated Power Producers and these Terms and Conditions. The following provisions set forth the protocol for: (1) calculating each GreenUp Service Supplier’s Quarterly Billed Obligation for each of its GreenUp Service product offerings and accounting for REC deposits into the GreenUp Service Supplier’s subaccount; (2) determining the Company’s environmental attributes for Standard Offer and Last Resort Service in order for GreenUp Service Suppliers to create their Environmental Disclosure Statements; and (3) the development of Environmental Disclosure Statements by GreenUp Service Suppliers for each of the GreenUp Service Supplier’s product offerings. 1. Accounting for GreenUp Service Supplier’s Quarterly Billed Obligation and REC Deposits into GreenUp Service Supplier’s Subaccount The accounting process begins with the determination of the GreenUp Service Supplier’s sales of RECs at retail to its Customers. The Company will develop a separate product identification and subaccount for each product offering developed by each GreenUp Service Supplier, with a separate subaccounts for Customers served under Standard Offer and Last Resort Service. The Company will provide at the end of each quarter a report to the GreenUp Service Supplier that includes the following information calculated on a current quarter and trailing four quarters basis for each such product offering made by the GreenUp Service Supplier: (a) The kilowatthours delivered to the GreenUp Service Supplier’s Customers buying the product, as billed and adjusted for transmission and distribution losses; (b) The RECs billed to the GreenUp Service Supplier’s Customers buying the product, as billed and adjusted for transmission and distribution losses (the latter figure is the GreenUp Service Supplier’s Quarterly Billed Obligation,

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Appendix A Sheet 2 which is the quantity of RECs that the GreenUp Service Supplier must deposit in the subaccount to meet the sales included in the subaccount); (c) The RECs deposited by the GreenUp Service Supplier in the subaccount; and (d) Any excess or deficiency in the subaccount at the time of the report. 2. Determining the Company’s Environmental Attributes for Standard Offer and Last Resort Service for GreenUp Service Supplier’s Preparation of Environmental Disclosure Statements In order to implement GreenUp Service in a meaningful fashion, the Company has developed a methodology to determine the environmental attributes of its Standard Offer and Last Resort Service, which, in turn will be used in the creation of GreenUp Service Suppliers’ Environmental Disclosure Statements. This new methodology uses the GIS reporting system and assures the accuracy of the GreenUp Service Supplier’s environmental disclosures. The methodology, which the Company will implement on the effective date of the Terms and Conditions, is as follows: (a) The Company’s total kilowatthours as a load serving entity, including both Standard Offer and Last Resort Service, will be reported to it by the ISO and will be adjusted for transmission and distribution losses and included in a single main account. The certificates provided by the Company’s wholesale suppliers of Standard Offer and Last Resort Service or purchased by the Company will be deposited into the main account; (b) The Standard Offer and Last Resort Service obligations as adjusted for transmission and distribution losses will be placed into separate subaccounts; (c) The GIS Certificates provided by Standard Offer Service wholesale suppliers and the GIS Certificates provided by Last Resort Service wholesale suppliers will be deposited into the respective Standard Offer and Last Resort Service Subaccounts. (d) The GIS administrator assigns residual certificates to balance obligations and certificates in each of the subaccounts; and (e) The Company then calculates the environmental attributes for its Standard Offer and Last Resort Service based on the GIS certificates in the balanced subaccounts. 3. Developing the GreenUp Suppliers’ Environmental Disclosure Statements

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Appendix A Sheet 3 Under the Terms and Conditions, the GreenUp Service Supplier is obligated to prepare and mail Environmental Disclosure Statements to Customers taking GreenUp Service. This section sets forth the process for creating the GreenUp Service Supplier’s Environmental Disclosure Statements. The process is as follows: (a) Subaccounts are established, as described in Section 1, for each of the GreenUp Service Supplier’s product offerings provided to the Company’s Standard Offer and Last Resort Service customers and under Section 2(b), for the Standard Offer and Last Resort Service provided by the Company. In each quarter, the kilowatthours delivered to the GreenUp Service Supplier’s Customers as adjusted for transmission and distribution losses are recorded as an obligation in the GreenUp Service Supplier’s subaccount and are excluded from the Company’s Standard Offer or Last Resort Service subaccount. Similarly, the kilowatthours delivered to all other customers who supplied Standard Offer or Last Resort Service by the Company, but not taking GreenUp Service, are included in the Company’s Standard Offer and Last Resort Service subaccounts. The sum of the subaccounts for Standard Offer Service should equal 100 percent of the Company’s Standard Offer Service obligations, adjusted for transmission and distribution losses, and the sum of the subaccounts for Last Resort Service, adjusted for transmission and distribution losses should equal 100 percent of the obligations associated with Last Resort Service; (b) The GIS Certificates provided by the GreenUp Service Supplier are deposited in the GreenUp Service Supplier’s subaccounts as designated by that GreenUp Service Supplier; (c) The Company allocates the GIS certificates provided by its Standard Offer or Last Resort Service wholesale suppliers to the Standard Offer or Last Resort Service subaccounts based on the percentage of obligations not otherwise met through Section 3(b) in each subaccount to total Standard Offer or Last Resort Service obligations; (d) The GIS Administrator allocates Residual Certificates to balance the obligations and certificates in each subaccount; (e) Each GreenUp Service Supplier calculates the Environmental Disclosure in each subaccount for the quarter using the data generated by the process set forth above. The GreenUp Service Supplier then prepares the Environmental Disclosure Statement in accordance with the R.I.P.U.C. Consumer Protection Requirements for Nonregulated Power Producers and these Terms and Conditions. 4. Other Requirements

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Appendix A Sheet 4

In addition, GreenUp Service Supplier shall meet the following requirements: (a) GreenUp Service Supplier shall be subject to the same rules and regulations as a Nonregulated Power Producer and will be directly responsible to all Customers to whom it provides GreenUp Service. The Company shall have no obligation to provide Environmental Disclosure Statements or information disclosures to any Customers, whether or not such Customers take GreenUp Service. (b) GreenUp Service Supplier shall prepare the Environmental Disclosure Statement in accordance with and using the information developed through the process described above. The Company will provide the GreenUp Service Supplier price information for Standard Offer and Last Resort Service for the purposes of preparing the GreenUp Service Supplier’s Environmental Disclosure Statement. (c) GreenUp Service Supplier shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Proper Authorities. (d) GreenUp Service Supplier will include its toll free number for customer service and complaints on the Environmental Disclosure Statement. (e) GreenUp Service Supplier shall develop the Environmental Disclosure Statement using the processes described in Sections 2 and 3 of this Appendix A. The reporting period shall be the most recent one year period. For its first year of operation, the GreenUp Service Supplier shall rely on a reasonable estimate of its resource portfolio (determined by projected deposits of GIS certificates in the GreenUp Service Supplier’s subaccount) for the first three months of its operation, and thereafter, shall rely on the historic information that is available for the portion of the year that the GreenUp Service Supplier has operated to produce the Environmental Disclosure Statement. GIS shall be the exclusive method for determining GreenUp Service Supplier’s portfolio for the Environmental Disclosure Statement, and known resources, system power, imports, and energy storage facilities shall apply to the Environmental Disclosure Statement only to the extent that these resources are reflected in the GIS. (f) GreenUp Service Supplier may disaggregate its resource portfolio into separate products using the subaccount methodology set forth in this Protocol. (g) GreenUp Service Supplier shall file an annual report with the R.I.P.U.C. for the GreenUp Service it provides to Customers.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Appendix A Sheet 5 (h) GreenUp Service Supplier shall be responsible for developing the fuel source characteristics used in the Environmental Disclosure Statements for GreenUp Service. GreenUp Service Suppliers will use GIS and this Appendix to determine the fuel source characteristics of its resource portfolios. (i) GreenUp Service Supplier shall be responsible for developing the emissions characteristics used in the Environmental Disclosure Statements for GreenUp Service. GreenUp Service Suppliers will use GIS and this Appendix to determine the emissions characteristics of its resource portfolios. GIS shall be the exclusive source of emission data used in the development of the Environmental Disclosure Statements by GreenUp Service Suppliers. (j) GreenUp Service Supplier shall be responsible for sending an Environmental Disclosure Statement to its new GreenUp Service Customers prior to the initiation of service and for sending the quarterly Environmental Disclosure Statements to Customers. In addition, the GreenUp Service Supplier shall provide Environmental Disclosure Statements to Customers or Proper Authorities upon request.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Appendix B Sheet 1 of 2 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR GREENUP SERVICE APPENDIX B SCHEDULE OF FEES AND CHARGES The following fees shall be a part of the Terms and Conditions for GreenUp Service of Narragansett Electric Company (the “Company”). Pursuant to the Terms and Conditions for GreenUp Service, the Company may assess the following charges to GreenUp Service Suppliers requesting such additional services relating to the provision of GreenUp Service: I. Marketing Design and Production Service Charge

The Company may assess a Marketing Design and Production Service Charge for the design of initial marketing materials on behalf of one or more than one GreenUp Service Supplier, including text and logos, approval of the postcard by the U.S. Postal Service, pre-press and printing production. The Marketing Design and Production Service Charge will charged to and collected from a GreenUp Service Supplier requesting this service prior to the Company providing this service. In the case in which more than one GreenUp Service Supplier is requesting this service, the Marketing Design and Production Service Charge will be allocated equally to each of the GreenUp Service Suppliers requesting the service and will be charged to and collected from the group of GreenUp Service Suppliers prior to the Company providing the service. II. Insert Printing Service Charge

The Company may assess an Insert Printing Service Charge for the printing and insertion of a bill insert in its bills issued during a billing month, on behalf of one or more than one GreenUp Service Supplier. The Insert Printing Service Charge will be charged to and collected from a GreenUp Service Supplier requesting this service prior to the Company providing this service. In the case in which more than one GreenUp Service Supplier is requesting this service, the Insert Printing Service Charge will be allocated equally to each of the GreenUp Service Suppliers requesting the service and will be charged to and collected from the group of GreenUp Service Suppliers prior to the Company providing the service. III. Shipping Service Charge

The Company may assess a Shipping Service Charge for the shipping cost associated with delivering a bill insert from the printing company to the bill insertion

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Supplier Fees 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2004 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1167-B Appendix B Sheet 2 of 2 location, on behalf of one or more than one GreenUp Service Supplier. The Shipping Service Charge will be charged to and collected from a GreenUp Service Supplier requesting this service prior to the Company providing this service. In the case in which more than one GreenUp Service Supplier is requesting this service, the Shipping Service Charge will be allocated equally to each of the GreenUp Service Suppliers requesting the service and will be charged to and collected from the group of GreenUp Service Suppliers prior to the Company providing the service.

Effective January 21, 2008

C:\Documents and Settings\puzzo\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK36C\RI GreenUp Supplier Fees 012108.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2019-A Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1193 Sheet 1 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY OFF CYCLE METER READ FOR SWITCH OF SUPPLIER Availability of Service An Off Cycle Meter Read under this provision is available to customers receiving metered retail delivery service from Narragansett Electric Company(“Narragansett” or “Company”) under the Company’s Rate G-32, 200 kW Demand Rate or Rate B-32, C&I Backup Service Rate. Customers who receive unmetered retail delivery service must request metered retail delivery service in accordance with the Company’s Terms and Conditions for Distribution Service. The availability of this service will be subject to the Company’s ability to render such service. Description of Service A Customer requesting an Off Cycle Meter Read agrees to pay the Off Cycle Meter Read Charge included in this provision. An Off Cycle Meter Read will be performed by the Company at the request of the Customer to facilitate the transfer of generation service between the Company-supplied Standard Offer Service or Last Resort Service and Competitive Supplier generation service. There will be a separate Off Cycle Meter Read Charge for a Customer who is telemetered and for a Customer who is non-telemetered. The Company will assess an Off Cycle Meter Read Charge for each off cycle meter read performed at a Customer’s service location. Schedule of Charges The Off Cycle Meter Read Charge is as follows: Telemetered Customer Non-telemetered Customer Terms and Conditions The Company’s Terms and Conditions for Distribution Service in effect from time to time where not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof, are a part of this tariff. $84.19 $114.52

Effective: March 1, 2010

S:\RADATA1\2009 neco\General Rate Case\Compliance Filing\Amended Compliance\Tariffs\OffCyclMtrRead 030110.doc

14

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2041 Page 1 of 2 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY OPTIONAL TELEPHONE OR WEB PAGE PAYMENT PROVISION Availability Customers of Narragansett Electric Company (“Narragansett” or “the Company”) have the option of paying their bills issued by Narragansett through the use of a payment processing agent (“Third Party Vendor”). Residential and Non-Residential customers, as determined by the Company’s rate schedule designations, have the option to make payments by telephone or web page. The availability of this option will be subject to the Company’s ability to arrange for such option. This payment option is available to all of the Company’s customers choosing to make payments to the Company through use of the Third Party Vendor-sponsored telephone or web page system. If there is a conflict between the Commission’s Rules Governing the Acceptance of Credit Card Payments (the “Rules”) and this provision, the Rules shall govern. Payment Types The following payment methods shall be accepted under this provision: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Visa MasterCard; American Express; Discover; Debit Cards issued by a financial institution which include a card association symbol such as Visa or MasterCard; and 6. Electronic Checks Fees Customers choosing to make payments under this option will be assessed a fee directly by the Third Party Vendor for each payment the customer initiates. The fee to be charged by the Third Party Vendor is based on whether the customer making the payment is a Residential customer or Non-Residential customer and the number of payment transactions made. The customer must initiate each payment transaction. Initiating one payment transaction does not establish future payment transactions for a customer. Residential Fees: The Residential fee per payment transaction, up to a maximum transaction amount of $600 is $2.25 The Third Party Vendor will assess a fee of $2.25 per transaction for any additional payment transactions up to $600 each.

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\TARIFFS_CURRENT\NARRAGANSETT\PHONE-WEB-PAYTARIFF 2010-08-15.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2041 Page 2 of 2 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY OPTIONAL TELEPHONE OR WEB PAGE PAYMENT PROVISION Non-Residential Fees: The Non-Residential fee per payment transaction, up to a maximum transaction amount of $1,000 is: Single Transaction up to $1,000 maximum: $7.95

The Third Party Vendor will assess a fee of $7.95 per transaction for any additional payment transactions up to $1,000 each. Payment Amount Customers who choose to make payments under this provision shall have the ability to make partial payments. Additionally, the Company shall not deny a customer’s use of these payment options because the customer’s account with the Company is past due. Company Obligations The payment transaction shall occur between the customer and the Third Party Vendor. The Company shall provide information regarding the Third Party Vendor’s payment systems to assist its customers who choose to make payments by telephone or web page. The Company shall assist its customers in the resolution of any disputes between customers and the Third Party Vendor involving the credits posted by the Company to customers’ accounts as a result of the processing of customer payments under this provision. The Company has no obligation, however, to participate in any dispute which involves matters strictly between the customer and the Third Party Vendor or the customer’s bank or card issuer. Terms and Conditions The Company’s Terms and Conditions, as may be amended from time to time, where not inconsistent with any specific provisions hereof, are a part of this provision.

Effective: August 15, 2010

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\TARIFFS_CURRENT\NARRAGANSETT\PHONE-WEB-PAYTARIFF 2010-08-15.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2098 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2074 Sheet 1 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY QUALIFYING FACILITIES POWER PURCHASE RATE

I.

Applicability The Company will purchase the electrical output from any qualifying facility as defined

under the Public Utility Regulatory Policies Act of 1978 and constructed after November 9, 1978, under the following terms and conditions. Qualifying facilities include the following: a. Small power production facilities of 20 megawatts or less which use biomass, waste, renewable resources, or any combination thereof for at least 75 percent of their total energy input in the aggregate during any calendar year period. b. Cogeneration facilities of 20 megawatts or less which first generate electricity and then use at least five percent of the total energy output for thermal production, provided that the useful power output of the facility plus one-half the useful thermal energy output must be: 1) no less than 42.5 percent of the total energy input of natural gas and oil to the facility in any calendar year; or 2) if the useful thermal energy output is less than 15 percent of the total energy output of the facility, no less than 45 percent of the total energy input of natural gas and oil to the facility in any calendar year. c. Cogeneration facilities of 20 megawatts or less which first provide useful thermal energy and then use reject heat to generate electricity, provided that the useful power output must be no less than 45 percent of the total energy input of natural gas and oil during any calendar year period.

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\QFRATE 040112-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2098 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2074 Sheet 2 II. Terms and Conditions 1. Any qualifying facility that desires to sell electricity to the Company must provide the Company with sufficient prior written notice. At the time of notification, the qualifying facility shall provide the Company with the following information: a. The name and address of the applicant and location of the qualifying facility. b. A brief description of the qualifying facility, including a statement indicating whether such facility is a small power production facility or a cogeneration facility. c. The primary energy source used or to be used by the qualifying facility. d. The power production capacity of the qualifying facility and the maximum net energy to be delivered to the Company’s facilities at any clock hour. e. The owners of the qualifying facility including the percentage of ownership by any electric utility or by any public utility holding company, or by any entity owned by either. f. The expected date of installation and the anticipated on-line date. g. The anticipated method of delivering power to the Company. h. A copy of the qualifying facility’s Federal Energy Regulatory Commission certification as a qualifying facility. Such notice shall be sent to: Director, Wholesale Electric Supply Energy Procurement National Grid USA Service Company, Inc. 100 East Old Country Rd. Hicksville, NY 11801 Following such notification, the qualifying facility and the Company shall execute the standard purchase power agreement setting forth the terms of the sale, a form of which is attached in Schedule A, which shall be executed no later than thirty (30) days prior to the desired commencement date of the sale. The actual commencement date of the sale shall be the first day of the calendar month
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\QFRATE 040112-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2098 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2074 Sheet 3 following the acceptance by ISO-New England, Inc. (“ISO-NE”) of the registration of the qualifying facility in the ISO-NE settlement system. 2. The qualifying facility shall furnish and install the necessary meter socket and wiring in accordance with the Company’s Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation. 3. The qualifying facility shall install equipment approved by the Company which prevents the flow of electricity into the Company’s system when the Company’s supply is out of service, unless the qualifying facility’s generation equipment can be controlled by the Company’s supply. 4. The qualifying facility’s equipment must be compatible with the character of service supplied by the Company at the qualifying facility’s location. 5. The qualifying facility shall be required to install metering pursuant to the requirements contained in the Company’s Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation. 6. The qualifying facility shall enter into an interconnection agreement and follow all other procedures outlined in the Company’s Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation, as amended and superseded from time to time. 7. The qualifying facility shall reimburse the Company for any equipment and the estimated total cost of construction (excluding costs which are required for system improvements or for sales to the qualifying facility, such as the cost of a standard metering installation, in accordance with the Company’s Terms and Conditions) which are necessary to meter purchases under this rate and to interconnect the qualifying facility to the Company’s distribution or transmission
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\QFRATE 040112-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2098 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2074 Sheet 4

system in accordance with the Company’s Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation. The Company will install, own, and maintain the equipment. 8. The qualifying facility shall save and hold harmless the Company from all claims for damage to the qualifying facility’s equipment or injury to any person arising out of the qualifying facility’s use of generating equipment in parallel with the Company’s system; provided that nothing in this paragraph shall relieve the Company from liability for damage or injury caused by its own fault or neglect. 9. As a condition to receiving any payments required by this rate, the qualifying facility must comply with any and all applicable New England Power Pool (“NEPOOL”) and ISO-NE rules, requirements, or information requests that are necessary for the qualifying facilities’ output to be sold into the ISO-NE administered markets (whether the Company or the qualifying facility is actually submitting information to ISO-NE). The Company is not obligated to seek to obtain capacity market payments from ISO-NE for qualifying facilities. If the Company must provide to NEPOOL or ISO-NE any information regarding the operation, output, or any other data in order to sell the output of the qualifying facility into the ISO-NE administered markets, the qualifying facility must provide such information to the Company in a timely manner. The Company will not be liable to pay the qualifying facility for the output of the qualifying facility if the Company is unable to sell the output into the ISO-NE administered markets because of a failure of the qualifying facility to provide to the Company, NEPOOL or ISO-NE any information on a timely basis that was required for sale
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\QFRATE 040112-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2098 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2074 Sheet 5 of the facility output into the ISO-NE administered markets. For any perceived errors or omissions in the data reported to NEPOOL or ISO-NE or the transactions from ISO-NE to the Company or qualifying facility, the qualifying facility must notify the Company within 30 days of such error or omission occurring. 10. NEPOOL and ISO-NE have the authority to impose fines, penalties, and/or sanctions on participants if it is determined that a participant is violating established rules in certain instances. Accordingly, to the extent that a fine, penalty, or sanction is levied by NEPOOL or the ISO-NE as a result of the qualifying facility’s failure to comply with a NEPOOL or ISO-NE rule or information request, the qualifying facility will be responsible for the costs incurred by the Company, if any, associated with such fine, penalty or sanction.

III.

Rates for Purchases Rates for Qualifying Facilities For qualifying facilities not eligible for net metering under the Company’s Net Metering

Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2075, as amended and superseded from time to time, the Company will pay the following rates: 1. For facilities meeting the definition of renewable energy resources as defined in R.I.G.L. Section 39-26-5, the Company will pay the Standard Offer Service rate for the applicable retail delivery rate as determined in

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\QFRATE 040112-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2098 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2074 Sheet 6 Section IV for each kilowatt-hour generated in excess of the facility requirements. 2. For all other qualifying facilities, the Company will pay the hourly clearing prices at the ISO-NE for the hours in which the qualifying facility generated electricity in excess of its requirements. Additionally, the Company shall make payments to a qualifying facility for capacity and/or reserves-related products if the sale is recognized by NEPOOL or ISO-NE as a capacity and/or reserves-related product sale. The Company shall pay rates equal to the payments received for the sale of any capacity and/or reserves-related products associated with such qualifying facility output to ISO power exchange.

IV.

Rates for Distribution Service to Qualifying Facilities Retail distribution delivery service by the Company to the qualifying facility shall be

governed by the tariffs, rates, terms, conditions, and policies for retail delivery service which are on file with the Public Utilities Commission. The selection of the appropriate retail rate will be determined as follows: 1) for qualifying facilities with generating capacity of less than 10kW, the appropriate residential or small general service rate will apply unless the customer’s load necessitates use of G-02, G-32, or G-62 rate; 2) for qualifying facilities serving non-profit affordable housing, Residential Rate A-16 will apply;
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\QFRATE 040112-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2098 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2074 Sheet 7 3) for qualifying facilities with generating capacity of at least 10kW but not more than 200 kW, Rate G-02 will apply, unless the customer’s load necessitates the use of the G-32 or G-62 rate; 4) for qualifying facilities with generating capacity of at least 200kW but not more than 3,000 kW, Rate G-32 will apply unless the customer’s load necessitate the use of the G-62 rate; 5) for qualifying facilities with generating capacity of 3,000 kW or more, Rate G-62 will apply.

V.

Cost Recovery The Company shall be entitled to recover the difference between the payments made to

qualifying facilities for purchases pursuant to Section III. and the actual energy market payments received by ISO-NE for the electricity generated by those qualifying facilities from all customers through a uniform per kilowatt hour (kWh) surcharge embedded in the distribution component of the rates reflected on customer bills. Effective: April 1, 2012

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\QFRATE 040112-CLEAN.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2098 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2074 Sheet 8 Schedule A THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY QUALIFYING FACILITY POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT The Agreement is between ____________________________ , a Qualifying Facility (“QF”) and The Narragansett Electric Company (the “Company”) for energy purchases by the Company from the QF’s facility located at ____________________________, Rhode Island. Agreement to Purchase under the Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate Tariff Effective as of ____________, the Company agrees to purchase electricity from the QF and QF agrees to sell electricity to the Company under the terms and conditions of the Company’s Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate Tariff as currently in effect or amended by the Company in the Company’s sole discretion. The QF agrees to comply with the terms and conditions of the Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate Tariff, the Company’s Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation, as currently in effect or as amended from time to time, and associated policies of the Company that are on file with the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission as currently in effect or as modified, amended, or revised by the Company, and to pay any metering and interconnection costs required under such tariff and policies. Payments for Energy The Company will pay the QF at the rates in effect at the time of delivery as provided for in the Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate Tariff. Notice The Company or QF may terminate this agreement on thirty (30) days written notice which includes a statement of reasons for such termination. Agreed and Accepted _______________________ ______________________ Date

__________________________ ______________________ The Narragansett Electric Company Date

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\QFRATE 040112-CLEAN.doc

THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY POLICY 1 LINE EXTENSION POLICY FOR INDIVIDUAL RESIDENTIAL CUSTOMERS

When an individual residential customer (“Customer”) requests that a distribution line be extended to serve such customer’s home whether over private property, along common way or along a public way, the terms of this policy shall apply. This policy applies only to the installation of electric service by Narragansett Electric Company (“Company”). The Customer should contact other utilities to determine the utilities’ requirements governing the provision of their service and whether any costs and/or requirements are to be the responsibility of the Customer. 1. Installation of Overhead Distribution Line

The Company will provide a regular overhead 120/240 volts, single phase, 3 wire service up to a capacity limit of 50 kVA for the Customer. The Company will determine the route of the distribution line in consultation with the Customer. 2. Distance of Overhead Distribution Line Allowed Without Charge

The Company will provide up to two poles and two spans of overhead distribution line needed to serve the Customer plus a service drop (that does not require a carrier pole) to the Customer’s home free of charge. 3. Overhead Line Extension

If more than two poles and two spans of overhead distribution line are required to serve the Customer’s home, the Customer will pay an “Overhead Installation Charge”, as determined below. The Overhead Installation Charge will be equal to the number of feet of distribution line (beyond two poles and two spans) required to serve the Customer’s home, multiplied by the “Overhead Cost Per Foot” (as defined in section 9 below), plus the applicable tax contribution factor. When overhead service is requested, the Company shall be responsible for: i. installing (or having others install), owning (individually or jointly) and maintaining (individually or jointly) all poles, primary and secondary wires, transformers, service drops, meters, etc. that, in its opinion are required to provide adequate service; designating the location of all Company owned equipment, excluding streetlights, and the service entrance and meter location(s);

ii.

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 1.doc

Policy 1 Page 2 of 5 iii. blasting and tree trimming and removal along public ways; the Company may charge the Customer the cost of such blasting and tree trimming and removal if, in the Company’s opinion, such cost is excessive; excessive cost shall be defined as the type of work which requires the Company to contract with a third party to remove ledge through blasting or to trim trees for the purposes of clearing the space needed for the line work.

The Customer, at no cost to the Company, shall be responsible for: i. blasting and tree trimming and removal on private property, including roadways not accepted as public ways by the municipality, in accordance with the Company’s specifications and subject to the Company’s inspection.

4.

Payment Terms

For Overhead Installation Charges up to $6,000, the Customer will be required to pay the entire amount before the start of construction. If the Overhead Installation Charge is greater than $6,000, the Customer will have the option to either pay the entire amount before the start of construction, or pay $6,000 before the start of construction and pay the amount in excess of $6,000 under a payment plan. The term of the payment plan will be based on equal payments of at least $75 per month until the amount in excess of $6,000 is paid in its entirety. The term of the payment plan is not to exceed a period of five (5) years or sixty (60) months. The amount collected under the payment plan will include interest at the rate of interest applicable to the Company’s customer deposit accounts. 5. More Than One Customer

Where overhead service is requested by more than one Customer for the same line, the Overhead Installation Charge will be prorated among those Customers, based on the amount of line attributable to each Customer. (The calculation of the Overhead Installation Charge shall allow for a credit equal to the Overhead Cost Per Foot of two poles and two spans for each Customer). 6. Customer Added After Initial Construction

If a new Customer (or group of customers) is supplied service from facilities constructed under this policy, and if such service begins within five (5) years from the date of the first payment received by the Company from the original Customer or group of Customers, the Company will require such new Customer(s) to make prorated contribution to payment of the balance of the Overhead Installation Charge. Any contribution received from a new Customer will be used to proportionately reduce the balance owed by the initial Customers(s). In addition, a credit of two poles and two spans per customer will be applied against the remaining balance. However, no refunds will be paid if the credit exceeds the balance. 7. Change of Customer

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 1.doc

Policy 1 Page 3 of 5 The Customer must agree, as a condition for the line extension monthly payment terms, that if he/she sells, leases or otherwise transfers control and use of the home to another individual (“New Occupant”), and such New Occupant opens a new account with the Company, the Customer will obtain an agreement from such New Occupant to pay the remaining balance as prescribed in the agreement of the Overhead Installation Charge that would have been owed by the Customer at that location. Otherwise, the Customer will remain personally liable for the balance owed. The Company reserves the right to place a lien on the property until such time that the obligation is fulfilled. 8. Underground Lines

If the Customer requests an underground distribution line in lieu of the standard overhead line, the Company will give reasonable consideration to the request. If the Company believes that there are technical complications, safety issues, engineering concerns, or other reasonable concerns regarding the feasibility and/or maintenance of an underground system in the given circumstances, the Company may decline to provide underground service. If the Company agrees to an underground service, the Company will estimate the cost of providing the underground line to the home, using a predetermined underground cost per foot (“Underground Cost Per Foot”). The Customer will be required to pay an “Underground Charge” equal to: (A) the Company’s estimated cost of installing the underground line (based on Underground Cost Per Foot); minus (B) an amount equal to the Overhead Cost Per Foot of two poles and two spans; plus

(C) a tax contribution factor based on the value of donated property and/or any cash contribution. When the above results in a negative number, there shall be no Underground Charge. The Underground Charge shall be paid by the customer in advance of the Company’s construction (even if it exceeds $6,000) and is nonrefundable if the line is built. The Customer will be responsible for removal of ledge, trenching, backfilling in accordance with the Company’s construction standards and/or the “Information & Requirements for Electric Service” as published by the Company from time to time, and shall comply with codes and requirements of legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction. In addition, the Customer will be responsible for: i. providing, prior to the start of the Company’s construction, all applicable documents and site plans required for the Company to prepare design

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 1.doc

Policy 1 Page 4 of 5 drawings and easements for its facilities to be installed on private property; ii. providing and installing all required foundations (except for Company owned street light foundations), handholes, manholes, grounding systems, secondary cable, all conduit including spacers, glue and pulling strings, etc. as indicated on the Company’s plan and related construction documents; installing foundations, provided by the Company, for Company owned street lights; supplying copies of all invoices, when requested, indicating manufacturer and part number for all such equipment listed above; equipment that is not approved shall not be used without the prior written consent of the Company; installing, owning, and maintaining all secondary services and service conduit from the Company’s equipment to the designated meter location(s); and turning over ownership of the conduit system, excluding the service conduit, to the Company upon inspection and acceptance of the conduit system by the Company.

iii.

iv.

v.

vi.

vii.

When underground service is requested, the Company shall be responsible for: i. supplying a list of approved manufacturers and their part numbers for equipment to be supplied by the Customer; designating the location of all Company owned equipment, excluding street lights, and the service entrance and meter location(s); providing Company owned street light foundations; providing, installing, owning and maintaining the transformer, Company owned street lights, meter and primary cable; making all connections to Company equipment; and inspecting the underground conduit system and equipment foundations installed by the Customer, prior to backfilling.

ii.

iii. iv.

v. vi.

9.

Publication of Current Per Foot Costs The Overhead Costs Per Foot and Underground Costs Per Foot for new construction

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 1.doc

Policy 1 Page 5 of 5 shall be as calculated by the Company and placed on file with the Public Utilities Commission. These costs are included in the attachment to this policy. 10. Tree Trimming

The Customer will be responsible for all necessary tree trimming on private property. Tree trimming along public ways and common ways will remain the responsibility of the Company but may cause additional charges to be billed to the Customer if the type of work requires the Company to contract with a third party to trim trees for the purposes of clearing the space needed for the line work. 11. Line Extension Agreement

The Company will require the Customer to sign a Line Extension Agreement setting forth the terms of this policy and any other terms that the Company deems are reasonably necessary in connection with the installation line to the Customer’s home, provided that such terms are not inconsistent with the terms expressed in this policy. 12. Temporary Service

This policy shall not apply to lines constructed for temporary service, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, deems it appropriate in the given circumstances of each case. 13. Winter Moratorium on Underground Construction

From the period of December 15 to April 1, the Company may decline, in its sole discretion, to install any underground facilities. 14. Easements

The Company will, as a condition on the installation of the service, require the Customer to provide the Company with an easement (drafted by the Company) for all facilities located on private property. 15. Customer Request to Upgrade Service

When, in the Company’s opinion, the Company is required to upgrade its distribution line, or any associated equipment, in order to accommodate a Customer’s upgrade of the existing main switch to the Customer’s premises, the terms of Policy 3 shall apply.

Effective: February 1, 2006

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 1.doc

Policy 1 Attachment Narragansett Electric Company Per Foot Costs for Line Extensions For Individual Residential Customers

The Per Foot Costs referred to in the above policy are as follows:

Underground Cost Per Foot: Overhead Cost Per Foot:

$22.68 $15.03

These costs are effective until the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission is notified in writing of any changes (with a copy of the written notice provided to the Rhode Island Builders Association).

Effective: September 1, 2006

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 1.doc

THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY POLICY 2 LINE EXTENSION POLICY FOR RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS

When a developer, contractor, builder or other customer (“Developer”) proposing to construct a residential development or individual homes requests that distribution lines be constructed to serve the development or homes, the terms of this policy shall apply. This policy applies only to the installation of electric service by Narragansett Electric Company (“Company”). The Customer should contact other utilities to determine the utilities’ requirements governing the provision of their service and whether any costs and/or requirements are to be the responsibility of the Customer. 1. Installation of Overhead Distribution Lines

The Company will provide a regular overhead distribution line to the development or individual homes designed to provide regular residential service to each home proposed in the project. The Company will determine the route of the line in consultation with the Developer. The Developer shall wire to the point designated by the Company, at which point the Company will connect its facilities. In addition, the Developer’s facilities shall comply with the Company’s construction standards and/or the “Information & Requirements for Electric Service” as published by the Company from time to time and shall comply with codes and requirements of legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Distance of Overhead Distribution Line Allowed Without Charge

The Company will provide 150 feet of overhead distribution line, not including the secondary service drop, per each “house lot” free of charge. 3. Overhead Line Extension

If the number of centerline feet of overhead distribution line required to serve the development (“Required Line Distance”) is greater than the “Allowed Distance” of 150 feet per “House Lot”, then there will be a charge to the Developer for the overhead line extension for the additional feet (“Overhead Installation Charge”). The additional charge shall be paid by the Developer in advance of the Company’s construction. The Overhead Installation Charge will be equal to the “Overhead Cost Per Foot” times the number of feet in excess of the “Allowed Distance” of 150 feet per House Lot (plus applicable tax contribution factor). When overhead service is requested, the Company shall be responsible for: i. installing (or having others install), owning (individually or jointly) and maintaining (individually or jointly) all poles, primary and secondary wires, transformers, service drops, meters, etc. that, in its opinion are required to provide adequate service;

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 2.doc

Policy 2 Page 2 of 5 ii. designating the location of all Company owned equipment, excluding streetlights, and the service entrance and meter location(s); blasting and tree trimming and removal along public ways; the Company may charge the Customer the cost of such blasting and tree trimming and removal if, in the Company’s opinion, such cost is excessive; excessive cost shall be defined as the type of work which requires the Company to contract with a third party to remove the ledge through blasting or to trim trees for the purposes of clearing the space needed for the line work.

iii.

The Developer, at no cost to the Company, shall be responsible for: i. blasting and tree trimming and removal on private property, including roadways not accepted as public ways by the municipality, in accordance with the Company’s specifications and subject to the Company’s inspection.

The “Overhead Cost Per Foot” will be a predetermined cost per foot as calculated by the Company. The Overhead Installation Charge is nonrefundable if the line is built. 4. Underground Lines

A Developer may request an underground distribution line in lieu of the regular overhead line. If requested, however, the Company will estimate the cost of providing the underground line to the development using a predetermined underground cost per foot (“Underground Cost Per Foot”). The Developer will be required to pay an “Underground Charge” equal to: (A) the difference between the estimated underground construction cost (based on Underground Cost Per Foot) and the estimated construction cost for a regular overhead line (based on the Overhead Cost Per Foot); plus (B) the Overhead Installation Charge, if any, that would have been paid for an overhead line in the development as calculated in Section 3 above; plus (C) a tax contribution factor based on the value of donated property and/or any cash contribution. The Underground Charge shall be paid by the Developer in advance of the Company’s construction and is nonrefundable if the line is built. The Developer will be responsible for removal of ledge, trenching and backfilling in accordance with the Company's construction standards and/or the “Information & Requirements for Electric Service” as published by the Company from time to time and shall comply with codes and requirements of legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction. In addition, the Developer will be responsible for:
S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 2.doc

Policy 2 Page 3 of 5

i.

providing, prior to the start of the Company’s construction, all applicable documents required for the Company to prepare design drawings and easements for its facilities to be installed on private property; providing and installing all required foundations (except for Company owned street light foundations), handholes, manholes, grounding systems, all conduit including spacers, glue and pulling strings, etc. as indicated on the Company’s plan and related construction documents and in accordance with the Company’s specifications; installing foundations, provided by the Company, for proposed street lighting based on a plan approved, in writing, by a Municipality, which includes agreement by that Municipality to accept responsibility for payment of the lights once the lights are energized; supplying copies of all invoices, when requested, indicating manufacturer and part number for all such equipment listed above; equipment that is not approved shall not be used without the prior written consent of the Company; installing, owning, and maintaining all secondary services and service conduit from the Company’s equipment to each designated meter location; and turning over ownership of the conduit system, excluding the service conduit, to the Company upon inspection and acceptance of the conduit system by the Company.

ii.

iii.

iv.

v.

vi.

When underground service is requested, the Company shall be responsible for: i. ii. developing the plan to provide underground electric service; supplying a list of approved manufacturers and their part numbers for equipment to be supplied by the Customer; designating the location of all Company owned equipment, excluding street lights, and the service entrance and meter location(s); providing Company owned street light foundations; providing, installing, owning and maintaining all transformers, Company owned street lights, primary and secondary cable, except services; making all connections to Company equipment; and

iii.

iv. v.

vi.

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 2.doc

Policy 2 Page 4 of 5 vii. inspecting the underground conduit system and equipment foundations installed by the Customer, prior to backfilling.

5.

Publication of Current Per Foot Costs

The Overhead Costs Per Foot and Underground Costs Per Foot for new construction shall be as calculated by the Company and placed on file with the Public Utilities Commission. These costs are included in the attachment to this policy. The Company also will provide such “Overhead and Underground Costs Per Foot” and the method of calculating the applicable tax contribution factor to anyone who inquires. If the Company changes the Overhead and Underground Cost Per Foot or method of calculating the tax contribution factor, it will notify the Commission in writing and provide a copy of the written notice to the Rhode Island Builders Association, if in existence. The Company will not increase the Overhead or Underground Costs Per Foot by more than 10% per year without specific approval from the Commission and advance notice to the Rhode Island Builders Association, if in existence. 6. Developer Provides Plans and Documentation

The total number of house lots proposed to be constructed (“House Lots”) will be provided in advance to the Company by the Developer (prior to the Company building the distribution line), along with an electronic copy (in a format acceptable to the Company) of the subdivision plan approved by the planning board in the applicable community. The Company may require the Developer to provide, in advance, the following: (A) (B) a copy of the approval of the planning board for the subdivision; a copy of all permits and approvals that have been obtained for constructing the development; the name and address of the bank or credit union providing financing for the development, including a contact person and phone number; a copy of a city/town-approved street light proposal for the development. If installation is requested after construction is completed, the actual, incremental cost of installing the street lights may be borne by the city/town if the tariff does not collect all costs of construction. a schedule or Developer’s best estimate for the construction of homes in the development; and if requested by the Company, such other reasonable information that may be requested to confirm the viability of the development.

(C)

(D)

(E)

(F)

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 2.doc

Policy 2 Page 5 of 5

7.

Building the Distribution Line in Segments

The Company may, in its own discretion, construct the distribution line in segments, rather than all at once in the proposed development. 8. Line Extension Agreement

The Company will require the Developer to sign a Line Extension Agreement setting forth the terms of this policy and any other terms that the Company deems are reasonably necessary in connection with the installation of a distribution line in the development, provided that such terms are not inconsistent with the terms expressed in this policy. 9. Winter Moratorium on Underground Construction

From the period of December 15 to April 1, the Company may decline, in its sole discretion, to install any underground facilities. 10. Easements

The Company will require the Developer to provide the Company with easements (drafted by the Company) for all facilities to reach and serve the development.

Effective: February 1, 2006

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 2.doc

Policy 2 Attachment Narragansett Electric Company Per Foot Costs for Line Extensions For Residential Developments

The Per Foot Costs referred to the above policy are as follows:

Underground Cost Per Foot: Overhead Cost Per Foot:

$22.68 $15.03

These costs are effective until the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission is notified in writing of any changes (with a copy of the written notice provided to the Rhode Island Builders Association).

Effective: September 1, 2006

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 2.doc

THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY POLICY 3 LINE EXTENSION AND CONSTRUCTION ADVANCE POLICY FOR COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND EXISTING RESIDENTIAL CUSTOMERS

The terms of this policy shall apply when a commercial, industrial or non-residential (a real estate development which is not an approved subdivision of single-family homes) customer (“Customer”) requests that a distribution line and/or other facilities (“New Facilities”) necessary to properly supply electricity to the Customer’s facilities be installed. This policy applies only to the installation of electric service by Narragansett Electric Company (“Company”). The Customer should contact other utilities to determine the utilities’ requirements governing the provision of their service and whether any costs and/or requirements are to be the responsibility of the Customer. The terms of this policy shall also apply to an individual residential customer whose upgrade of the existing main switch to his/her premises will, in the Company’s opinion, require the Company to upgrade its distribution line or associated equipment. In applying this policy, the Company will estimate any additional incremental revenue that may be realized as a result of the upgraded service for the purposes of determining whether a Construction Advance is required from the residential customer. 1. Amount of Overhead Distribution Provided without Charge

If the New Facilities being requested by the Customer consists of an overhead, single phase, secondary voltage distribution line extension that does not exceed two poles and two spans of line, the Company will provide the poles and spans of line needed to serve the New Facilities plus a service drop (that does not require a carrier pole) free of charge to the Customer. Otherwise, the costs of all poles and spans of line determined by the Company as needed to serve the New Facilities will be included in the cost component of the Construction Advance Formula described below. 2. Estimated Revenue

Before undertaking the construction of the New Facilities to serve the Customer, the Company will estimate the annual incremental revenue to be derived by the Company under the local distribution service rates from the installation of the New Facilities. 3. Construction Advance

The Company will determine the facilities required to meet the distribution service requirements of the Customer. Facilities in excess of those required to meet the distribution service requirements of the Customer are outside the scope of this policy and may entail additional payments from the Customer. In accordance with the formula below (the “Formula”), the Company shall determine
S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 3.doc

Policy 3 Page 2 of 6 whether a payment by the Customer of a Construction Advance shall be required. The Construction Advance shall be paid by the customer in advance of the Company’s construction. Construction Advance (A) = [ C - [ D x M ] ÷ K ] where A= C= Construction Advance paid to the Company by the Customer. The total estimated cost of construction for facilities required exclusively to meet the distribution service requirements of the Customer. This cost includes capital and non-capital costs and the Company’s liability for tax required on the value of the material and labor provided by the Customer. Where these new or upgraded facilities are not solely to provide service to the Customer, the Company shall appropriately apportion these costs. For a single customer, the estimated annual Distribution Revenue derived from the Customer within the first year following the completion of the Company’s construction of facilities; or for developments, the estimated additional annual Distribution Revenue derived from those new customers in the development anticipated to be supplied directly with electric service within one year from the commencement of the delivery of electricity to the first customer in the development. 0.5, the revenue apportionment factor. The annual carrying charge factor, expressed as a decimal.

D=

M= K=

Where the calculation of (A) results in a positive number, a Construction Advance in the amount of (A) shall be required from the Customer. Where the calculation of (A) results in a negative number, (A) shall be considered to be zero. Where the calculation of (A) results in a Construction Advance of $500 or less, the payment of the Construction Advance will be waived. The Company shall exercise good faith in making each estimate and determination required above. Any revenues from Transmission Service, the Non-Bypassable Transition Charge, Standard Offer Service, Last Resort Service, and the Demand Side Management Charge shall be excluded from this calculation. The Construction Advance in the formula shall be further adjusted to include a tax contribution factor on the cash value of the Construction Advance, excluding the value of the tax contribution on any donated property received from the Customer. This tax contribution factor shall be paid in full by the Customer prior to the start of construction.

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 3.doc

Policy 3 Page 3 of 6 4. Refund

Whenever the Company collects a Construction Advance from the Customer, the Customer has the option to request the Company to perform a one-time recalculation of the Construction Advance payment using actual construction costs and actual Distribution Revenue to determine if a refund of all or a portion of the original payment is warranted. The request for the one-time review may be made at any time between twelve and thirty-six months after commencement of the delivery of electricity. To determine the refund, the Formula shall be modified as follows: C= The actual cost of construction. If the actual cost of construction exceeds the estimate, then the estimated cost of construction shall be used. This cost includes capital and non-capital costs and the Company’s liability for tax required on the value of the material and labor provided by the Customer. Where these new or upgraded facilities are not solely to provide service to the Customer, the Company shall appropriately apportion these costs. The actual annual Distribution Revenue for the most recent twelve months. 0.5, the revenue apportionment factor. The annual carrying charge factor, expressed as a decimal.

D=

M= K=

If a lower or negative (A) results from applying the Formula as so modified, and if, in the Company’s opinion, a risk does not exist regarding either a future reduction in the level of the Customer’s usage or the collectability of the Customer’s account, then the Company shall refund a portion of or the entire calculated Construction Advance, or the full cost of construction, without interest. In no case shall the amount refunded exceed the original Construction Advance (A); nor shall the review result in additional payments from the Customer. If a refund is made, the Company will refund the appropriate portion of any tax contribution factor at the current tax rate. 5. Overhead Line Extension When overhead service is requested, the Company shall be responsible for: i. installing (or having others install), owning (individually or jointly) and maintaining (individually or jointly) all poles, primary and secondary wires, transformers, service drops, meters, etc. that, in its opinion are required to provide adequate service; designating the location of all Company owned equipment, excluding streetlights, and the service entrance and meter location(s);

ii.

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 3.doc

Policy 3 Page 4 of 6

iii.

blasting and tree trimming and removal along public ways; the Company may charge the Customer the cost of such blasting and tree trimming and removal if, in the Company’s opinion, such cost is excessive; excessive cost shall be defined as the type of work which requires the Company to contract with a third party to remove ledge through blasting or to trim trees for the purposes of clearing the space needed for the line work.

The Customer, at no cost to the Company, shall be responsible for: i. blasting and tree trimming and removal on private property, including roadways not accepted as public ways by the municipality, in accordance with the Company’s specifications and subject to the Company’s inspection.

The Company may, at its discretion, construct the distribution line in segments rather than all at once in the proposed development. 6. (A) Underground Lines If the Customer requests an underground distribution line in lieu of the standard overhead line, the Company will give reasonable consideration to the request. If the Company believes that there are technical complications, safety issues, engineering concerns, or other reasonable concerns regarding the feasibility and/or maintenance of an underground system in the given circumstances, the Company may decline to provide underground service. If the Company agrees to underground service, the Customer will be responsible for removal of ledge, trenching and backfilling in accordance with the Company’s construction standards and/or the “Information & Requirements for Electric Service” as published by the Company from time to time and shall comply with the codes and requirements of legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction. In addition, the Customer will be responsible for: i. providing, prior to the start of the Company’s construction, all applicable documents and electronically formatted site plans required for the Company to prepare design drawings and easements for its facilities to be installed on private property; providing and installing all required foundations (except for Company owned street light foundations), handholes, manholes, grounding systems, secondary cable, all conduit including spacers, glue and pulling strings, etc. as indicated on the Company’s plan and related construction documents and in accordance with the Company’s specifications;

(B)

ii.

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 3.doc

Policy 3 Page 5 of 6 iii. Installing foundations, provided by the Company, for Company owned street lights; supplying copies of all invoices, when requested, indicating manufacturer and part number for all such equipment listed above; equipment that is not approved shall not be used without the prior written consent of the Company; retaining ownership of transformer foundations and grounding systems, and all secondary cables and conduit on private property, excluding Company owned street lighting; and turning over ownership of the conduit system, excluding the secondary conduit, to the Company upon inspection and acceptance of the conduit system by the Company.

iv.

v.

vi.

When underground service is requested, the Company shall be responsible for: i. ii. developing the plan to provide underground electric service; supplying a list of approved manufacturers and their part numbers for equipment to be supplied by the Customer; designating the location of all Company owned equipment, excluding street lights, and the service entrance and meter location(s); providing Company owned street light foundations; providing, installing, owning and maintaining all transformers, primary cable, related primary equipment, Company owned street lights, and meters; making all connections to Company equipment; and inspecting the underground conduit system and equipment foundations installed by the Customer, prior to backfilling.

iii.

iv. v.

vi. vii.

7.

Winter Moratorium on Underground Construction

From December 15 to April 1, the Company may decline, in its sole discretion, to install any underground facilities. 8. Easements

The Company will require the Customer to provide the Company a permanent easement (drafted by the Company) for all facilities to reach and serve the New Facilities.

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 3.doc

Policy 3 Page 6 of 6 9. Additional Payment

When, in the Company’s opinion, significant engineering is required to determine the method of service or prepare construction estimates, the Company will estimate the cost of such engineering. The Company may charge the Customer this cost before engineering begins. If construction is undertaken, this payment will be applied to any required Construction Advance. If construction is not undertaken, the Company will refund any balance not spent. If no Construction Advance is required, the entire additional advance payment will be refunded.

Effective: February 1, 2006

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NECO Policy 3.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2043 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2039 NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY TARIFF FOR STANDARD OFFER SERVICE

AVAILABILITY Standard Offer Service shall be available to all Customers (including new Customers) who have not elected to take their electric supply from a non-regulated power producer or any Customer who, for any reason, has stopped receiving Generation Service from a non-regulated power producer. MONTHLY CHARGE The Charge for Standard Offer Service will be the sum of the applicable Standard Offer Service charges in addition to all appropriate Retail Delivery charges as stated in the applicable tariff. The monthly charge for Standard Offer Service shall also include the costs incurred by the Company to comply with the Renewable Energy Standard, established in R.I.G.L. Section 3926-1 and the costs to comply with the Commission’s Rules Governing Energy Source Disclosure. The charge for Standard Offer Service will include the administrative costs associated with the procurement of Standard Offer Service, including an adjustment for uncollectible accounts as approved by the Commission. RATE FOR ALL CLASSES The Supplemental Schedule to this tariff sets forth the rates for each rate class for the specified period. These rates are subject to change at the end of the period specified in the Supplemental Schedule. The Company will file a new Supplemental Schedule for the next pricing period prior to the expiration of the current period. The rates for each rate class shall be as follows: Residential Group (Rates A-16, A-60). The rate applicable to this class shall be a fixed price that represents a weighted average of the actual monthly contract prices over the period specified in the Supplemental Schedule, plus an estimate of the costs of any supply not procured through full requirements services contracts including, but not limited to, spot market purchases from the Independent System Operator – New England. Commercial Group (Rates C-06, G-02, S-06, S-10, S-14). There are two rate options available to customers in the Commercial Group. The Supplemental Schedule to this tariff sets forth the rate options for each rate class for the specified six month period. One option is referred to as the “Fixed Price Option”. The second option is referred to as the “Variable Price Option”. The rates for each option are subject to change at the end of the six month period specified in the Supplemental Schedule. Fixed Price Option: represents a weighted average of the applicable winning bid over six months plus an estimate of the costs of any supply not procured through
S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\SOStariff 040111.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2043 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2039 NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY TARIFF FOR STANDARD OFFER SERVICE

full requirements services contracts including, but not limited to, spot market purchases from the Independent System Operator – New England. Variable Price Option: represents the actual monthly price from the applicable winning bid for each month of the same six month period plus an estimate of the costs of any supply not procured through full requirements services contracts including, but not limited to, spot market purchases from the Independent System Operator – New England. All customers in the Commercial will have the option to switch to a different pricing option once during a twelve month period. After the initial assignment to a pricing option, each customer may choose a different pricing option, however, once the election has been made, the customer must remain on the chosen pricing option for a period of at least twelve (12) months. Customers may notify the Company at any time to elect a different pricing option, provided that such notification is received at least two business days prior to the Customer’s scheduled meter read date that occurs prior to either a January 1 or July 1 Standard Offer rate change. After receiving the notice, the switch will be made by the Company on the scheduled meter read date immediately preceding the next scheduled Standard Offer Service rate change (either January 1 or July 1). Industrial Group (Rates B-32, G-32, B-62, G-62 and X-01). The rates applicable to this class shall be fixed monthly prices and represent the actual monthly contract prices for each month of the period specified in the Supplemental Schedule. TERMINATION OF STANDARD OFFER SERVICE Standard Offer Service may be terminated by a Customer upon the next scheduled meter read provided that notice of the change of supplier was received in accordance with the Company’s Terms and Conditions for Non-regulated Power Producers. There shall be no fee for terminating Standard Offer Service. BILLING ADJUSTMENT WHEN LEAVING STANDARD OFFER SERVICE Customers in the Residential Group and customers in the Commercial Group billed under the Fixed Price Option who leave Standard Offer Service to receive Generation Service from a Nonregulated power producer shall be subject to a billing adjustment for the time they were billed under the Standard Offer Service rate during the current pricing period. Specifically, the billing adjustment shall be based on the difference between the Standard Offer Service rate in
S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\SOStariff 040111.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2043 Sheet 3 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2039 NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY TARIFF FOR STANDARD OFFER SERVICE

effect for the current pricing period and the actual monthly contract rates for the same period, multiplied by the Customer's kilowatt-hour usage during the same period. The billing adjustment can be either a charge or a credit. RATE CHANGES The rates set forth in this tariff are effective for usage on and after the Effective Date. Any changes will be filed with the Commission and are subject to Commission review and approval. Effective Date: April 1, 2011

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\SOStariff 040111.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2097 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2058 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY STANDARD OFFER ADJUSTMENT PROVISION The prices contained in the applicable rates of the Company are subject to adjustment to reflect the power purchase costs incurred by the Company in arranging Standard Offer Service, which costs are not recovered from customers through the Standard Offer Service rates, including, but not limited to, the costs incurred by the Company to comply with the Renewable Energy Standard established in R.I.G.L. Section 39-26-1, the costs to comply with the Commission’s Rules Governing Energy Source Disclosure and administrative costs. On an annual basis, the Company shall perform two reconciliations for its total cost of providing Standard Offer Service: 1) the Standard Offer Service Supply Reconciliation and 2) the Standard Offer Administrative Cost Reconciliation. In the Standard Offer Service Supply Reconciliation, the Company shall reconcile its total cost of purchased power for Standard Offer Service supply against its total purchased power revenue (appropriately adjusted to reflect the Rhode Island Gross Receipts Tax), and the excess or deficiency (“Standard Offer Adjustment Balance”) shall be refunded to, or collected from, customers through the rate recovery/refund methodology approved by the Commission at the time the Company files its annual reconciliation. Any positive or negative balance will accrue interest calculated at the rate in effect for customer deposits. For purposes of this reconciliation, total purchased power revenues shall mean all revenue collected from Standard Offer Service customers through the Standard Offer Service rates for the applicable 12 month reconciliation period. If there is a positive or negative balance in the then current Standard Offer Adjustment Balance outstanding from the prior period, the balance shall be credited against or added to the new reconciliation amount, as appropriate, in establishing the Standard Offer Adjustment Balance for the new reconciliation period. Annually, the Company shall determine the Standard Offer Service Supply Adjustment Balance for the prior calendar year and make a filing with the Commission. The Company will propose at that time a rate recovery/refund methodology to recover or refund the balance, as appropriate, over the subsequent twelve month period or as otherwise determined by the Commission. The Commission may order the Company to collect or refund the balance over any reasonable time period from (i) all customers, (ii) only Standard Offer Service customers, or (iii) through any other reasonable method. In the Standard Offer Administrative Cost Reconciliation, the Company shall reconcile its administrative cost of providing Standard Offer Service with its Standard Offer Service revenue associated with the recovery of administrative costs, and the excess or deficiency, including interest at the interest rate paid on customer deposits, shall be refunded to, or collected from, Standard Offer Service Customers in the subsequent year’s Standard Offer Service Administrative Cost Factor. The Company may file to change the Standard Offer Service Administrative Cost Factor at any time should significant over- or under- recoveries of Standard Offer Service administrative costs occur. For purposes of calculating the Standard Offer Service Administrative Cost Factors, which
S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\SOAdjProv 040112-clean.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2097 Sheet 2 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2058 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY STANDARD OFFER ADJUSTMENT PROVISION is applicable to customers receiving Standard Offer Service, administrative costs associated with arranging Standard Offer Service pursuant to this provision shall include: 1. the cost of working capital; 2. the administrative costs of complying with the requirements of Renewable Energy Standard established in R.I.G.L. Section 39-26-1, the costs of creating the environmental disclosure label, and the costs associated with NEPOOL’s Generation Information System attributable to Standard Offer Service; 3. the costs associated with the procurement of Standard Offer Service including requests for bids, contract negotiation, and execution and contract administration; 4. the costs associated with notifying Standard Offer Service customers of the rates for Standard Offer Service and the costs associated with updating rate change in the Company’s billing system; and 5. an allowance for Standard Offer Service-related uncollectible accounts receivables associated with amounts billed through Standard Offer Service rates and the Standard Offer Service Administrative Cost Factors at the rate approved by the Commission. The allowance for Standard Offer-related uncollectible amounts shall be estimated for purposes of setting the Standard Offer Service Administrative Cost Factors for the upcoming year as the approved rate applied to the sum of (1) an estimate of Standard Offer costs associated with each customer group pursuant to the Standard Offer Procurement Plan in effect at the time, as approved by the Commission, and (2) any over- or under-recoveries of Standard Offer Service from the prior year associated with each customer group. This amount shall be subject to reconciliation only for actual Standard Offer Service revenue billed by the Company over the applicable period.

This provision is applicable to all Retail Delivery Service rates of the Company.

Effective: April 1, 2012

S:\RADATA1\2012 neco\Annual Rate Filing\Schedule 19 - Tariffs\SOAdjProv 040112-clean.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2042 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 887 Sheet 1 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY ENERGY EFFICIENCY PROGRAM PROVISION All Customers receiving Retail Delivery Service from The Narragansett Electric Company (“Company”) will be charged for the Company’s cost effective Energy Efficiency Program (“EEP”) pursuant to R.I.G.L. Section 39-1-27.7. The charge for the Company’s EEP will be a uniform per kWh charge applicable to all rate classes (“EEP Charge”). The Company will file its EEP Charge on or before November 1 of each year for effect the following January 1 coincident with the filing of its cost effective EEP plan for the upcoming calendar year. The EEP Charge will be designed to collect the estimated incremental costs of the Company’s upcoming EEP that are not otherwise funded through other sources, plus any projected over or under funding of the current program year’s expenditures, including interest earned at the rate in effect for customer deposits. Other funding sources will include (1) revenue generated by ISO-New England’s Forward Capacity Market; (2) revenue generated through Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative permit auctions; and (3) other funding as approved by the Commission. The EEP shall also reconcile actual and projected costs incurred by the Company for the current plan period against actual and projected funding received from all sources (including the EEP Charge). Any projected amounts included in the annual EEP Charge filing are subject to reconciliation to actual amounts and any difference will be reflected in a future annual EEP Charge filing. The Company may file to change the EEP Charge at any time should significant over- or under-recoveries occur. Each adjustment of the prices under the Company’s applicable rates shall be in accordance with a notice filed with the Commission setting forth the amount of the increase or decrease and the new EEP Charge. This provision is applicable to all Retail Delivery Service rates of the Company.

Effective Date: January 1, 2011

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\EEP Electric Tariff.010111.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No.1188 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1152

THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY NON-BYPASSABLE TRANSITION CHARGE ADJUSTMENT PROVISION The Non-Bypassable Transition Charge shall collect from customers all Contract Termination Charges billed to the Narragansett Electric Company (the Company) by the New England Power Company or Montaup Electric Company. The Non-Bypassable Transition Charge may be subject to adjustment each time any Contract Termination Charge changes. On an annual basis, the Company shall reconcile its total cost of Contract Termination Charges against its total transition charge revenue to determine any excess or deficiency (“Transition Charge Adjustment Balance”). Any positive or negative balance will accrue interest calculated at the rate in effect for customer deposits. For purposes of the above reconciliation, total transition charge revenues shall mean all revenue collected from customers through the transition charges for the applicable reconciliation period. If there is a positive or negative balance in the then current Transition Charge Adjustment Balance outstanding from the prior period, the balance shall be credited against or added to the new reconciliation amount, as appropriate, in establishing the Transition Charge Adjustment Balance for the new reconciliation period. The Company shall annually determine the Transition Charge Adjustment Balance, if any, for the prior calendar year and make a filing with the Commission. The Company will propose at that time a rate recovery /refund methodology to recover or refund the balance, as appropriate, over a twelve-month period or over any reasonable time period as approved by the Commission. Modifications to the Non-Bypassable Transition Charge shall be in accordance with a notice filed with the Public Utilities Commission setting forth the revised charge and the amount of the increase or decrease. The notice shall further specify the effective date of the change. This provision is applicable to all Retail Delivery Service rates of the Company.

Effective: November 1, 2004

S:\RADATA1\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\nonbytc.1104.doc, 09/30/2004

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2080 Sheet 1 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2036

THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY TRANSMISSION SERVICE COST ADJUSTMENT PROVISION The Transmission Service Cost Adjustment (TCA) shall collect from customers transmission costs billed to The Narragansett Electric Company (Narragansett or the Company) by entities such as New England Power Company, by any other transmission provider, and by regional transmission entities such as the New England Power Pool, a regional transmission group, an independent system operator or any other entity that is authorized to bill Narragansett directly for transmission services. Costs collected through this provision may include the cost of transmission engineering associated with the design of an undersea transmission cable interconnecting Block Island (Town of New Shoreham) to the mainland and constructed pursuant to R.I.G.L. Section 39-26.1-7. In addition, the TCA shall be adjusted to include an allowance for the Company’s uncollectible accounts receivables associated with amounts billed through the TCA at the rate approved by the Commission. The TCA shall be calculated separately for each of the Company’s rate classes. The TCA shall be established annually based on a forecast of transmission costs, the adjustment for transmission-related uncollectible amounts, currently 0.94% as approved in R.I.P.U.C. Docket No. 4065, a full reconciliation and adjustment for any over- or under-recoveries of transmission costs incurred during the prior year, and the reconciliation of the allowance for transmission-related uncollectible amounts as described below. The Company may file to change the TCA at any time should significant over- or under-recoveries occur. The allowance for transmission-related uncollectible amounts shall be estimated for purposes of setting the TCA for the upcoming year as the approved rate applied to the sum of (1) the forecast of transmission costs as allocated to each of the Company’s rate classes on the basis of coincident peak demand and (2) any over- or under-recoveries from the prior year allocated to rate classes on the basis of forecasted kWh deliveries. This amount shall be subject to reconciliation only for actual transmission revenue billed by the Company over the applicable period. Modifications to the TCA Factor shall be in accordance with a notice filed with the Public Utilities Commission setting forth the amount of the revised factor and the amount of the increase or decrease. The notice shall further specify the effective date of such charges.

Effective: April 1, 2012

S:\RADATA1\2011 neco\Long Term Contracting for Renewables\Dec 2011 filing\Att 2(a).tscadjpr 040112.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1157 Page 1 of 2 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY OPTIONAL BILLING AND RATE DATA SERVICE Availability of Service Billing and Rate Data Service is available under this provision for customers receiving retail delivery service under Narragansett Electric Company (“Narragansett” or “the Company”) retail delivery service tariffs. Any request for billing and rate data made by any party other than a customer of record of Narragansett requires the customer of record’s authorization prior to such data being released. Services Provided Once Per Year with No Fee: Data Type Usage and Billing kW Data Data Provided For commercial and industrial customers: Customer of record name, rate class, service address and 13 months of peak and off-peak kW, kWh, kVA data. For residential customers: Customer of record name, rate class, service address and 13 months of total kWh. Rate Data Rate summaries and tariffs are available on the Narragansett website at “http://www.narragansett.com/cust/res/rates/index.htm” for residential rates or at “http://www.narragansett.com/cust/bus/rates/index.htm” for all other rates. Customers requesting hard copies of summaries or tariffs will be provided with that information free of charge.

S:\RADATA1\TARIFFS_CURRENT\NARRAGANSETT\DATATARIF.DOC

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1157 Page 2 of 2 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY OPTIONAL BILLING AND RATE DATA SERVICE Fees for Custom Services or Additional Data: Data Type Custom Reports also includes load data custom reports Rate Data Item Flat fee for managing request Per account charge Analyst fee (to highest 15 minute increment) Overnight mail charge Fee (the sum of): $30.00 $2.00/account $55.00/hour $15.00 or market rate

Rate Analysis

Flat fee Copying fees Analyst fee (to highest 15 minute increment) Overnight mail charge Bill and rate analysis

$30.00 $0.25 $55.00/hour $15.00 or market rate Applied on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the fees identified in the fee schedule above

Effective: January 1, 2001

S:\RADATA1\TARIFFS_CURRENT\NARRAGANSETT\DATATARIF.DOC

R.I.P.U.C No. 2034-A Sheet 1

THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE FUND

The Environmental Response Fund originally established in Docket No. 2930 and continued in Docket No. 3617 shall be continued to fund the recovery of “Environmental Response Costs”, as defined below. (A) Definition of “Environmental Response Costs”

“Environmental Response Costs” are all the reasonable and prudently incurred costs associated with remedial and clean-up obligations of Narragansett Electric (“Narragansett” or “Company”), or its predecessor companies, arising out of (i) Narragansett’s or its predecessors’ utility-related ownership and/or operation of manufactured gas plants and sites associated with the operation and disposal activities from such gas plants; and (ii) electric operations other than electricity generation1 of Narragansett or its predecessor companies that gave rise to deposits or waste, which are regulated under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”), Rhode Island General Laws 23-19.14, or any other laws regulations, or orders by courts or governmental authorities, now located on Company property or on property to which the deposits may have migrated, or on any off-site location at which the deposits or waste may have been deposited and to sites to which such material may have migrated. A list of the known locations of manufactured gas waste sites and other sites containing material subject to this section is provided in section (D) below. Narragansett shall have the right to propose additions to the list of sites by including the request to include additional sites at the time that Narragansett files its annual report under subparagraph (C) below, provided that the inclusion of the Environmental Response Costs associated with additional sites to be charged to the fund shall be subject to the approval of the Commission. In addition to actual remedial and clean up costs, “Environmental Response Costs” also include costs of acquiring property associated with the clean up of such sites as well as litigation costs, claims, judgments, and settlements associated with such sites. The Company will use best efforts to satisfy its obligation to minimize the Environmental Response Costs charged to the fund consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and sound environmental policies and to minimize litigation costs that may arise. Any applicable insurance proceeds and any net gains (after transaction costs) associated with the sale or lease of land listed in Exhibit 9 shall be credited to the fund. To the extent the Company incurs any other extraordinary environmental liability of which it is not aware as of the date of this Settlement, the Company has the right to request the Commission to allow such costs incurred in connection with such extraordinary events to be included as “Environmental Response Costs”.
1

The environmental response costs associated with generation are recovered under Narragansett’s restructuring settlement with New England Power Company, approved by FERC in Docket Nos. ER97678-000 and 97-680-000.

S:\RADATA1\2009 neco\General Rate Case\Compliance Filing\Tariffs\Clean\Environmental Response Fund.doc

2

R.I.P.U.C No. 2034-A Sheet 2

THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE FUND

(B)

Funding

Interest shall accrue, for the benefit of customers, on any credit balances in the fund at the customer deposit rate. No interest shall accrue on debit balances. Any cash expenditures shall be charged to the fund as long as the costs that are or have been incurred are Environmental Response Costs, as defined above. The fund shall be credited at the annual amount of $3,078,000 or $256,500 per month. (C) Annual Reports

The Company will file an annual report with the Commission (and serve the Parties with copies), providing a summary and accounting of all costs incurred during such year which have been applied to the fund. Any party to the proceeding in which the costs are being reviewed may challenge any costs that they believe do not fall within the definition of “Environmental Response Costs”, as defined in subparagraph (A) above. (D) List of Eligible Sites

Washington Street, Bristol Thames Street, Bristol Main Street, Warren Canal Street, Westerley Industrial Drive, Westerley Tidewater Street, Pawtucket Exchange Street, Pawtucket High Street, Central Falls Hamlet Ave, Woonsocket Cumberland (remote disposal location) Lawn Street, Attleboro, Mass.
S:\RADATA1\2009 neco\General Rate Case\Compliance Filing\Tariffs\Clean\Environmental Response Fund.doc

3

R.I.P.U.C No. 2034-A Sheet 3

THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE FUND
Mendon Road, Attleboro, Mass. Melrose Street, Providence J.M. Mills Landfill Site Quonset Point Site

Effective Date: March 1, 2010

S:\RADATA1\2009 neco\General Rate Case\Compliance Filing\Tariffs\Clean\Environmental Response Fund.doc

5

Effective November 30, 2011 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation R.I.P.U.C. No 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 1 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 Introduction........................................................................................................3
1.1 Applicability ........................................................................................................................................................3 1.2 Definitions ...........................................................................................................................................................3 1.3 Forms and Agreements ........................................................................................................................................8

2.0 Basic Understandings ........................................................................................8 3.0 Process Overview .............................................................................................10
3.1 Simplified Process .............................................................................................................................................11 3.2 Expedited Process..............................................................................................................................................13 3.3 Standard Process................................................................................................................................................15 3.4 Time Frames ......................................................................................................................................................17 3.5 Fee Schedules ....................................................................................................................................................17 Figure 1 – Schematic of Rhode Island DG Interconnection Process .......................................................................18 Figure 2 – Simplified Interconnection to Networks.................................................................................................19 Table 1 – Time Frames (Note 1).............................................................................................................................23 Table 2 – Fee Schedules ..........................................................................................................................................24

4.0 Interconnection Requirements .......................................................................27
4.1 General Design Considerations .........................................................................................................................27 4.1.1 Transient Voltage Conditions .....................................................................................................................27 4.1.2 Noise and Harmonics..................................................................................................................................27 4.1.3 Frequency ...................................................................................................................................................27 4.1.4 Voltage Level..............................................................................................................................................28 4.1.5 Machine Reactive Capability......................................................................................................................28 4.2 Protection Requirements for New or Modified Facility Interconnections with the EPS ...................................28 4.2.1 General Requirements ................................................................................................................................28 4.2.2 Facility Classification .................................................................................................................................29 4.2.3 Protection Requirements.............................................................................................................................29 4.2.3.1 Group 1 Facilities ................................................................................................................................33 4.2.3.2 Group 2 Facilities ................................................................................................................................33 4.2.3.2.1 General Requirements...................................................................................................................33 4.2.3.2.2 Requirements for Induction and Synchronous Generator Facilities .............................................34 4.2.3.2.3 Additional Requirements for Induction Generator Facilities ........................................................36 4.2.3.2.4 Additional Requirements for Synchronous Generator Facilities ..................................................36 4.2.4 Protection System Testing and Maintenance ..............................................................................................37 4.2.5 Protection Requirements – Momentary Paralleling of Standby Generators ...............................................38 4.2.6 Protection System Changes ........................................................................................................................38

5.0 Responsibility for Costs of Interconnecting a Facility .................................38
5.1 Review and Study Costs ....................................................................................................................................38 5.2 Interconnection Equipment Costs......................................................................................................................39 5.3 System Modification Costs................................................................................................................................39 5.4 Separation of Costs ............................................................................................................................................39 5.5 Normal Payment Procedure ...............................................................................................................................39 5.6 Security and Creditworthiness ...........................................................................................................................39

6.0 Operating Requirements .................................................................................40
6.1 General Operating Requirements.......................................................................................................................40 6.2 No Adverse Effects; Non-interference...............................................................................................................40 6.3 Safe Operations and Maintenance .....................................................................................................................41 6.4 Access................................................................................................................................................................41 6.4.1 Company and Interconnecting Customer Representatives..........................................................................41 6.4.2 Company Right to Access Company-Owned Facilities and Equipment.....................................................41 6.4.3 Right to Review Information ......................................................................................................................41

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 2 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

7.0 Disconnection....................................................................................................41
7.1 Temporary Disconnection .................................................................................................................................41 7.2 Permanent Disconnection ..................................................................................................................................43

8.0 Metering, Monitoring, and Communication .................................................43
8.1 Metering, Related Equipment and Billing Options............................................................................................43 8.2 Additional Monitoring and Communication Requirements...............................................................................45

9.0 Dispute Resolution Process .............................................................................45
9.1 Good Faith Negotiation .....................................................................................................................................45 9.2 Mediation/Non-binding Arbitration...................................................................................................................46 9.3 Commission Adjudicatory Hearing ...................................................................................................................47

10.0 Insurance Requirements ...............................................................................48
10.1 General Liability..............................................................................................................................................48 10.2 Insurer Requirements and Endorsements.........................................................................................................49 10.3 Evidence of Insurance......................................................................................................................................49

Exhibit A – Simplified Process Interconnection Application ............................50 Exhibit B – Expedited/Standard Process Interconnection Application ...........56 Exhibit C – Supplemental Review Agreement ....................................................62 Exhibit D – Feasibility Study Agreement ...........................................................63 Exhibit E - Impact or ISRDG Study Agreement………………………………………………………………………..67 Exhibit F – Detailed Study Agreement ................................................................65 Exhibit G – Interconnection Service Agreement ................................................71 Exhibit H – Agreement between the Company and the Company's Retail Customer.................................................................................................................80

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 3 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
1.0 Introduction

1.1 Applicability This document (“Interconnection Tariff”) describes the process and requirements for an Interconnecting Customer to connect a power-generating facility to the Company’s Electric Power System (“Company EPS”), including discussion of technical and operating requirements, metering and billing options, and other matters. The procedure for momentary paralleling to the Company EPS with back-up generation is described within Section 4.0 Interconnection Requirements. If the Facility will always be isolated from the Company’s EPS, (i.e., it will never operate in parallel to the Company’s EPS), then this Interconnection Tariff does not apply. 1.2 Definitions The following words and terms shall be understood to have the following meanings when used in this Interconnection Tariff: Affected System: Any neighboring EPS not under the control of the Company (i.e., a municipal electric light company or other regulated utility). Affiliate: A person or entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with a Party. Anti-Islanding: Describes the ability of a Facility to avoid unintentional islanding through some form of active control technique. Application: The notice provided by the Interconnecting Customer to the Company in the form shown in Exhibits A and B, which initiates the interconnection process. Area EPS: The Company EPS. This term is used in the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 1547-2003, “IEEE Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems” (“IEEE Standard 1547-2003”). Commission: Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission Company: Narragansett Electric Company d/b/a National Grid Company EPS: The electric power system owned, controlled or operated by the Company used to provide distribution service to its Customers. Customer: Company’s retail customer; host site or premises, may be the same as Interconnecting Customer or Renewable Interconnecting Customer.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 4 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Detailed Study: The final phase of engineering study, if necessary, conducted by the Company to determine substantial System Modifications to its EPS, resulting in project cost estimates for such modifications that will be required to provide the requested interconnection service. DG: Distributed Generation. DR: The Facility. This term is used in IEEE Standard 1547-2003. Expedited Process: As described in Section 3.2, process steps for Listed Facilities from initial application to final written authorization, using a set of technical screens to determine grid impact. Facility: A source of electricity owned and/or operated by the Interconnecting Customer that is located on the Customer’s side of the PCC, and all facilities ancillary and appurtenant thereto, including interconnection equipment, which the Interconnecting Customer requests to interconnect to the Company EPS. Feasibility Study: A high-level project assessment that includes an estimate of the cost of interconnecting a Renewable Distributed Generation Resource to the distribution system that would be assessed on the applicant for an interconnection. Such estimate is not based on any engineering study, but is based on past experience and judgment of the Company, taking into account the information in the application, the location of the interconnection, and general knowledge of the distribution and transmission system. Such estimate cannot be relied upon the by applicant for the purposes of holding the Company liable or responsible for its accuracy as long as the Company has provided the estimate in good faith. The feasibility study estimate shall be a range within which the Company believes the interconnection costs are likely to be and shall include a disclaimer that explains the nature of the estimate. FERC: Federal Energy Regulatory Commission. Good Utility Practice: Any of the practices, methods and acts engaged in or approved by a significant portion of the electric utility industry during the relevant time period, or any of the practices, methods and acts which, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known at the time the decision was made, could have been expected to accomplish the desired result at a reasonable cost consistent with good business practices, reliability, safety and expedition. Good Utility Practice is not intended to be limited to the optimum practice, method, or act to the exclusion of all others, but rather to be acceptable practices, methods, or acts generally accepted in the region. Impact Study: The engineering study conducted by the Company under the Standard Process to determine the scope of the required modifications to its EPS and/or the Facility to provide the requested interconnection service. Impact Study for Renewable DG (ISRDG): An engineering study conducted by the Company that includes an estimate of the cost of interconnecting a Renewable

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 5 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Distributed Generation Resource to the distribution system that would be assessed on the applicant for an interconnection that is based on an engineering study of the details of the proposed generation project. Such estimate generally will have a probability of accuracy of plus or minus twenty five percent (25%). Such an estimate may be relied upon by the applicant for purposes of determining the expected cost of interconnection, but the Company may not be held liable or responsible if the actual costs exceed the estimate as long as the estimate was provided in good faith and the interconnection was implemented prudently the Company. In-Service Date: The date on which the Facility and System Modifications (if applicable) are complete and ready for service, even if the Facility is not placed in service on or by that date. Interconnecting Customer: Entity that owns and/or operates the Facility interconnected to the Company EPS, with legal authority to enter into agreements regarding the construction or operation of the Facility.1 Interconnection Service Agreement: An agreement for interconnection service, the form of which is provided in Exhibit F, between the Interconnecting Customer and the Company. The agreement also includes any amendments or supplements thereto entered into by the Interconnecting Customer and the Company. Islanding: A situation where electrical power remains in a portion of an electrical power system when the Company’s transmission or distribution system has ceased providing power for whatever reason (emergency conditions, maintenance, etc.) Islanding may be intentional, such as when certain segregated loads in a Customer’s premises are provided power by a Facility after being isolated from the Company EPS after a power failure. Unintentional Islanding, especially past the PCC, is to be strictly avoided. ISO-New England, Inc (“ISO-NE”): The Independent System Operator established in accordance with the NEPOOL Agreement and applicable FERC approvals, which is responsible for managing the bulk power generation and transmission systems in New England. Isolated: The state of operating the Facility when electrically disconnected from the Company EPS on the Interconnecting Customer’s side of the PCC. Local EPS: The customer premises within which are contained the Facility. This term is used in the IEEE Standard 1547-2003.

An entity which owns the Facility interconnected to the Company EPS solely as part of a financing arrangement, which could include the acquisition of the tax credits related to the Facility, but is neither the Customer nor the operator of that Facility, shall not be considered the Interconnecting Customer hereunder.

1

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 6 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Listed: A Facility that has successfully passed all pertinent tests to conform with IEEE 1547.1. Metering Point: For meters that do not use instrument transformers, the point at which the billing meter is connected. For meters that use instrument transformers, the point at which the instrument transformers are connected. NEPOOL: New England Power Pool. Net Metering: Customers of the Company who, pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Net Metering Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2075, as amended and superseded from time to time, are eligible to receive Renewable Generation Credits and Excess Renewable Generation Credits, as applicable, as defined in R.I.P.U.C. No. 2075, Section II. Network Distribution System (Area or Spot): Electrical service from an EPS consisting of one or more primary circuits from one or more substations or transmission supply points arranged such that they collectively feed secondary circuits serving one (a spot network) or more (an area network) Interconnecting Customers. Non-Islanding: Describes the ability of a Facility to avoid unintentional islanding through the operation of its interconnection equipment. NPCC: Northeast Power Coordinating Council. On-Site Generating Facility: A class of Interconnecting Customer-owned generating Facilities with peak capacity as specified in R.I.P.U.C. No. 2074, Qualifying Facilities Power Purchase Rate. Parallel: The state of operating the Facility when electrically connected to the Company EPS (sometimes known as grid-parallel). Parties: The Company and the Interconnecting Customer. Point of Common Coupling (PCC): The point where the Interconnecting Customer’s local electric power system connects to the Company EPS, such as the electric power revenue meter or premises service transformer. See the Company for the location at a particular Interconnecting Customer site. Point of Delivery: A point on the Company EPS where the Interconnecting Customer makes capacity and energy available to the Company. The Point of Delivery shall be specified in the Interconnection Service Agreement. Point of Receipt: A point on the Company EPS where the Company delivers capacity and energy to the Interconnecting Customer. The Point of Receipt shall be specified in the Interconnection Service Agreement.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 7 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Qualifying Facility: A generation Facility that has received certification as a Qualifying Facility from the FERC in accordance with the Federal Power Act, as amended by the Public Utility Regulatory Policies Act of 1978. Radial Distribution Circuit: Electrical service from an EPS consisting of one primary circuit extending from a single substation or transmission supply point arranged such that the primary circuit serves Interconnecting Customers in a particular local area. Renewable Distributed Generation Resource: A Facility which is a renewable distributed generation project that, as contemplated, meets the eligibility requirements for net metering contained within R.I.G.L. Title 39 or the eligibility requirements for a standard contract contained within R.I.G.L. Title 39. Renewable Interconnecting Customer: Entity that owns and/or operates the Renewable Distributed Generation Resource interconnected to the Company EPS, with legal authority to enter into agreements regarding the construction or operation of the Facility Screen(s): Criteria by which the Company will determine if a proposed Facility’s installation will adversely impact the Company EPS in the Simplified and Expedited Processes as set forth in Section 3.0. Simplified Process: As described in Section 3.1, process steps from initial application to final written authorization for certain inverter-based Facilities of limited scale and minimal apparent grid impact. Standard Process: As described in Section 3.3, process steps from initial application to final written authorization for Facilities that do not qualify for Simplified or Expedited treatment. Supplemental Review: Additional engineering study to evaluate the potential impact of the Facility on the Company EPS so as to determine any requirements for processing the application through the Expedited Process. System Modification: Modifications or additions to distribution-related Company facilities that are integrated with the Company EPS for the benefit of the Interconnecting Customer. Unintentional Islanding: A situation where the electrical power from the Facility continues to supply a portion of the Company EPS past the PCC when the Company’s transmission or distribution system has ceased providing power for whatever reason (emergency conditions, maintenance, etc.). Witness Test: The Company's right to witness the commissioning testing. Commissioning testing is defined in IEEE Standard 1547-2003.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 8 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

1.3 Forms and Agreements The following documents for the interconnection process are included as Exhibits: 1. Interconnection Service Agreement for Expedited and Standard Process (Exhibit G) referencing Attachments 1 – 6 (Attachments 1 – 5 to be developed and included as appropriate for each specific Interconnection Service Agreement) as follows: Attachment 1: Attachment 2: Attachment 3: Attachment 4: Attachment 5: Definitions (Section 1.2) Description of Facilities, including demarcation of PCC Description of System Modifications Costs of System Modifications and Payment Terms Special Operating Requirements, if any

Attachment 6: Agreement between the Company and the Company's Retail Customer (to be signed by the Company's retail customer where DG installation and interconnection will be placed, when retail customer is not the owner and/or operator of the distributed generation facility -- Exhibit H) 2. Application forms:
a.

Simplified Process (Facilities meeting the requirements of Section 3.1) application form and service agreement (Exhibit A) Expedited and Standard Process application form (Exhibit B)

b.

3. Supplemental Review Agreement for those projects which have failed one or more screens in the Expedited Process (Exhibit C) 4. Feasibility Study Agreement (Exhibit D) 5. Impact Study Agreement or ISRDG Agreement under the Standard Process (Exhibit E) 6. Detailed Study Agreement for the more detailed study under the Standard Process which requires substantial System Modifications (Exhibit F)

2.0 Basic Understandings
Customer intends to install a Facility on the Customer’s side of the PCC that will be connected electrically to the Company EPS and operate in parallel, synchronized with the voltage and

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 9 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

frequency maintained by the Company during all operating conditions. It is the responsibility of the Interconnecting Customer to design, procure, install, operate, and maintain all necessary equipment on its property for connection to the Company EPS. The Customer and the Company shall enter into an Interconnection Service Agreement to provide for parallel operation of a Customer’s Facility with Company EPS. A form of this agreement is attached as Exhibit G to this Interconnection Tariff. If the Interconnecting Customer or Renewable Interconnecting Customer is not the Customer, an Agreement between the Company and the Company’s Customer must be signed and included as an attachment to the Interconnection Service Agreement; a form of this agreement is attached as Exhibit H. The interconnection of the Facility with the Company EPS must be reviewed for potential impact on the Company EPS under the process described in Section 3.0 and meet the technical requirements in Section 4.0, and must be operated as described under Section 6.0. In order to meet these requirements, an upgrade or other modifications to the Company EPS may be necessary. Subject to the requirements contained in this Interconnection Tariff, the Company or its Affiliate shall modify the Company EPS accordingly. Unless otherwise specified, the Company will build and own, as part of the Company EPS, all facilities necessary to interconnect the Company EPS with the Facility up to and including terminations at the PCC. The Interconnecting Customer shall pay all System Modification costs as set forth in Section 5.0. A Renewable Interconnecting Customer has the initial option of having the Company do a Feasibility Study prior to continuing on to an ISRDG, and if necessary, a Detailed Study. The Interconnecting Customer should consult the Company before designing, purchasing and installing any generation equipment, in order to verify the nominal utilization voltages, frequency, and phase characteristics of the service to be supplied, the capacity available, and the suitability of the proposed equipment for operation at the intended location. Attempting to operate a generator at other than its nameplate characteristics may result in unsatisfactory performance or, in certain instances, injury to personnel and/or damage to equipment. The Interconnecting Customer will be responsible for ascertaining from the Company, and the Company will diligently cooperate in providing, the service characteristics of the Company EPS at the proposed PCC. The Company will in no way be responsible for damages sustained as a result of the Interconnecting Customer’s failure to ascertain the service characteristics at the proposed PCC. The crossing of a public way by the Interconnecting Customer with any equipment is prohibited due to public safety reasons. Due to voltage regulation issues, Facilities larger than 3 MWs (nameplate capacity), may be subject to special interconnection requirements. The Facility should operate in such a manner that does not compromise or conflict with, the safety or reliability of the Company EPS. The Interconnecting Customer should design its equipment in such a manner that faults or other disturbances on the Company EPS do not cause damage to the Interconnecting Customer's equipment. Authorization to interconnect will be provided once the Interconnecting Customer has met all terms of the interconnection process as outlined below.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 10 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

This Interconnection Tariff does not cover general distribution service needed to serve the Interconnecting Customer. Please refer to the Company’s Terms and Conditions for Distribution Service.

3.0 Process Overview
There are four basic paths for interconnection of the Interconnecting Customer’s Facility in Rhode Island. They are described below and detailed in Figures 1 and 2 with their accompanying notes. Tables 1 and 2, respectively, describe the timelines and fees for these paths. Unless otherwise noted, all times in the Interconnection Tariff reference Company business days under normal work condition. 1. Simplified – This is for Listed inverter-based Facilities with a power rating of 10 kW or less single phase or 25 kW or less three-phase depending on the service configuration, and located on radial EPSs under certain conditions. A Listed inverter-based Facility with a power rating of 15 kW or less single phase located on a spot network EPS under certain conditions would also be eligible. 2. Expedited – This is for Listed Facilities that pass certain pre-specified screens on a radial EPS. 3. Standard – This is for all facilities not qualifying for either the Simplified or Expedited interconnection processes on radial and spot network EPSs, and for all Facilities on area network EPSs. 4. Renewable Interconnecting Customer – This process is for Customers who are requesting either a Feasibility Study or an ISRDG. For these requests, the processes above will be followed except where outlined in the descriptions below, any references to Interconnecting Customer should be construed to be Renewable Interconnecting Customer for this purpose.

All proposed new sources of electric power without respect to generator ownership, dispatch control, or prime mover that plan to operate in parallel with the Company EPS must submit a completed application and pay the appropriate application fee to the Company with which it wishes to interconnect, except that those projects where a Renewable Interconnecting Customer requests either a Feasibility of ISRDG study will not pay the application fee. The application will be acknowledged by the Company, and the Interconnecting Customer will be notified of the application’s completeness. Interconnecting Customers who are not likely to qualify for Simplified or Expedited Process may opt to go directly into the Standard Process path. Interconnecting Customers proposing to interconnect on area networks will also go directly to the Standard Process. All other Interconnecting Customers must proceed through a series of screens to determine their ultimate interconnection path. (Interconnecting Customers not sure whether a particular location is on a radial circuit, spot network, or area network should check

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 11 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

with the Company serving the proposed Facility location prior to filing and the Company will verify the circuit type upon filing.) If the Interconnecting Customer has not yet selected the generation equipment, the Interconnecting Customer may submit an interconnection application to the Company with generator data for up to three different suppliers for review and acceptance for interconnection by the Company. Upon completion of the initial review of such an application, Company may increase the cost to screen each option submitted and, if an increase is warranted, Company will notify the applicant in writing of the Company's additional cost for reviewing all options submitted by the applicant. Interconnecting Customer's application will be on hold until applicant responds with written authorization to either proceed with the original application submittal for the additional quoted cost or to proceed with reviewing only the "worst case" option at no additional cost for which the Company will provide "worst case" interconnection requirements and associated costs that apply to all the generators included in the application. For the multiple generator review, the Company will screen each generator and provide the Interconnecting Customer with the interconnection requirements and associated cost for interconnecting each generator included in the application. Prior to the Company preparing a final Interconnection Agreement, the Interconnecting Customer will provide the Company written confirmation of which generator the Interconnecting Customer will install at the Interconnecting Customer's Facility and, if the "worst case" option was not selected by the applicant, the interconnection requirements previously determined for that specific generator will be included in the final Interconnection Agreement. 3.1 Simplified Process Interconnecting Customers using Listed single-phase inverter-based Facilities with power ratings of 10 kW or less at locations receiving single-phase service from a single-phase transformer, or using Listed three-phase inverter-based Facilities with power ratings of 25 kW or less at locations receiving three-phase service from a three-phase transformer configuration, and requesting an interconnection on radial EPSs where the aggregate Facility capacity on the circuit is less than 7.5% of circuit annual peak load qualify for Simplified interconnection. This is the fastest and least costly interconnection path. There is also a Simplified interconnection path for Listed single-phase inverter-based Facilities with power ratings of 15 kW or less requesting an interconnection on spot networks when the aggregate Facility capacity is less than one-fifteenth of the Customer’s minimum load. The Simplified Process is as follows:
a.

Application process:
i.

Interconnecting Customer submits a Simplified Process application filled out properly and completely (Exhibit A). application within 3 business days of receipt.

ii. Company acknowledges to the Interconnecting Customer receipt of the

iii. Company evaluates the application for completeness and notifies the

Interconnecting Customer within 10 business days of receipt that the application

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 12 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

is or is not complete and, if not, advises what is missing.
iv. A Renewable Interconnecting Customer may request a Feasibility Study. Upon

receipt of an executed Feasibility Study Agreement and receipt of the applicable Feasibility Study fee, the Company shall conduct the Feasibility Study. An ISRDG would not be required for this class of Facilities. Most Customers would not need to request a Feasibility Study for this class of Facilities.
b.

Company verifies Facility equipment passes screens 1, 2, and 3 in Figure 1 if a radial EPS, or the screens in Figure 2 if a network EPS. If approved, the Company signs the application approval line and sends to the Interconnecting Customer. In certain rare circumstances, the Company may require the Interconnecting Customer to pay for minor System Modifications. If so, a description of work and an estimate will be sent back to the Interconnecting Customer for approval. The Interconnecting Customer would then approve via a signature and payment for the minor System Modifications. If the Interconnecting Customer approves, the Company performs the System Modifications. Then, the Company signs the application approval line and sends to the Interconnecting Customer. Upon receipt of signed application, the Interconnecting Customer installs the Facility. Then the Interconnecting Customer arranges for inspection of the completed installation by the local electrical wiring inspector, or other authority having jurisdiction, and this person signs the Certificate of Completion. If the Facility was installed by an electrical contractor, this person also fills out the Certificate of Completion. The Interconnecting Customer returns Certificate of Completion to the Company. Following receipt of the Certificate of Completion, the Company may inspect the Facility for compliance with standards by arranging for a Witness Test. The Interconnecting Customer has no right to operate in parallel until a Witness Test has been performed or has been previously waived on the Application Form. The Company is obligated to complete this Witness Test within 10 business days of the receipt of the Certificate of Completion. If the Company does not inspect in 10 business days or by mutual agreement of the Parties, the Witness Test is deemed waived. Assuming the wiring inspection and/or Witness Test is satisfactory,; the Company notifies the Interconnecting Customer in writing that interconnection is authorized. If the Witness Test is not satisfactory, the Company has the right to disconnect the Facility, and will provide information to the Interconnecting Customer describing clearly what is required for approval.

c.

d.

e. f.

g.

If the Interconnecting Customer does not substantially complete construction within 12 months after receiving approval from the Company, the Company will require the Interconnecting Customer to reapply for interconnection.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 13 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

3.2 Expedited Process Other Interconnecting Customers not qualifying for the Simplified Process or not in the Standard Process must pass a series of screens before qualifying for Expedited interconnection. Depending on whether one or more screens are passed, additional steps may be required. The Expedited Process is as follows:
a.

Application process:
i.

Interconnecting Customer submits an Expedited/Standard application filled out properly and completely (Exhibit B). application within 3 business days of receipt.

ii. Company acknowledges to the Interconnecting Customer receipt of the

iii. Company evaluates the application for completeness and notifies the

Interconnecting Customer within 10 business days of receipt that the application is or is not complete and, if not, advises what is missing.
iv. A Renewable Interconnecting Customer may request either a Feasibility Study

prior to requesting or an ISRDG, but the applicant is not required to do so. Upon receipt of an executed Feasibility Study Agreement and receipt of the applicable Feasibility Study fee, the Company shall conduct the Feasibility Study.
v.

If the Renewable Interconnecting Customer requests a follow-up ISRDG, the Renewable Interconnecting Customer shall execute an ISRDG Agreement and send in the appropriate payment as per table 2 and continue on with process as outlined below.

b.

Company then conducts an initial review which includes applying the screening methodology (Screens 1 through 8 in Figure 1). The Company reserves the right to conduct internal studies if deemed necessary and at no additional cost to the Interconnecting Customer, such as but not limited to: protection review, aggregate harmonics analysis review, aggregate power factor review and voltage regulation review. Likewise, when the proposed interconnection may result in reversed load flow through the Company’s load tap changing transformer(s), line voltage regulator(s), control modifications necessary to mitigate the effects may be made to these devices by the Company at the Interconnecting Customer’s expense or the Facility may be required to limit its output so reverse load flow cannot occur or to provide reverse power relaying that trips the Facility. As part of the Expedited Process, the Company will assess whether any System Modifications are required for interconnection, even if the project passes all of the applicable Screens. If the needed modifications are minor, that is, the requirement can be

c.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 14 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

determined within the time allotted through the application fee and any internal studies, then the modification requirements, reasoning, and costs for these minor modifications will be identified and included in the executable Interconnection Service Agreement. If the requirements cannot be determined within the time and cost alloted in the initial review and any internal studies, the Company may require that the project undergo additional review to determine those requirements. The time allocated for additional review is a maximum of 10 hours of engineering time. If after this review, the Company still cannot determine the requirements, the Company will document the reasons why and will meet with the Interconnecting Customer to determine how to move the process forward to the Parties’ mutual satisfaction. In all cases, the Interconnecting Customer will pay for the cost of modifications as discussed in Section 5.0.
d.

Assuming all applicable Screens are passed, Company sends the Interconnecting Customer an executable Interconnection Service Agreement and a quote for any required System Modifications or reasonable Witness Test costs. If one or more Screens are not passed, the Company will provide a Supplemental Review Agreement. If the Interconnecting Customer executes the agreement, the Company will conduct the review. If the Supplemental Review determines the requirements for processing the application through the Expedited Process including any System Modifications, then the modification requirements, reasoning, and costs for these modifications as defined in Section 5.0 will be identified and included in an executable Interconnection Service Agreement sent to the Interconnecting Customer for execution. If the Supplemental Review does not determine the requirements, it will include a proposed Impact Study Agreement or ISRDG Agreement as part of the Standard Process which will include an estimate of the cost of the study. Even if a proposed project initially fails a particular Screen in the Expedited Process, if Supplemental Review shows that it can return to the Expedited Process then it will do so. Supplemental Review includes up to 10 hours of engineering time. Interconnecting Customer returns the signed Interconnection Service Agreement which is then executed by the Company. Interconnecting Customer completes installation and, upon receipt of payment, the Company completes System Modifications, if required. Company inspects completed installation for compliance with standards and attends Witness Test, if required. Interconnecting Customer sends Certificate of Completion to Company. Assuming inspection is satisfactory, the Company notifies Interconnecting Customer in writing that interconnection is authorized.

e.

f.

g.

h.

i. j.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 15 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

3.3 Standard Process The Standard Process has the longest maximum time period and highest potential costs. There are three ways to enter the Standard Process:
1.

Interconnecting Customers may choose to proceed immediately to the Standard Process. Application process:
i. Interconnecting Customer submits an Expedited/Standard Application filled out

properly and completely (Exhibit B).
ii. Company acknowledges to the Interconnecting Customer receipt of the

application within 3 business days.
iii. Company evaluates the application for completeness and notifies the

Interconnecting Customer within 10 business days of receipt that the application is or is not complete and, if not, advises what is missing.
iv. A Renewable Interconnecting Customer may request a Feasibility Study prior to

requesting an ISRDG, but the applicant is not required to do so. Upon receipt of an executed Feasibility Study Agreement and receipt of the applicable Feasibility Study fee, the Company shall conduct the Feasibility Study.
v. If the Renewable Interconnecting Customer requests a follow-up ISRDG, the

Renewable Interconnecting Customer shall execute an ISRDG Agreement and send in the appropriate payment as per table 2 and continue on with process as outlined below.

2.

Based upon the results of the initial and Supplemental Reviews, Interconnecting Customers may be required to enter the Standard Process. Based on the results of the Screens in Figure 2 for networks, Interconnecting Customers may be required to enter the Standard Process.

3.

The Standard Process is as follows:
a.

The Company will conduct an initial review that includes a scoping meeting/discussion with the Interconnecting Customer (if necessary) to review the application. At the scoping meeting the Company will provide pertinent information such as: • The available fault current at the proposed location; • The existing peak loading on the lines in the general vicinity of the Facility; • The configuration of the distribution lines.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 16 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
b.

A Renewable Interconnecting Customer may request a Feasibility Study prior to requesting an ISRDG, but the applicant is not required to do so. Upon receipt of an executed Feasibility Study Agreement and receipt of the applicable Feasibility Study fee, the Company will conduct the Feasibility Study. Company provides an Impact Study Agreement, or an ISRDG, including a cost estimate for the study or the costs for an ISRDG as outlined in table 2. Where there are other potentially Affected Systems, and no single Party is in a position to prepare an Impact Study covering all potentially Affected Systems, the Company will coordinate but not be responsible for the timing of any studies required to determine the impact of the interconnection request on other potentially Affected Systems. The Interconnecting Customer will be directly responsible to the potentially Affected System operators for all costs of any additional studies required to evaluate the impact of the interconnection on the potentially Affected Systems. The timelines in Table 1 will be affected if ISO-NE determines that a system impact study is required. This will occur if the Interconnecting Customer’s Facility is greater than 5 MW and may occur if the Interconnecting Customer’s Facility is greater than 1 MW. Once the Interconnecting Customer executes the Impact Study Agreement, or an ISRDG Agreement, and pays pursuant to the terms thereof, the Company will conduct the Impact Study or ISRDG. If the Company determines, in accordance with Good Utility Practice, that the System Modifications to the Company EPS are not substantial, the Impact Study or ISRDG will determine the scope and cost of the modifications as defined in Section 5.0. If the Company determines, in accordance with Good Utility Practice, that the System Modifications to the Company EPS are substantial, the Impact Study or ISRDG will produce an estimate for the modification costs (within ±25%) and a Detailed Study Agreement and cost for Interconnecting Customer’s approval. Once the Interconnecting Customer executes the Detailed Study Agreement and pays pursuant to the terms thereof, the Company will conduct the Detailed Study. Upon completion of any necessary studies, the Company shall send the Interconnecting Customer an executable Interconnection Service Agreement including a quote for any required System Modifications and reasonable Witness Test costs. Interconnecting Customer returns signed Interconnection Service Agreement. Interconnecting Customer completes installation and Company completes System Modifications, if required. Company inspects completed installation for compliance with requirements and attends Witness Test, if required. Interconnecting Customer sends Certificate of Completion to Company.

c.

d.

e.

f.

g.

h. i.

j.

k.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 17 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
l.

Assuming inspection is satisfactory, the Company notifies Interconnecting Customer in writing that interconnection is authorized.

3.4 Time Frames Unless otherwise noted, all days in the Interconnection Tariff reference Company business days under normal work conditions. For a Renewable Interconnecting Customer, the timeframes for a Feasibility Study will be 30 calendar days after returning an executed Feasibility Study agreement with payment. For a Renewable Interconnecting Customer, the timeframes for an ISRDG Study will be 90 calendar days after returning an executed ISRDG agreement with payment. Table 1 lays out the maximum timeframes allowed under the Simplified, Expedited, and Standard Review processes. The maximum time allowed for the Company to execute the entire Simplified Process is 15 days. The maximum time allowed for the Company to execute the entire Expedited Process on a radial system is 40 days where no Supplemental Review is needed and 60 days where it is needed. The maximum time allowed for the Company to execute the entire Standard Process is 125 days for the Standard Review Process if the Customer goes directly to Standard Review and 150 days if the Customer goes from the Expedited Process into Standard Review. For Customers qualifying for the Simplified Process on a spot network, the maximum time is 40 days if load data is available and 100 days if it is not. The Company clock is stopped when awaiting information from Customers. Any delays caused by Customer will interrupt the applicable clock. Moreover, if an Interconnecting Customer fails to act expeditiously to continue the interconnection process or delays the process by failing to provide necessary information within the longer of 15 days or half the time allotted to the Company to perform a given step, or as extended by mutual agreement, then the Company may terminate the application and the Interconnecting Customer must re-apply. However, the Company will be required to retain the work previously performed in order to reduce the initial and Supplemental Review costs incurred for a period of no less than 1 year. If the Interconnecting Customer does not initiate construction within twelve (12) months of signing the Interconnection Agreement, the Company may require the customer to provide evidence that the project is moving toward construction. In the event that the Customer cannot provide such evidence, the Company reserves the right to require additional study or require the Customer to reapply for interconnection. Situations that could trigger enforcement of this time limit are: (1) material changes on the distribution circuits (e.g. load changes, circuit reconfiguration) or (2) a second application for interconnection received by the Company on a circuit from the same substation. The same rights of the Company to require the customer to reapply for interconnection pertains if the interconnecting customer, after initiating construction, does not complete construction within twenty-four months. Notwithstanding these maximum time frames, the Company shall endeavor to meet the Customer’s needs. 3.5 Fee Schedules Table 2 lays out the fees required for Interconnecting Customers and Renewable Interconnecting Customers to apply for interconnection.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 18 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Figure 1 – Schematic of Rhode Island DG Interconnection Process

Interconnecting Customer submits complete application and and application fee Interconnecting Customer submits complete application application fee

1. Is the Point of Common Coupling on a radial distribution system?

No

Go to Figure 2

Interconnecting Customer opts for Standard Process

Yes 2. Is the aggregate generating Facility capacity on the circuit less than 7.5% of circuit annual peak load? (Note 1) Yes 3. Does the Facility use a Listed Inverter (UL 1741)? (Note 3) 4. Is the Facility power rating ≤10 kWs single-phase or ≤ 25 kWs three-phase? 5. Is the Service Type Screen met? (Note 2)

No

Perform Supplemental Review

Standard Process Initial Review

Yes

No

No

Does the Facility pass all the following Screens? 6. Is the Facility Listed per Note 3? 7. Is the Starting Voltage Drop Screen met? (Note 4) 8. Is the Fault Current Contribution Screen met? (Note 5) 9. Is the Service Configuration Screen met? (Note 6) 10. Is the Transient Stability Screen met? (Note 7) Does Supplemental Review determine requirements? Yes No Company provides cost estimate and schedule for Interconnection Study(ies) Interconnecting Customer accepts Yes Company performs Impact and Detailed (if required) Study

System Modification Check

Facility Processed for Simplified Interconnection Under Interconnection Tariff

Facility Processed for Expedited Interconnection Under Interconnection Tariff

Facility Processed for Standard Interconnection Under Interconnection Tariff

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 19 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Figure 2 – Simplified Interconnection to Networks

Is the Point of Common Coupling on a spot network? Yes Does the Facility use a Listed Inverter (UL 1741) with a power rating ≤ 15 kW single-phase? Yes Is the aggregate generating Facility capacity less than 1/15 of Customer’s minimum load (daytime load in the case of solar)? Yes System Modification Check Yes Simplified Interconnection

No, area network

No

Standard Process No, exceeds relative threshold No

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 20 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Explanatory Notes to Accompany Figure 1 Note 1. On a typical radial distribution EPS circuit (“feeder”) the annual peak load is measured at the substation circuit breaker, which corresponds to the supply point of the circuit. A circuit may also be supplied from a tap on a higher-voltage line, sometimes called a subtransmission line. On more complex radial EPSs, where bidirectional power flow is possible due to alternative circuit supply options (“loop service”), the normal supply point is the loop tap. Note 2. This screen includes a review of the type of electrical service provided to the Interconnection Customer, including the service transformer configuration and service type to limit the potential for creating unacceptable voltage imbalance, over-voltage or under-voltage conditions, or service equipment overloads on the Company EPS due to a mismatch between the size and phasing of the energy source, the service loads fed from the service transformer(s), and the service equipment ratings. To be eligible for the Simplified Process, a Listed inverter-based Facility must be either (1) a single-phase unit on a customer’s local EPS receiving single-phase secondary service at the PCC from a single-phase service transformer, or (2) a three-phase unit on a customer’s local EPS receiving three-phase secondary service at the PCC from a three-phase transformer configuration. Note 3. A Listed Facility has successfully passed all pertinent tests to conform with IEEE Standard 1547. IEEE Standard 1547 includes design specifications, operational requirements, and a list of tests that are required for Facilities. IEEE Standard 1547.1 describes how to conduct tests to show compliance with provisions of IEEE Standard 1547. To meet Screen 3 or 4, Interconnecting Customers must provide information or documentation that demonstrates how the Facility is in compliance with the IEEE Standard 1547.1 A Facility will be deemed to be in compliance with the IEEE Standard 1547.1 if the Company previously determined it was in compliance. Applicants who can demonstrate Facility compliance with IEEE Standard 1547.1, with the testing done by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, will be eligible for the Expedited Process, and may be eligible for the Simplified process upon review by the utility. Rhode Island has adopted UL1741 (Inverters, Converters and Charge Controllers for Use in Independent Power Systems) and UL2200 (Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies) as the standard for power systems to comply with IEEE Std. 1547 and 1547.1. Equipment listed to UL1741 or UL2200 by a nationally recognized testing laboratory will be considered in compliance with IEEE Std. 1547 and 1547.1. An Interconnecting Customer should contact the Facility supplier(s) to determine if it has been listed to either of these standards. In addition, California and New York have adopted rules for expediting application review and approval of Facility interconnections onto electric distribution systems. Facilities in these states must meet the applicable commission approved tests and/or criteria for expedited procedures in these states. The Company will accept a Facility as eligible for "Listed" and a candidate for the Rhode Island Simplified or Expedited Process if it has been approved for such expedited procedures, or approved for interconnection, in California or New York. It is the Interconnecting Customer's responsibility to determine if, and submit verification that, the proposed Facility has been so approved in California or New York.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 21 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Note 4. This Screen only applies to Facilities that start by motoring the generating unit(s) or the act of connecting synchronous generators. The voltage drops should be less than the criteria below. There are two options in determining whether Starting Voltage Drop could be a problem. The option to be used is at the Company’s discretion: Option 1: The Company may determine that the Facility’s starting inrush current is equal to or less than the continuous ampere rating of the Facility’s service equipment. Option 2: The Company may determine the impedances of the service distribution transformer (if present) and the secondary conductors to the Facility’s service equipment and perform a voltage drop calculation. Alternatively, the Company may use tables or nomographs to determine the voltage drop. Voltage drops caused by starting a generating unit as a motor must be less than 2.5% for primary interconnections and 5% for secondary interconnections. Note 5. The purpose of this Screen is to ensure that fault (short-circuit) current contributions from all Facilities will have no significant impact on the Company’s protective devices and EPS. All of the following criteria must be met when applicable:
a.

The proposed Facility, in aggregation with other generation on the distribution circuit, will not contribute more than 10% to the distribution circuit’s maximum fault current under normal operating conditions at the point on the high voltage (primary) level nearest the proposed PCC. The proposed Facility, in aggregate with other generation on the distribution circuit, will not cause any distribution protective devices and equipment (including but not limited to substation breakers, fuse cutouts, and line reclosers), or Interconnecting Customer equipment on the EPS to exceed 85% of the short-circuit interrupting capability. In addition, the proposed Facility will not be installed on a circuit that already exceeds 85% of the short-circuit interrupting capability. When measured at the secondary side (low side) of a shared distribution transformer, the short-circuit contribution of the proposed Facility must be less than or equal to 2.5% of the interrupting rating of the Company’s service equipment.

b.

c.

Coordination of fault-current protection devices and systems will be examined as part of this Screen. Note 6. This Screen includes a review of the type of electrical service provided to the Interconnecting Customer, including line configuration and the transformer connection to limit the potential for creating over voltages on the Company EPS due to a loss of ground during the operating time of any anti-islanding function.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 22 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Primary Distribution Line Type Three-phase, three wire Three-phase, four wire

Type of Interconnection to Primary Distribution Line 3-phase or single phase, phaseto-phase Effectively-grounded 3 phase or single-phase, line-to-neutral

Result/Criteria Pass Screen Pass Screen

If the proposed generator is to be interconnected on a single-phase transformer shared secondary, the aggregate generation capacity on the shared secondary, including the proposed generator, will not exceed 20 kilovolt-ampere (“kVA”). If the proposed generator is single-phase and is to be interconnected on a center tap neutral of a 240 volt service, its addition will not create an imbalance between the two sides of the 240 volt service of more than 20% of nameplate rating of the service transformer. Note 7. The proposed Facility, in aggregate with other Facilities interconnected to the distribution low voltage side of the substation transformer feeding the distribution circuit where the Facility proposes to interconnect, will not exceed 10 MW in an area where there are known or posted transient stability limitations to generating units located in the general electrical vicinity (e.g., 3 or 4 transmission voltage level buses from the PCC).

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 23 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Table 1 - Time Frames (Note 1)

Review Process
Eligible Facilities

Simplified
Listed Small Inverter

Expedited
Listed DG

Standard
Any DG Renewable DG

Simplified Spot Network
Listed Inverter ≤ 15 kW single-phase (3 days) 10 days Site review 30/90 days (Note 2)

Acknowledge receipt of Application Review Application for completeness Complete Review of all screens Complete Supplemental Review (if needed) Complete Standard Process Initial Review Send Follow-on Studies Cost/Agreement Feasibility Study (if requested) Complete Impact Study or ISRDG (if requested) Complete Detailed Study (if requested) Send Executable Agreement (Note 3) Total Maximum Days (Note 4)

(3 days) 10 days 10 days n/a

(3 days) 10 days 25 days 20 days

(3 days) 10 days n/a n/a

(3 days) 10 days n/a n/a

n/a

20 days

n/a

5 days n/a

20 days if Feasibility Study not requested 5 days 30 calendar days The shorter of 55 days or 90 calendar days 30 days 15 days

n/a

n/a

n/a n/a Done n/a 10 days

55 days 30 days 15 days

n/a n/a Done (comparable to Simplified for radial)

15 days

40/ 60 days (Note 5)

125/150 days Varies depending on which studies (Note 6) are done (Note 6) By mutual agreement By mutual agreement

40/ 100 days

Notice/ Witness Test

< 1 day with 10 day notice or by mutual agreement

1-2 days with 10 day notice or by mutual agreement

1 day with 10- day notice or by mutual agreement

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 24 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Table 2 - Fee Schedules Simplified Expedited Standard
Any DG including Renewable DG not requesting a Feasibility Study or ISRDG
$3/kW, minimum $300, maximum $2,500 N/A Included in application fee (if applicable)

Simplified Spot Network

Listed Small Inverter

Listed DG

Renewable DG requesting a Feasibility Study or ISRDG

Listed Inverter ≤ 15 kW

Application Fee (covers Screens) Supplemental Review or Additional Review (if applicable) Standard Interconnection Initial Review

0 (Note 1) N/A

$3/kW, minimum $300, maximum $2,500 Up to 10 engineering hours at $125/hr ($1,250 maximum) (Note2) N/A

N/A

≤$3/kW $100, >3 kW $300 N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A
Residential : ≤25kW: $0 >25kW: $50

N/A

Feasibility Study

N/A

N/A

N/A

Non-residential: ≤100kW: $100 ≤250kW: $300 250kW–1MW: $1,000 >1MW: $2,500 Residential : ≤25kW: $0 >25kW: $100

N/A

Impact Study or ISRDG

N/A

N/A

Actual cost (Note 3)

Non-residential: ≤100kW: $500 ≤250kW: $1,000 250kW–1MW: $5,000 >1MW: $10,000 (Note 4) Actual cost (Note 3) Actual cost TBD Actual Cost

N/A

Detailed Study (if required) Facility Upgrades O&M (Note 6) Witness Test

N/A N/A (Note 5) N/A 0

N/A

Actual cost (Note 3) Actual cost TBD Actual Cost

N/A

Actual cost TBD Actual cost, up to $300 + travel time (Note 7)

N/A N/A 0 (Note 8)

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 25 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Explanatory Notes to Accompany Tables 1 and 2 Table 1 – Time Frames Note 1. All days listed apply to Company business days under normal work conditions unless otherwise noted. All numbers in this table assume a reasonable number of applicants under review. All timelines may be extended by mutual agreement. Any delays caused by Interconnecting Customer will interrupt the applicable clock. Moreover, if an Interconnecting Customer fails to act expeditiously to continue the interconnection process or delays the process by failing to provide necessary information within the longer of 15 days or half the time allotted to the Company to perform a given step, or as extended by mutual agreement, then the Company may terminate the application and the Interconnecting Customer must reapply. However, the Company will be required to retain the work previously performed in order to reduce the initial and Supplemental Review costs incurred for a period of no less than 1 year. The timelines in Table 1 will be affected if ISO-NE determines that a system impact study is required. This will occur if the Interconnecting Customer’s Facility is greater than 5 MW and may occur if the Interconnecting Customer’s Facility is greater than 1 MW. Note 2. 30 days if load is known or can be reasonably determined, 90 days if it has to be metered. Note 3. Company delivers an executable agreement form. Once the Interconnection Service Agreement is delivered by the Company, any further modification and timetable will be established by mutual agreement. Note 4. Actual totals laid out in columns exceed the maximum target. The Parties further agree that average days (fewer than maximum days) is a performance metric that will be tracked. Note 5. Shorter time applies to Expedited Process without Supplemental Review; longer time applies to Expedited Process with Supplemental Review. Note 6. 125 day maximum applies to an Interconnecting Customer opting to begin directly in Standard Process, and 150 days is for an Interconnecting Customer who goes through initial Expedited Process first. In both cases this assumes that both the Impact Study or ISRDG and Detailed Studies are needed. If the Detailed Study is not needed, the timelines will be shorter. Table 2 – Fee Schedules Note 1. If the Company determines that the Facility does not qualify for the Simplified Process, it will let the Interconnecting Customer know what the appropriate fee is.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 26 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Note 2. Supplemental Review and additional review are defined in Section 3.2. Note 3. This is the actual cost only attributable to the applicant. Any costs not expended from the application fee previously collected will go toward the costs of these studies. Note 4. To the extent that an ISRDG fee established under this section does not cover the reasonable cost of an ISRDG for a given non-residential project that commences operation, the balance of such costs shall be recovered from such applicant through billings after the project is online. The Company may, at its sole election, offset net metering credits or any standard contract payments until the full fee(s) is reimbursed, if it finds it administratively convenient to use that means of billing for the balance of the fee for a given project. Note 5. Not applicable except in certain rare cases where a System Modification would be needed. If so, the modifications are the Interconnecting Customer’s responsibility. Note 6. O & M is defined as the Company’s operations and maintenance carrying charges on the incremental costs associated with serving the Interconnecting Customer. Note 7. The fee will be based on actual cost up to $300 plus driving time, unless Company representatives are required to do additional work due to extraordinary circumstances or due to problems on the Interconnecting Customer’s side of the PCC (e.g., Company representative required to make two trips to the site), in which case Interconnecting Customer will cover the additional cost. Note 8. Unless extraordinary circumstances.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 27 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

4.0 Interconnection Requirements
4.1 General Design Considerations Interconnecting Customer shall design and construct the Facility in accordance with the applicable manufacturer’s recommended maintenance schedule, in compliance with all aspects of the Company’s Interconnection Tariff. Interconnecting Customer agrees to cause its Facility to be constructed in accordance with applicable specifications that meet or exceed those provided under this Section of the Interconnection Tariff. 4.1.1 Transient Voltage Conditions Because of unusual events in the Company's EPS, there will be transient voltage fluctuations, which will result in voltages exceeding the limits of the stated ranges. These transient voltage fluctuations, which generally last only a few milliseconds, arise due to EPS disturbances including, but not limited to, lightning strikes, clearing of faults, and other switching operations. The magnitude of transient voltage fluctuations varies with EPS configuration, grounding methods utilized, local short circuit availability, and other parameters, which vary from point-to-point and from time-to-time on the distribution EPS. The fluctuations may result in voltages exceeding the limits of the stated ranges and occur because of EPS disturbance, clearing of faults and other switching operations. These unavoidable transients are generally of too short duration and insufficient magnitude to have any adverse effects on general service applications. They may, however, cause malfunctions in equipment highly sensitive to voltage changes, and protective devices may operate to shut down such devices. The magnitude, duration and frequency of transient fluctuations will vary due to EPS configuration and/or circuit arrangement. In addition, disturbances of indeterminate magnitude and duration may occur on infrequent occasions due to short circuits, faults, and other unpredictable conditions. Transient voltages should be evaluated in the design of the Facility. 4.1.2 Noise and Harmonics The introduction of abnormal noise/harmonics can cause abnormal neutral current flow, and excessive heating of electrical equipment. Harmonics may also cause distortion in TV pictures, telephone interference, and malfunctions in digital equipment such as computers. The permissible level of harmonics is dependent upon the voltage level and short circuit ratio at a given location. IEEE Standard 1547-2003 provides these levels at the PCC. In requiring adherence to IEEE Standard 1547-2003 the Company is in no way making a recommendation regarding the level of harmonics that a given piece of equipment can tolerate nor is it making a recommendation as to the permissible level in the Interconnecting Customer's Facility. 4.1.3 Frequency The interconnected electric power system in North America, which is maintained at 60 hertz (“Hz”) frequency on its alternating current services, is subject to certain deviations. The

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 28 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

usual maximum instantaneous deviation from the standard 60 Hz is ±2/10 cycle (±0.33%), except on infrequent occasions when the deviation may reach ±1/10 cycle (±0.17%). The usual normal deviation is approximately ±1/20 cycle (±0.083%). These conditions are subject to occur at any time of the day or night and should be considered in the design of the Facility. All are measured on a 60 Hz base. 4.1.4 Voltage Level All electricity flow across the PCC shall be in the form of single-phase or three-phase 60 Hz alternating current at a voltage class determined by mutual agreement of the Parties. 4.1.5 Machine Reactive Capability Facilities less than 1 megawatt (“MW”) will not be required to provide reactive capability, except as may be provided by the retail rate schedule and Terms and Conditions for Distribution Services under which the Customer takes service. Facilities greater than or equal to 1 MW interconnected with the Company EPS shall be required to provide reactive capability to regulate and maintain EPS voltage at the PCC as per NEPOOL requirements. The Company and NEPOOL shall establish a scheduled range of voltages to be maintained by the Facility. The reactive capability requirements shall be reviewed as part of the Impact Study and Facilities Study. 4.2 Protection Requirements for New or Modified Facility Interconnections with the EPS 4.2.1 General Requirements Any Facility desiring to interconnect with the Company EPS or modify an existing interconnection must meet minimum specifications, where applicable, as set forth in the following documents and standards and requirements in this Section.
• IEEE Standard 1547-2003, “IEEE Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources

with Electric Power Systems.”

• UL Standard 1741, “Inverters, Converters and Charge Controllers for Use in

Independent Power Systems.” Photovoltaic (PV) Systems.”

• IEEE Standard 929-2000, “IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interface of

The specifications and requirements listed herein are intended to mitigate possible adverse impacts caused by the Facility on the Company’s equipment and personnel and on other Interconnecting Customers of the Company. They are not intended to address protection of the Facility itself or its internal load. It is the responsibility of the Facility to comply with the requirements of all appropriate standards, codes, statutes and authorities to protect itself and its loads.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 29 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

The Company shall not be responsible for the protection of the Facility. The Facility shall be responsible for protection of its system against possible damage resulting from parallel operation with the Company so long as the Company adheres to Good Utility Practice. If requested by the Interconnecting Customer, the Company will provide system protection information for the line terminal(s) directly related to the interconnection. This protection information contained herein is provided exclusively for use by the Interconnecting Customer to evaluate protection of its Facility during parallel operation. At its sole discretion, the Company may consider approving alternatives that satisfy the intent of the requirements contained in this Section. 4.2.2 Facility Classification To determine the protection requirements for a given Facility, the following Groups have been established: Group 1 2 Type of Interconnection Facilities Qualified for Simplified Interconnection All Facilities Not Qualified for Simplified Interconnection

4.2.3 Protection Requirements All Facilities must meet performance requirements set forth in relevant sections of IEEE Standard 1547-2003. The following italicized text is excerpted from IEEE Standard 1547-2003 and applies to Section 4.2.3 only. The numbering is also from IEEE Standard 1547-2003 and therefore is not in sequence with the Interconnection Tariff numbering. 4.1.1 Voltage regulation The DR [distributed resource] shall not actively regulate the voltage at the PCC [unless required by NEPOOL’s operating procedures]. The DR shall not cause the Area EPS service voltage at other Local EPSs to go outside the requirements of ANSI C84.1-1995, Range A. 4.1.2 Integration with Area EPS grounding The grounding scheme of the DR interconnection shall not cause overvoltages that exceed the rating of the equipment connected to the Area EPS and shall not disrupt the coordination of the ground fault protection on the Area EPS. 4.1.3 Synchronization The DR unit shall parallel with the Area EPS without causing a voltage fluctuation at the PCC greater than ± 5% of the prevailing voltage level of the Area EPS at the PCC, and meet the flicker requirements of 4.3.2.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 30 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

4.1.8.2 Surge withstand performance The interconnection system shall have the capability to withstand voltage and current surges in accordance with the environments defined in IEEE Std C62.41.2-2002 or IEEE C37.90.1-2002 as applicable. 4.2 Response to Area EPS abnormal conditions10 Abnormal conditions can arise on the Area EPS that require a response from the connected DR. This response contributes to the safety of utility maintenance personnel and the general public, as well as the avoidance of damage to connected equipment, including the DR. All voltage and frequency parameters specified in these subclauses shall be met at the PCC, unless otherwise stated. 4.2.1 Area EPS faults The DR unit shall cease to energize the Area EPS for faults on the Area EPS circuit to which it is connected. 4.2.2 Area EPS reclosing coordination The DR shall cease to energize the Area EPS circuit to which it is connected prior to reclosure by the Area EPS. 4.2.3 Voltage The protection functions of the interconnection system shall detect the effective (rms) or fundamental frequency value of each phase-to-phase voltage, except where the transformer connecting the Local EPS to the Area EPS is a grounded wye-wye configuration, or single phase installation,; the phase-to-neutral voltage shall be detected. When any voltage is in a range given in Table 1, the DR shall cease to energize the Area EPS within the clearing time as indicated. Clearing time is the time between the start of the abnormal condition and the DR ceasing to energize the Area EPS. For DR less than or equal to 30 kW in peak capacity, the voltage set points and clearing times shall be either fixed or field adjustable. For DR greater than 30 kW the voltage set points shall be field adjustable. The voltages shall be detected at either the PCC or the point of DR connection when any of the following conditions exist:
(a) The aggregate capacity of DR systems connected to a single

PCC is less than or equal to 30 kW, (b) the interconnection equipment is certified to pass a nonislanding test for the system to which it is to be connected, (c) the aggregate DR capacity is less than 50% of the total Local EPS minimum annual integrated electrical demand for a 15

The isolation of a portion of the Area EPS, presenting the potential for an unintended DR island, is a special concern and is addressed in 4.4.1. Setting adjustments may only be made as approved by the authority who has jurisdiction over the DR interconnection.

10

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 31 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

minute time period, and export of real or reactive power by the DR to the Area EPS is not permitted. Table 1 – Interconnection system response to abnormal voltages Voltage range(% of base voltagea) Clearing time (s)b V < 50 0.16 2.00 50 ≤ V < 88 110 < V <120 1.00 V ≥ 120 0.16 a Base voltages are the nominal system voltages stated in ANSI C84.1-1995, Table 1. b DR ≤ 30 kW, maximum clearing times; DR > 30 kW, default clearing times 4.2.4 Frequency When the system frequency is in a range given in Table 2, the DR shall cease to energize the Area EPS within the clearing time as indicated. Clearing time is the time between the start of the abnormal condition and the DR ceasing to energize the Area EPS. For DR less than or equal to 30 kW in peak capacity, the frequency set points and clearing times shall be either fixed or field adjustable. For DR greater than 30 kW, the frequency set points shall be field adjustable. Adjustable under-frequency trip settings shall be coordinated with Area EPS operations. Table 2 – Interconnection system response to abnormal frequencies DR size Frequency range (Hz) Clearing time (s)a > 60.5 0.16 ≤ 30 kW < 59.3 0.16 > 60.5 0.16 < {59.8 - 57.0} > 30 kW Adjustable 0.16 to 300 (adjustable setpoint) < 57.0 0.16 a DR ≤ 30 kW, maximum clearing times; DR > 30 kW, default clearing times 4.2.5 Loss of synchronism Loss of synchronism protection is not required except as necessary to meet 4.3.2. 4.2.6 Reconnection to Area EPS After an Area EPS disturbance, no DR reconnection shall take place until the Area EPS voltage is within Range B of ANSI C84.1-1995, Table 1, and frequency range of 59.3Hz to 60.5Hz. The DR interconnection system shall include an adjustable delay (or a fixed delay of five minutes) that may delay reconnection for up to five minutes after

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 32 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

the Area EPS steady-state voltage and frequency are restored to the ranges identified above. 4.3.1 Limitation of dc injection The DR and its interconnection system shall not inject dc current greater than 0.5% of the full rated output current at the point of DR connection. 4.3.2 Limitation of flicker induced by the DR The DR shall not create objectionable flicker for other customers on the Area EPS.11 4.3.3 Harmonics When the DR is serving balanced linear loads, harmonic current injection into the Area EPS at the PCC shall not exceed the limits stated below in Table 3. The harmonic current injections shall be exclusive of any harmonic currents due to harmonic voltage distortion present in the Area EPS without the DR connected. Table 3 – Maximum harmonic current distortion in percent of current (I)a Individual Total harmonic 23 ≤ h < Demand h < 11 11 ≤ h < 17 17 ≤ h < 23 35 ≤ h 35 Distortion order h (odd harmonics)b (TDD) Percent (%) 4.0 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.3 5.0 a I = the greater of the Local EPS maximum load current integrated demand (15 or 30 minutes) without the DR unit, or the DR unit rated current capacity (transformed to the PCC when a transformer exists between the DR unit and the PCC). b Even harmonics are limited to 25% of the odd harmonic limits above.

Flicker is considered objectionable when it either causes a modulation of the light level of lamps sufficient to be irritating to humans, or causes equipment misoperation. For guidance, refer to IEEE Std 519TM-1992, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems; IEEE P1453 TM, Draft Recommended Practice for Measurement and Limits of Voltage Flicker on AC Power Systems; International Electrotechnical Commission IEC/TR3 61000-3-7Assessment of Emission Limits for Fluctuating Loads in MV and HV Power Systems, IEC 61000-4-15 Flickermeter - Functional and Design Specifications, IEC 61400-21 IEC 61400-21, Wind Turbine Generator Systems - Part 21: Measurement and assessment of power quality characteristics of grid connected wind turbines - Ed. 1.0 (2000-12).

11

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 33 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

4.4.1 Unintentional islanding For an unintentional island in which the DR energizes a portion of the Area EPS through the PCC, the DR interconnection system shall detect the island and cease to energize the Area EPS within two seconds of the formation of an island.12 4.2.3.1 Group 1 Facilities
a.

The inverter-based Facility shall be considered Listed if it meets requirements set forth in Section 3.1 “Simplified Process”. External Disconnect Switch: For Listed inverters, the Company may require an external disconnect switch (or comparable device by mutual agreement of the Parties) at the PCC with the Company or at another mutually agreeable point that is accessible to Company personnel at all times and that can be opened for isolation if the switch is required. The switch shall be gang operated, have a visible break when open, be rated to interrupt the maximum generator output and be capable of being locked open, tagged and grounded on the Company side by Company personnel. The visible break requirement can be met by opening the enclosure to observe the contact separation. The Company shall have the right to open this disconnect switch in accordance with this Interconnection Tariff.

b.

4.2.3.2 Group 2 Facilities 4.2.3.2.1 General Requirements
a.

Non Export Power: If the Parties mutually agree that non-export functionality will be part of the interconnection protection equipment then it will include one of the following: (1) a reverse power relay with mutually agreed upon delay intervals, or (2) a minimum power function with mutually agreed upon delay intervals, or (3) other mutually agreeable approaches, for example, a comparison of nameplate rating versus certified minimum Customer premises load. The ISO-NE is responsible for assuring compliance with NPCC criteria. For the interconnection of some larger units, the NPCC criteria may additionally require: NPCC Protective Relaying Requirements: The Company may require the Facility to be equipped with two independent, redundant relaying systems in accordance

b.

12

Some examples by which this requirement may be met are: 1. The DR aggregate capacity is less than one-third of the minimum load of the Local EPS. 2. The DR is Listed to pass an applicable non-islanding test. 3. The DR installation contains reverse or minimum power flow protection, sensed between the Point of DR Connection and the PCC, which will disconnect or isolate the DR if power flow from the Area EPS to the Local EPS reverses or falls below a set threshold. 4. The DR contains other non-islanding means such as a) forced frequency or voltage shifting, b) transfer trip, or c) governor and excitation controls that maintain constant power and constant power factor.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 34 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

with NPCC criteria, where applicable, for the protection of the bulk power system if the interconnection is to the bulk power system or if it is determined that delayed clearing of faults within the Facility adversely affects the bulk power system. NPCC Requirements: During system conditions where local area load exceeds system generation, NPCC Emergency Operation Criteria requires a program of phased automatic under frequency load shedding of up to 25% of area load to assist in arresting frequency decay and to minimize the possibility of system collapse. Depending on the point of connection of the Facility to the Company’s EPS and in conformance with the NPCC Emergency Operating Criteria, the Facility may be required to remain connected to the EPS during the frequency decline to allow the objectives of the automatic load shedding program to be achieved, or to otherwise provide compensatory load reduction, equivalent to the Facility’s generation lost to the system, if the Interconnecting Customer elects to disconnect the Facility at a higher under-frequency set point.
c.

Disconnect Switch: The Facility shall provide a disconnect switch (or comparable device mutually agreed upon by the Parties) at the point of Facility interconnection that can be opened for isolation. The switch shall be in a location easily accessible to Company personnel at all times. The switch shall be gang operated, have a visible break when open, be rated to interrupt the maximum generator output and be capable of being locked open, tagged and grounded on the Company side by Company personnel. The visible break requirement can be met by opening the enclosure to observe the contact separation. The Company shall exercise such right in accordance with Section 7.0 of this Interconnection Tariff. Transfer Tripping: A direct transfer tripping system, if one is required by either the Interconnecting Customer or by the Company, shall use equipment generally accepted for use by the Company and shall, at the option of the Company, use dual channels.

d.

4.2.3.2.2 Requirements for Induction and Synchronous Generator Facilities
a.

Interconnection Interrupting Device: An interconnection Interrupting Device such as a circuit breaker shall be installed to isolate the Facility from the Company’s EPS. If there is more than one Interrupting Device, this requirement applies to each one individually. The Interconnection Interrupting Device must be capable of interrupting the current produced when the Facility is connected out of phase with the Company's EPS, consistent with Section 4.1.8.3 of IEEE Standard 1547-2003 which states, “the interconnection system paralleling-device shall be capable of withstanding 220% of the interconnection system rated voltage.” Synchronizing Devices: The Interconnecting Customer shall designate one or more Synchronizing Devices such as motorized breakers, contactor/breaker combinations, or a fused contactor (if mutually agreeable) to be used to connect the Facility’s generator to the Company’s EPS. This Synchronizing Device could be a device other than the interconnection Interrupting Device. The Synchronizing Device must be capable of interrupting the current produced when the Facility is connected out of

b.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 35 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

phase with the Company's EPS, consistent with Section 4.1.8.3 of IEEE Standard 1547-2003 which states, “the interconnection system paralleling-device shall be capable of withstanding 220% of the interconnection system rated voltage.”
c.

Transformers: The Company reserves the right to specify the winding connections for the transformer between the Company’s voltage and the Facility’s voltage (“StepUp Transformer”) as well as whether it is to be grounded or ungrounded at the Company's voltage. In the event that the transformer winding connection is grounded-wye/grounded-wye the Company reserves the right to specify whether the generator stator is to be grounded or not grounded. The Interconnecting Customer shall be responsible for procuring equipment with a level of insulation and faultwithstand capability compatible with the specified grounding method. Voltage relays: Voltage relays shall be frequency compensated to provide a uniform response in the range of 40 to 70 Hz. Protective Relaying Redundancy: For induction generators greater than 1/15 of onsite minimum verifiable load that is not equipped with on-site capacitors or that is greater than 200 kW, and for all synchronous generators, protective relays utilized by the Facility shall be sufficiently redundant and functionally separate so as to provide adequate protection, consistent with Company practices and standards, upon the failure of any one component. Protective Relay Hard-Wire Requirement: Unless authorized otherwise by the Company, protective relays must be hardwired to the device they are tripping. Further, interposing computer or programmable logic controller or the like is not permitted in the trip chain between the relay and the device being tripped. Protective Relay Supply: Where protective relays are required in this Section, their control circuits shall be DC powered from a battery/charger system or a UPS. Solidstate relays shall be self-powered, or DC powered from a battery/charger system or a UPS. If the Facility uses a Company-acceptable non-latching interconnection contactor, AC powered relaying shall be allowed provided the relay and its method of application are fail safe, meaning that if the relay fails or if the voltage and/or frequency of its AC power source deviate from the relay’s design requirements for power, the relay or a separate fail-safe power monitoring relay acceptable to the Company will immediately trip the generator by opening the coil circuit of the interconnection contactor. Current Transformers (“CT”): CT ratios and accuracy classes shall be chosen such that secondary current is less than 100 amperes and transformation errors are consistent with Company practices. CTs used for revenue class metering must have a secondary current of 20 amperes or less. Voltage Transformers (“VT”)s and Connections: The Facility shall be equipped with a direct voltage connection or a VT, connected to the Company side of the Interrupting Device. The voltage from this VT shall be used in an interlock scheme, if required by the Company. For three-phase applications, a VT for each phase is

d.

e.

f.

g.

h.

i.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 36 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

required. All three phases must be sensed either by three individual relays or by one relay that contains three elements. If the voltage on any of the three phases is outside the bounds specified by the Company the unit shall be tripped. If the Facility’s StepUp Transformer is ungrounded at the Company voltage, this VT shall be a single three-phase device or three single-phase devices connected from each phase to ground on the Company’s side of the Facility’s Step-Up Transformer, rated for phaseto-phase voltage and provided with two secondary windings. One winding shall be connected in open delta, have a loading resistor to prevent ferroresonance, and be used for the relay specified in these requirements. 4.2.3.2.3 Additional Requirements for Induction Generator Facilities
a.

Self-Excitation: A Facility using induction generators connected in the vicinity of capacitance sufficient to self-excite the generator(s) shall meet the requirements for synchronous machines. The capacitors that enable self-excitation may actually be external to the Facility. The Company will not restrict its existing or future application of capacitors on its lines nor restrict their use by other Interconnecting Customers of the Company to accommodate a Facility with induction machines. If self-excitation becomes possible due to the installation of or presence of capacitance, the protection requirements of the Facility may need to be reviewed and revised, if applicable. The Facility may be required to install capacitors to limit the adverse effects of drawing reactive power from the EPS for excitation of the generator. Capacitors for supply of reactive power at or near the induction generator with a kilovolts-ampere reactive (“kVAr”) rating greater than 30% of the generator's kW rating may cause the generator to become self-excited. (If self-excitation can occur, the Facility shall be required to provide protection as specified in synchronous machines requirements.)

4.2.3.2.4 Additional Requirements for Synchronous Generator Facilities
a.

Ungrounded Transformers: If the Facility’s Step-Up Transformer connection is ungrounded, the Facility shall be equipped with a zero sequence over-voltage relay fed from the open delta of the three-phase VT specified in the Voltage Transformers and Connections Section 4.2.3.2.2.i. High-Speed Protection: The Facility may be required to use high-speed protection if time-delayed protection would result in degradation in the existing sensitivity or speed of the protection systems on the Company’s EPS. Breaker Failure Protection: The Facility may be required to be equipped to provide local breaker failure protection which may include direct transfer tripping to the Company's line terminal(s) in order to detect and clear faults within the Facility that cannot be detected by the Company's back-up protection. Communications Channels: The Interconnecting Customer is responsible for procuring any communications channels necessary between the Facility and the Company’s stations, and for providing protection from transients and over-voltages at

b.

c.

d.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 37 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

all ends of these communication channels. The Interconnecting Customer will also bear the ongoing cost to lease these communication channels. Examples include, but are not limited to, connection to a line using high-speed protection, transfer tripping, generators located in areas with low-fault currents, or back up for generator breaker failure. 4.2.4 Protection System Testing and Maintenance The Company shall have the right to witness the commissioning testing as defined in IEEE Standard 1547-2003 at the completion of construction and to receive a copy of all test data. The Facility shall be equipped with whatever equipment is required to perform this test. Testing typically includes, but is not limited to: • CT and CT circuit polarity, ratio, insulation, excitation, continuity and burden tests, • VT and VT circuit polarity, ratio, insulation and continuity tests, • Relay pick-up and time delay tests, • Functional breaker trip tests from protective relays, • Relay in-service test to check for proper phase rotation and magnitudes of applied currents and voltages, • Breaker closing interlock tests, and • Paralleling and disconnection operation. Prior to final approval by the Company or anytime thereafter, the Company reserves the right to test the generator relaying and control related to the protection of the Company's EPS. The Interconnecting Customer has the full responsibility for the proper periodic maintenance of its generating equipment and its associated control, protective equipment and interrupting devices. The Interconnecting Customer is responsible for the periodic maintenance of those relays, interrupting devices, control schemes, and batteries that involve the protection of the Company's EPS. A periodic maintenance program, mutually agreeable to both the Company and to the Interconnecting Customer is to be established in each case. The Company shall have the right to monitor the periodic maintenance performed. For relays installed in accordance with the NPCC Criteria for the Protection of the Bulk Power System, maintenance intervals shall be in accordance with such criteria. The results of these tests shall be summarized by the Interconnecting Customer and reported in writing to the Company. The Company reserves the right to install special test equipment as may be required to monitor the operation of the Facility and its control or for evaluating the quality of power produced by the Facility at a mutually agreed upon location. The cost of this testing will be borne by the Company unless there is shown to be a problem associated with the Facility or if the test was performed at the request of the Interconnecting Customer.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 38 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Each routine check shall include both a calibration check and an actual trip of the circuit breaker or contactor from the device being tested. Visually setting a calibration dial, index or tap is not considered an adequate calibration check. Inverters with field adjustable settings for their internal protective elements shall be periodically tested if those internal elements are being used by the Facility to satisfy the requirements of this Section. 4.2.5 Protection Requirements – Momentary Paralleling of Standby Generators Protective relays to isolate the Facility for faults in the Company EPS are not required if the paralleling operation is automatic and takes place for less than one-half of a second. An Interrupting Device with a half-second timer (30 cycles) is required as a fail-safe mechanism. Parallel operation of the Facility with the Company EPS shall be prevented when the Company's line is dead or out of phase with the Facility. The control scheme for automatic paralleling must be submitted by the Interconnecting Customer for review and acceptance by the Company prior to the Facility being allowed to interconnect with the Company EPS. 4.2.6 Protection System Changes The Interconnecting Customer must provide the Company with reasonable advance notice of any proposed changes to be made to the protective relay system, relay settings, operating procedures or equipment that affect the interconnection. The Company will determine if such proposed changes require re-acceptance of the interconnection per the requirements of this Section. In the future, should the Company implement changes to the EPS to which the Facility is interconnected, the Interconnecting Customer will be responsible at its own expense for identifying and incorporating any necessary changes to its protection equipment. These changes to the Facility’s protection equipment are subject to review and approval by the Company.

5.0 Responsibility for Costs of Interconnecting a Facility
5.1 Review and Study Costs The Interconnecting Customer shall be responsible for the reasonably incurred costs of the review by the Company and any interconnection studies conducted as defined by Table 2 (“Fee Schedules”) of Section 3.0 of this Interconnection Tariff solely to determine the requirements of interconnecting a Facility with the Company EPS.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 39 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

5.2 Interconnection Equipment Costs The Interconnecting Customer shall be responsible for all costs associated with the installation and construction of the Facility and associated interconnection equipment on the Interconnecting Customer’s side of the PCC. 5.3 System Modification Costs The Interconnecting Customer shall also be responsible for all costs reasonably incurred by Company attributable to the proposed interconnection project in designing, constructing, operating and maintaining the System Modifications. At the time that the Company provides an Interconnecting Customer with any Impact Study or Detailed Study, the Company shall also provide, along with that Study, a statement of the Company's policies on collection of tax gross-ups. To the extent that Company Terms and Conditions and/or tariffs allow, the Company will refund the appropriate portion of System Modification costs to the Interconnecting Customer as required by the applicable tariff. 5.4 Separation of Costs Should the Company combine the installation of System Modifications with additions to the Company’s EPS to serve other customers or interconnecting customers, the Company shall not include the costs of such separate or incremental facilities in the amounts billed to the Interconnecting Customer for the System Modifications required pursuant to this Interconnection Tariff. The Interconnecting Customer shall only pay for that portion of the interconnection costs resulting solely from the System Modifications required to allow for safe, reliable parallel operation of the Facility with the Company EPS. 5.5 Normal Payment Procedure All application, study fees and System Modification costs (except as noted below) are due in full prior to the execution of the work as outlined in this Interconnection Tariff. If the anticipated costs exceed $25,000 the Interconnecting Customer is eligible for a payment plan, including a payment and construction schedule with milestones for both parties. At the request of the Interconnecting Customer, the Company will break the costs into phases in which the costs will be collected prior to Company expenditures for each phase of the study and/or construction including ordering equipment. The payment plan will be attached as an exhibit to the Interconnection Service Agreement or relevant study agreements. 5.6 Security and Creditworthiness In order for the Company to agree to any payment plan where some work may be performed in advance of payment, the Company may require the Interconnecting Customer to provide evidence of creditworthiness. In the event that Interconnecting Customer cannot provide such evidence to the satisfaction of the Company, then the Company may require the Interconnecting Customer to provide sufficient security in order to take advantage of a payment plan. Interconnecting Customer acknowledges that it will be responsible for the

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 40 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

actual costs of the System Modifications described in the attached exhibit to the Interconnection Service Agreement, whether greater or lesser than the amount of the payment security provided under this section.

6.0 Operating Requirements
6.1 General Operating Requirements Interconnecting Customer shall operate and maintain the Facility in accordance with the applicable manufacturer’s recommended maintenance schedule, in compliance with all aspects of the Company’s Interconnection Tariff. The Interconnecting Customer will continue to comply with all applicable laws and requirements after interconnection has occurred. In the event the Company has reason to believe that the Interconnecting Customer’s installation may be the source of problems on the Company EPS, the Company has the right to install monitoring equipment at a mutually agreed upon location to determine the source of the problems. If the Facility is determined to be the source of the problems, the Company may require disconnection as outlined in Section 7.0 of this Interconnection Tariff. The cost of this testing will be borne by the Company unless the Company demonstrates that the problem or problems are caused by the Facility or if the test was performed at the request of the Interconnecting Customer. 6.2 No Adverse Effects; Non-interference Company shall notify Interconnecting Customer if there is evidence that the operation of the Facility could cause disruption or deterioration of service to other Customers served from the same Company EPS or if operation of the Facility could cause damage to Company EPS or Affected Systems. The deterioration of service could be, but is not limited to, harmonic injection in excess of IEEE Standard 1547-2003, as well as voltage fluctuations caused by large step changes in loading at the Facility. Each Party will notify the other of any emergency or hazardous condition or occurrence with its equipment or facilities which could affect safe operation of the other Party’s equipment or facilities. Each Party shall use reasonable efforts to provide the other Party with advance notice of such conditions. The Company will operate the EPS in such a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Facility. The Interconnecting Customer will protect itself from normal disturbances propagating through the Company EPS, and such normal disturbances shall not constitute unreasonable interference unless the Company has deviated from Good Utility Practice. Examples of such disturbances could be, but are not limited to, single-phasing events, voltage sags from remote faults on the Company EPS, and outages on the Company EPS. If the Interconnecting Customer demonstrates that the Company EPS is adversely affecting the operation of the Facility and if the adverse effect is a result of a Company deviation from Good Utility Practice, the Company shall take appropriate action to eliminate the adverse effect.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 41 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

6.3 Safe Operations and Maintenance Each Party shall operate, maintain, repair, and inspect, and shall be fully responsible for, the facility or facilities that it now or hereafter may own unless otherwise specified in this Agreement. Each Party shall be responsible for the maintenance, repair and condition of its respective lines and appurtenances on their respective side of the PCC. The Company and the Interconnecting Customer shall each provide equipment on its respective side of the PCC that adequately protects the Company’s EPS, personnel, and other persons from damage and injury. 6.4 Access The Company shall have access to the disconnect switch of the Facility at all times. 6.4.1 Company and Interconnecting Customer Representatives Each Party shall provide and update as necessary the telephone number that can be used at all times to allow either Party to report an emergency. 6.4.2 Company Right to Access Company-Owned Facilities and Equipment If necessary for the purposes of this Interconnection Tariff and in the manner it describes, the Interconnecting Customer shall allow the Company access to the Company’s equipment and the Company’s facilities located on the Interconnecting Customer’s or Customer’s premises. To the extent that the Interconnecting Customer does not own all or any part of the property on which the Company is required to locate its equipment or facilities to serve the Interconnecting Customer under this Interconnection Tariff, the Interconnecting Customer shall secure and provide in favor of the Company the necessary rights to obtain access to such equipment or facilities, including easements if the circumstances so require. 6.4.3 Right to Review Information The Company shall have the right to review and obtain copies of Interconnecting Customer’s operations and maintenance records, logs, or other information such as, unit availability, maintenance outages, circuit breaker operation requiring manual reset, relay targets and unusual events pertaining to Interconnecting Customer’s Facility or its interconnection with the Company EPS. This information will be treated as customer-confidential and only used for the purposes of meeting the requirements of Section 4.2.4.

7.0 Disconnection
7.1 Temporary Disconnection
a.

Emergency Conditions. Company shall have the right to immediately and temporarily disconnect the Facility without prior notification in cases where, in the reasonable judgment of Company, continuance of such service to Interconnecting

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 42 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Customer is imminently likely to (i) endanger persons or damage property or (ii) cause a material adverse effect on the integrity or security of, or damage to, Company EPS or to the electric systems of others to which the Company EPS is directly connected. Company shall notify Interconnecting Customer promptly of the emergency condition. Interconnecting Customer shall notify Company promptly when it becomes aware of an emergency condition that affects the Facility that may reasonably be expected to affect the Company EPS. To the extent information is known, the notification shall describe the emergency condition, the extent of the damage or deficiency, or the expected effect on the operation of both Parties’ facilities and operations, its anticipated duration and the necessary corrective action.
b. Routine Maintenance, Construction and Repair. Company shall have the right to

disconnect the Facility from the Company EPS when necessary for routine maintenance, construction and repairs on the Company EPS. The Company shall provide the Interconnecting Customer with a minimum of seven calendar days planned outage notification consistent with the Company’s planned outage notification protocols. If the Interconnecting Customer requests disconnection by the Company at the PCC, the Interconnecting Customer will provide a minimum of seven days notice to the Company. Any additional notification requirements will be specified by mutual agreement in the Interconnection Service Agreement. Company shall make an effort to schedule such curtailment or temporary disconnection with Interconnecting Customer.
c.

Forced Outages. During any forced outage, Company shall have the right to suspend interconnection service to effect immediate repairs on the Company EPS; provided, however, Company shall use reasonable efforts to provide the Interconnecting Customer with prior notice. Where circumstances do not permit such prior notice to Interconnecting Customer, Company may interrupt Interconnection Service and disconnect the Facility from the Company EPS without such notice. Non-Emergency Adverse Operating Effects. The Company may disconnect the Facility if the Facility is having an adverse operating effect on the Company EPS or other customers that is not an emergency, and the Interconnecting Customer fails to correct such adverse operating effect after written notice has been provided and a maximum of 45 days to correct such adverse operating effect has elapsed. Modification of the Facility. Company shall notify Interconnecting Customer if there is evidence of a material modification to the Facility and shall have the right to immediately suspend interconnection service in cases where such material modification has been implemented without prior written authorization from the Company. Re-connection. Any curtailment, reduction or disconnection shall continue only for so long as reasonably necessary. The Interconnecting Customer and the Company shall cooperate with each other to restore the Facility and the Company EPS, respectively, to their normal operating state as soon as reasonably practicable following the cessation or remedy of the event that led to the temporary disconnection.

d.

e.

f.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 43 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

7.2 Permanent Disconnection The Interconnecting Customer has the right to permanently disconnect at any time with 30 days written notice to the Company. The Company may permanently disconnect the Facility upon termination of the Interconnection Service Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof.

8.0 Metering, Monitoring, and Communication
This Section sets forth the rules, procedures and requirements for metering, monitoring and communication between the Facility and the Company EPS where the Facility exports power or is net metered or is otherwise subject to NEPOOL requirements. Interconnecting Customer will be responsible for reasonable and necessary costs incurred by Company for the purchase, installation, operation, maintenance, testing, repair and replacement of metering and data acquisition equipment specified in the Attachments to the Interconnection Service Agreement. Interconnecting Customer’s metering (and data acquisition, as required) equipment shall conform to rules and applicable operating requirements. 8.1 Metering, Related Equipment and Billing Options The Company shall furnish, read and maintain all revenue metering equipment. The Interconnecting Customer shall furnish and maintain all meter mounting equipment such as or including meter sockets, test switches, conduits, and enclosures. The Company shall own the meter and the Interconnecting Customer shall pay to the Company a monthly charge to cover taxes, meter maintenance, incremental reading and billing costs, the allowable return on the invoice cost of the meter and the depreciation of the meter. These charges are set forth in the applicable Company tariff(s), as amended from time to time. Metering requirements and associated charges for Qualifying Facilities and On-Site Generating Facilities are set forth in the applicable Company tariff(s), as amended from time to time. The Interconnecting Customer shall provide suitable space within the Facility for installation of the metering, and communication equipment at no cost to the Company. All metering equipment installed pursuant to this Interconnection Tariff and associated with the Facility shall be routinely tested by the Company at Interconnecting Customer's expense, in accordance with applicable Company and/or ISO-NE criteria, rules and standards. If, at any time, any metering equipment is found to be inaccurate by a margin greater than that allowed under applicable criteria, rules and standards, the Company shall cause such metering equipment to be made accurate or replaced. The cost to repair or replace the meter shall be borne by the Customer. Meter readings for the period of inaccuracy shall be adjusted so far as the same can be reasonably ascertained; provided, however, no adjustment prior to the beginning of the preceding month shall be made except by agreement of the Parties. Each Party shall comply with any reasonable request of the other concerning the sealing of meters, the presence of a representative of the other Party when the seals are broken and the

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 44 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

tests are made, and other matters affecting the accuracy of the measurement of electricity delivered from the Facility. If either Party believes that there has been a meter failure or stoppage, it shall immediately notify the other. If the Metering Point and the Point of Receipt or Point of Delivery are not at the same location, the metering equipment shall record delivery of electricity in a manner that accounts for losses occurring between the Metering Point and the Point of Receipt or Point of Delivery. Losses between the Metering Point and Point of Receipt will be reflected pursuant to applicable Company, NEPOOL or ISO-NE criteria, rules or standards. The type of metering equipment to be installed at a Facility is dependent on the (size) of the Facility and how and if the Facility plans to export power or net meter. For those that will export power or net meter, the available equipment options and associated requirements are:

Net Metering – For Facilities described in the Company’s Net Metering Provision, the Facilities will be equipped with net metering in which metering equivalent to or replicating that of a standard distribution class meter is installed and is enabled to run in a normal direction during periods of net consumption and to run backwards during periods of net generator output. All metering equipment included in this type of installation, including self-contained meters and instrument transformers and meters, shall meet ANSI C12.1 Metering Accuracy Standards and ANSI C57.13 accuracy requirements for instrument transformers. For net-metered units over 60 kWs, remote access will be required. The Interconnecting Customer shall be responsible for providing all necessary leased or wireless telephone lines and any necessary protection for leased lines to remotely access these meters. In the event a wireless meter is requested, and the request is granted by the Company, the Interconnecting Customer will be responsible for all wireless communication charges paid on behalf of the Interconnecting Customer by the Company. Non-net metered units under 60 kWs: Bi-directional, non-interval meter without remote access – in which a distribution class meter with import and export capabilities is installed. Import capabilities will record energy flows from the Company to the Facility during periods when the Facility is a net consumer of energy (the export function will record no flow during these periods) and an export capabilities will record energy flows from the Facility to the Company during periods when the Facility is a net producer of energy (the import function will record no flow during these periods). The import and export capabilities will record total flows only and will not record flows during specific intervals. All metering equipment included in this type of installation, including self-contained meters and instrument transformers and meters, shall meet ANSI C12.1 Metering Accuracy Standards and ANSI C57.13 accuracy requirements for instrument transformers. Non-net metered units over 60 kWs: Bi-directional, interval meter with remote access – in which a distribution class meter with import and export capabilities is installed. Import capabilities will record energy flows from the Company to the Facility during periods when the Facility is a net consumer of energy (the export function will record no flow during these periods) and an export capabilities will record energy flows from the Facility to the Company during periods when the

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 45 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Facility is a net producer of energy (the import function will record no flow during these periods). The import and export capabilities will record total flows as well as flows during hourly intervals. In addition, the meters will be equipped with remote access capability that may include communication to the extent required by applicable NEPOOL standards. All metering equipment included in this type of installation shall meet the requirements contained in NEPOOL Operating Procedure No. 18, “Metering and Telemetering Criteria” and the Company’s “Policy and Practices for Metering and Telemetering Requirements for New or Modified Interconnections.” Copies of both publications are available from the Company upon request. The Interconnecting Customer shall be responsible for providing all necessary leased or wired telephone lines and any necessary protection for leased lines and shall furthermore be responsible for all communication required by ISO-NE, or by ISO-NE’s designated satellite. The Interconnecting Customer shall maintain all communication and transducer equipment at the Facility in accordance with ISO-NE criteria, rules and standards. Units over 5 MW: Facilities which are 5 MW or greater are required by NEPOOL Operating Procedure No. 18 to provide communication equipment and to supply accurate and reliable information to system operators regarding metered values for MW, MVAR, volt, amp, frequency, breaker status and all other information deemed necessary by ISO-NE and the NEPOOL Satellite (REMVEC). 8.2 Additional Monitoring and Communication Requirements As the amount of distributed generation on the Company EPS grows significantly, additional monitoring and communication may be required by the Commission pursuant to a future proceeding.

9.0 Dispute Resolution Process
The Dispute Resolution Process is a multi-stage process described below, beginning with negotiation, then mediation, followed by non-binding arbitration and then adjudication. All days in this Section are calendar days. 9.1 Good Faith Negotiation
a.

One party submits a request in writing to the other party for initiation of Step 9.1 of the Dispute Resolution Process. The Parties will elevate the dispute to a Vice President or senior management with sufficient authority to make a decision. If, after 8 days, the dispute is still not resolved, one or both Parties may initiate Section 9.2.a

b.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 46 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

9.2 Mediation/Non-binding Arbitration
a.

One party to the dispute requests dispute resolution assistance by submitting a written request to the Commission, with a summary of the situation. The other party may also submit a summary. The Parties will meet with a Commission hearing officer or other Commission staff person within 14 days to convene the Dispute Resolution Process. During that meeting, the Commission staff person may assist the Parties in attempting to resolve outstanding differences. If the differences are not resolved in Step 9.2.b, the Commission will provide a list of qualified neutrals and manage the selection of individual neutrals for the case. The Commission will use a list of pre-qualified neutrals maintained at the Commission and, the Parties will select a mutually agreeable mediator pursuant to a reverse-strikeout process1 or another mutually-agreeable method. If either party requests a technical expert, both a mediator and a technical expert will be selected, and the technical expert will be selected using the same strike out process or another mutually-agreeable method as that used for selection of the mediator. Parties will complete the neutral selection process with the Commission within seven days. This timetable will only be possible if the Commission has, during the initial 14 days, identified mediators and technical experts who have the time available to assist the Parties in a timely manner. The Commission will arrange for the selected mediator to contact Parties. The Parties will contract with neutrals for services, splitting the fees 50/50. The mediator begins by discussing the case with the disputing Parties to assess the scope of issues and understand the Parties’ positions and interests. The mediator and Parties will establish a schedule for completion of mediation within 30 days. Ten days after the 30-day time period begins, the Commission will issue a public notice of the proceeding and will schedule a pre-hearing conference for Section 9.3. The mediator will assist the Parties in developing a scope of work for the technical expert if one is needed. The mediator will also assist the Parties in estimating the Dispute Resolution Process costs and addressing any concerns about those costs. Mediation meeting or meetings are held. If the Parties reach agreement, the Dispute Resolution Process ends here.

b.

c.

d.

e. f. g.

h. i.

1

A “reverse strike out process” involves each party eliminating the least desirable mediator until one is left standing.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 47 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
j.

If the Parties do not reach a mediated agreement, the neutral(s) will issue a brief recommended solution or decision. If the Parties accept the neutral’s recommendation, the Dispute Resolution Process ends here. If one or both Parties do not accept the neutral recommendation and there is still no agreement, the dispute proceeds to Step 9.3.

k.

l.

9.3 Commission Adjudicatory Hearing The goal of this Step is an adjudicatory hearing at the Commission, with witnesses, evidence, etc. that results in a binding precedential decision, appealable to the Rhode Island Supreme Court.
a.

In the event a party does not accept the recommendation in Step 9.2, it may request, in writing, a Commission adjudication. The Commission holds a pre-hearing conference for which notice has been provided in accordance with Section 9.2.g. The Parties, to the extent desirable and feasible, exchange information and establish an expedited schedule during the pre-hearing conference. The Commission and the Parties engage in pre-hearing discovery, as needed in the specific case, building on the information developed in Step 9.2, including the mediator’s recommendation. The Commission conducts a hearing. The Parties file briefs, if one or both desire to do so or the Commission requests they do so. The Parties and the Commission will complete Step 9.3.b through 9.3.e in 90 days. The Commission issues its order within 20 days. If it is unable to do so, it will notify the Parties and provide a revised decision date.

b.

c.

d. e.

f.

The Commission will appoint a hearing officer or other Commission staff person familiar with the DG interconnection process in Rhode Island to oversee the selection of private neutrals and otherwise serve as a resource for DG cases.

10.0 Insurance Requirements
10.1 General Liability 10.1(a) In connection with Interconnecting Customer’s performance of its duties and obligations under the Interconnection Service Agreement, Interconnecting

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 48 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Customer shall maintain, during the term of the Agreement, general liability insurance with a combined single limit of not less than: i. Five million dollars ($5,000,000) for each occurrence and in the aggregate if the Gross Nameplate Rating of Interconnecting Customer’s Facility is greater than five (5) MW; ii. Two million dollars ($2,000,000) for each occurrence and five million dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate if the Gross Nameplate Rating of Interconnecting Customer’s Facility is greater than one (1) MW and less than or equal to five (5) MW; iii. One million dollars ($1,000,000) for each occurrence and in the aggregate if the Gross Nameplate Rating of Interconnecting Customer’s Facility is greater than one hundred (100) kW and less than or equal to one (1) MW; iv. Five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) for each occurrence and in the aggregate if the Gross Nameplate Rating of Interconnecting Customer’s Facility is greater than ten (10) kW and less than or equal to one hundred (100) kW, except for eligible net metered customers which are exempt from insurance requirements. 10.1(b) No insurance is required for a Facility with a Gross Nameplate Rating less than or equal to 50 kW that is eligible for net metering. However, the Company recommends that the Interconnecting Customer obtain adequate insurance to cover potential liabilities. Any combination of General Liability and Umbrella/Excess Liability policy limits can be used to satisfy the limit requirements stated above. The general liability insurance required to be purchased in this Section may be purchased for the direct benefit of the Company and shall respond to third party claims asserted against the Company (hereinafter known as “Owners Protective Liability”). Should this option be chosen, the requirement of Section 10.2(a) will not apply but the Owners Protective Liability policy will be purchased for the direct benefit of the Company and the Company will be designated as the primary and “Named Insured” under the policy. The insurance hereunder is intended to provide coverage for the Company solely with respect to claims made by third parties against the Company. In the event the State of Rhode Island and the Providence Plantations, or any other governmental subdivision thereof subject to the claims limits of R.I.G.L. Chapter 9-31 (hereinafter referred to as the “Governmental Entity”) is the Interconnecting Customer, any insurance maintained by the Governmental Entity shall contain an endorsement that strictly prohibits the applicable insurance company from interposing the claims limits of R.I.G.L. Chapter 931 as a defense in either the adjustment of any claim, or in the defense of any

10.1(c) 10.1(d)

10.1(e) 10.1(f)

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 49 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

lawsuit directly asserted against the insurer by the Company. Nothing herein is intended to constitute a waiver or indication of an intent to waive the protections of R.I.G.L. Chapter 9-31 by the Governmental Entity. The Interconnecting Customer must provide proof of their eligibility to be classified a Governmental Entity. 10.2 Insurer Requirements and Endorsements All required insurance shall be carried by reputable insurers qualified to underwrite insurance in Rhode Island having a Best Rating of “A-”. In addition, all insurance shall, (a) include Company as an additional insured; (b) contain a severability of interest clause or crossliability clause; (c) provide that Company shall not incur liability to the insurance carrier for payment of premium for such insurance; and (d) provide for thirty (30) calendar days’ written notice to Company prior to cancellation, termination, or material change of such – insurance; provided that to the extent the Interconnecting Customer is satisfying the requirements of subpart (e) of this paragraph by means of a presently existing insurance policy, the Interconnecting Customer shall only be required to make good faith efforts to satisfy that requirement and will assume the responsibility for notifying the Company as required above. 10.3 Evidence of Insurance Evidence of the insurance required shall state that coverage provided is primary and is not in excess to or contributing with any insurance or self-insurance maintained by Interconnecting Customer. The Interconnecting Customer is responsible for providing the Company with evidence of insurance in compliance with this Interconnection Tariff on an annual basis. Prior to the Company commencing work on System Modifications, and annually thereafter, the Interconnecting Customer shall have its insurer furnish to the Company certificates of insurance evidencing the insurance coverage required above. The Interconnecting Customer shall notify and send to the Company a certificate of insurance for any policy written on a "claims-made" basis. The Interconnecting Customer will maintain extended reporting coverage for three years on all policies written on a "claims-made" basis. In the event that an Owners Protective Liability policy is provided, the original policy shall be provided to the Company.

Table 3 – Dispute Resolution timeframes

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 50 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
Dispute Resolution Step 9.1: Good faith negotiation – party submits a request in writing to the other party Parties elevate dispute to VP or Sr. Mgt for decision If dispute not resolved to step 9.2 Step 9.2: Submit a written request to the Commission Meet with Commission hearing officer to convene dispute resolution process If needed, neutral third party and technical expert are selected Public notice of mediation process Mediation process If still not resolved proceed to step 9.3 Step 9.3: Adjudicatory hearing Commission issues order Timeline _ Within 8 days _ _ Within 14 days Within 7 days Within 10 days of the 30 days listed below Within 30 days _ Within 90 days Within 20 days

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 51 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Exhibit A – Simplified Process Interconnection Application
Instructions (please do not submit this page)
General Information: If you, the Interconnecting Customer, wish to submit an application to interconnect your generating Facility using the Simplified Process (reference Section 3.1 of the Interconnection Tariff for eligibility) please fill out the attached application form completely (not including this page of instructions), including your signature in the space provided. Interconnections that may be eligible for this Simplified Process include UL 1741-Listed inverter-based Facilities that are either (1) connecting to radial electric power systems with power ratings of ≤10 kW single-phase or ≤25 kW three-phase, or (2) connecting to spot network electric power systems with power ratings of ≤15 kW single-phase. Please attach any documentation provided by the inverter manufacturer concerning the UL 1741 listing provided by the manufacturer. Mail all material to: COMPANY SPECIFIC ADDRESS The Simplified Process is as follows: 1. Application process: a. Interconnecting Customer submits a Simplified Application filled out properly and completely. b. The electric utility (Company) acknowledges to the Interconnecting Customer receipt of the application within 3 business days of receipt. c. Company evaluates the application for completeness and notifies the Interconnecting Customer within 10 business days of receipt that the application is or is not complete and, if not, advises what is missing. Company verifies Facility equipment can be interconnected safely and reliably. If approved, the Company signs the application approval line and sends to the Interconnecting Customer. In certain rare circumstances, the Company may require the Interconnecting Customer to pay for minor System Modifications. If so, a description of work and an estimate will be sent back to the Interconnecting Customer for approval. The Interconnecting Customer would then approve via a signature and payment for the minor System Modifications. If the Interconnecting Customer approves, the Company performs the System Modifications. Then, the Company signs the application approval line and sends to the Interconnecting Customer. Upon receipt of the signed application, the Interconnecting Customer installs the Facility. Then the Interconnecting Customer arranges for inspection of the completed installation by the local electrical wiring inspector, or other authority having jurisdiction, and this person signs the Certificate of Completion. If the Facility was installed by an electrical contractor, this person also fills out the Certificate of Completion. The Interconnecting Customer returns the Certificate of Completion to the Company. Following receipt of the Certificate of Completion, the Company may inspect the Facility for compliance with standards by arranging for a Witness Test. The Interconnecting Customer has no right to operate in parallel (interconnect) until a Witness Test has been performed or has been previously waived on the Application Form. The Company is obligated to complete this Witness Test within 10 business days of the receipt of the Certificate of Completion. If the Company does not inspect in 10 business days or by mutual agreement of the Parties, the Witness Test is deemed waived. Assuming the wiring inspection and/or Witness Test is satisfactory, the Company notifies the Interconnecting Customer in writing that interconnection is authorized. If the Witness Test is not satisfactory, the Company has the right to disconnect the Facility, and will provide information to the Interconnecting Customer describing clearly what is required for approval.

2. 3.

4.

5. 6.

7.

Contact Information: You must provide the contact information for the legal applicant (i.e. the Interconnecting Customer). If other parties are responsible for interfacing with the Company, you should provide their contact information as well. Ownership Information: Please enter the legal names of the owner or owners of the Facility. Include the percentage ownership (if any) by any Company or public utility holding company, or by any entity owned by either. Generating Facility Information: Please consult an actual electric bill from the Electric Service Company and enter the correct Account Number and Meter Number on this application. If the facility is to be installed in a new location, a temporary number may be assigned by the Electric Company.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 52 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
UL 1741 Listed? The standard UL 1741, “Inverters, Converters, and Controllers for Use in Independent Power Systems,” addresses the electrical interconnection design of various forms of generating equipment. Many manufacturers choose to submit their equipment to a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) that verifies compliance with UL 1741. This term “Listed” is then marked on the equipment and supporting documentation.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 53 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
Exhibit A - Simplified Process Interconnection Application and Service Agreement Contact Information (PRINT): Customer or Contact Name: _________________________ Company Name: Mailing Address: City: State: Telephone (Primary): Fax: Telephone (Secondary): E-Mail (s):

Zip Code:

Alternative Contact Information (e.g., system installation contractor or coordinating company, if appropriate): Contact Name: _________________________________ Company Name: ________________________________ Mailing Address: City: Telephone (Primary): Fax: State: Telephone (Secondary): E-Mail (s): Zip Code:

Electrical Contractor Contact Information (if appropriate): Name (Print): ________________________________________________________________________________ Mailing Address: Telephone: City: State: Zip Code: Ownership Information (include % ownership by any electric utility): Facility Information: Address of Facility: City:

State:

Zip Code:

Electric Service Company: National Grid Account Number: ______________ Meter Number: ______________ Work Request Number (For Upgrades or New Service): _______________________________________________ Model Name and Number: Quantity: Inverter Manufacturer: Nameplate Rating: (kW) (kVA) (AC Volts) Single or Three Phase System Design Capacity: _________ (kW) _______ (kVA) For Solar PV provide the DC-STS rating:____(kW) Reciprocating Engine Fuel Cell Turbine Other _______________ Prime Mover: Photovoltaic Wind Hydro Diesel Natural Gas Fuel Oil Other Energy Source: Solar IEEE 1547.1 (UL 1741) Listed? Yes No Generating system already exists on current account? Yes No Estimated Install Date: Estimated In-Service Date: Customer Signature I hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge, all of the information provided in this application is true and I agree to the Terms and Conditions on the following page: Interconnecting Customer Signature: Title: Date: Please attach any documentation provided by the inverter manufacturer describing the inverter’s UL 1741 listing. Approval to Install Facility (For National Grid use only) Installation of the Facility is approved contingent upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and agreement to any system modifications, if required (Are system modifications required? Yes No To be Determined ) Title: Date: National Grid Signature: Application ID number: _______________________ Company waives inspection/Witness Test? Yes No

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 54 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
Terms and Conditions for Simplified Process Interconnections 1. 2.
Construction of the Facility. The Interconnecting Customer may proceed to construct the Facility once the Approval to Install the Facility has been signed by the Company. Interconnection and operation. The Interconnecting Customer may operate Facility and interconnect with the Company’s system once the following has occurred:

2.1. Municipal Inspection. Upon completing construction, the Interconnecting Customer will cause the Facility to be
inspected or otherwise certified by the local electrical wiring inspector with jurisdiction.

2.2. Certificate of Completion. The Interconnecting Customer returns the Certificate of Completion appearing as
Attachment 2 to the Agreement to the Company at address noted.

2.3. Company has completed or waived the right to inspection. 3.
Company Right of Inspection. Within ten (10) business days after receipt of the Certificate of Completion, the Company may, upon reasonable notice and at a mutually convenient time, conduct an inspection of the Facility to ensure that all equipment has been appropriately installed and that all electrical connections have been made in accordance with the Interconnection Tariff. The Company has the right to disconnect the Facility in the event of improper installation or failure to return Certificate of Completion. If the Company does not inspect in 10 days or by mutual agreement of the Parties, the Witness Test is deemed waived. Safe Operations and Maintenance. The Interconnecting Customer shall be fully responsible to operate, maintain, and repair the Facility. Access. The Company shall have access to the disconnect switch (if required) of the Facility at all times. Disconnection. The Company may temporarily disconnect the Facility to facilitate planned or emergency Company work. Metering and Billing. All Facilities approved under this Agreement qualify for net metering, as approved by the Commission from time to time, and the following is necessary to implement the net metering provisions:

4. 5. 6. 7.

7.1. Interconnecting Customer Provides Meter Socket. The Interconnecting Customer shall furnish and install, if not
already in place, the necessary meter socket and wiring in accordance with accepted electrical standards.

7.2. Company Installs Meter. The Company shall furnish and install a meter capable of net metering within ten (10)
business days after receipt of the Certificate of Completion if inspection is waived, or within 10 business days after the inspection is completed, if such meter is not already in place.

8.

Indemnification. Except as precluded by the laws of the State of Rhode Island and the Providence Plantations, Interconnecting Customer and Company shall each indemnify, defend and hold the other, its directors, officers, employees and agents (including, but not limited to, Affiliates and contractors and their employees), harmless from and against all liabilities, damages, losses, penalties, claims, demands, suits and proceedings of any nature whatsoever for personal injury (including death) or property damages to unaffiliated third parties that arise out of, or are in any manner connected with, the performance of this Agreement by that party, except to the extent that such injury or damages to unaffiliated third parties may be attributable to the negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification. Limitation of Liability. Each party’s liability to the other party for any loss, cost, claim, injury, liability, or expense, including reasonable attorney’s fees, relating to or arising from any act or omission in its performance of this Agreement, shall be limited to the amount of direct damage actually incurred. In no event shall either party be liable to the other party for any indirect, incidental, special, consequential, or punitive damages of any kind whatsoever.

9.

10. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated under the following conditions: 10.1. 10.2. 10.3.
By Mutual Agreement. The Parties agree in writing to terminate the Agreement. By Interconnecting Customer. The Interconnecting Customer may terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to Company. By Company. The Company may terminate this Agreement (1) if the Facility fails to operate for any consecutive 12 month period, or (2) in the event that the Facility impairs the operation of the electric distribution system or service to other customers or materially impairs the local circuit and the Interconnecting Customer does not cure the impairment.

11. 12.

Assignment/Transfer of Ownership of the Facility. This Agreement shall survive the transfer of ownership of the Facility to a new owner when the new owner agrees in writing to comply with the terms of this Agreement and so notifies the Company. Interconnection Tariff. These Terms and Conditions are pursuant to the Company’s Tariff for the Interconnection of Customer-Owned Generating Facilities, as approved by the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission and as the same

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 55 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
may be amended from time to time (“Interconnection Tariff”). All defined terms set forth in these Terms and Conditions are as defined in the Interconnection Tariff (see Company’s website for complete tariff).

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 56 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

ATTACHMENT 2

Certificate of Completion for Simplified Process Interconnections
Installation Information:
Contact Person, if Company: Mailing Address: City: Telephone (Primary): Fax: Address of Facility (if different from above): City: Electrical Contractor’s Company or Name (print): Electrician Name, if Company: _______________________________________________________________ Mailing Address: City: Telephone (Primary): Fax: State: Telephone (Secondary): E-Mail (s): Zip Code: State: Zip Code: Account Number:_______________________________ Meter Number _____________________________ State: Telephone (Secondary): E-Mail (s): Zip Code:

Check if owner-installed

Customer or Company Name (print): __________________________________________________________

License number: _____________________________ Date of approval to install Facility granted by the Company: _______________________ Application ID number: ______________________________

Inspection:
The system has been installed and inspected in compliance with the local Building/Electrical Code of : (City/Town) Signed/Date (Local/Federal Electrical Wiring Inspector, or attach signed electrical inspection): __________________________________________________ Wiring Inspector Name (printed): ______________________________________________________________ Telephone Number: ________________________________________________________________________ Email Address: ________________________________________________________________________ As a condition of interconnection you are required to send/fax a copy of this form along with a copy of the signed electrical permit to Distributed.Generation@us.ngrid.com.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 57 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Exhibit B – Expedited/Standard Process Interconnection Application
Instructions (please do not submit this page) General Information
If you wish to submit an application to interconnect your generating facility using the Expedited or Standard Process, please fill out all pages of the attached application form (not including this page of instructions). Once complete, please sign, attach the supporting documentation requested and enclose an application fee of $3/kW (minimum of $300 and maximum of $2,500). Contact Information: You must provide as a minimum the contact information of the legal applicant. If another party is responsible for interfacing with the Company (utility), you may optionally provide their contact information as well. Ownership Information: Please enter the legal names of the owner or owners of the generating facility. Include the percentage ownership (if any) by any electric service company (utility) or public utility holding company, or by any entity owned by either.

Generating Facility Information
Account and Meter Numbers: Please consult an actual electric bill from the Electric Service Company and enter the correct Account Number and Meter Number on this application. If the facility is to be installed in a new location, a temporary number may be assigned by the Electric Company. UL 1741 Listed? The standard UL 1741, “Inverters, Converters, and Controllers for Use in Independent Power Systems,” addresses the electrical interconnection design of various forms of generating equipment. Many manufacturers choose to submit their equipment to a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) that verifies compliance with UL 1741. This “listing” is then marked on the equipment and supporting documentation. DEM Air Pollution Control Permit Needed? A generating facility may be considered a point source of emissions of concern by the Rhode Island Department of Environmental Management (RIDEM). Therefore, when submitting this application, please indicate whether your generating facility will require an Air Pollution Control Permit. You must answer these questions, however, your specific answers will not affect whether your application is deemed complete. Please contact the RIDEM to determine whether the generating technology planned for your facility qualifies for a RIDEM waiver or requires a permit.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 58 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Generating Facility Expedited/Standard Process Interconnection Application Contact Information
Customer or Company Name: Mailing Address: City: Telephone (Primary): Fax: Name: Mailing Address: City: Telephone (Primary): Fax: State: Telephone (Secondary): E-Mail (s): Zip Code: State: Telephone (Secondary): E-Mail (s): Zip Code: Date Prepared: ______________________ Contact Name:

Legal Name and address of Interconnecting Customer (or, Company name, if appropriate)

Alternative Contact Information (e.g. system installation contractor or coordinating company)

Ownership (include % ownership by any electric utility): __________________________________________

Generating Facility Information
Address of Facility (if different from above): City: Electric Service Company: National Grid Type of Generating Unit: Manufacturer: Nameplate Rating: Prime Mover: Fuel Cell Energy Source: Solar Synchronous (kW) Wind State: Zip Code: Account Number: _____________ Meter Number: ___________ Induction Inverter _______________ Single Other Fuel Oil or Three Other Phase Specify: ____ No Specify:____________ (Volts) Photo Voltaic Natural Gas Not Sure No

Work Request Number (For Upgrades or New Service): ___________________________________________ ______________________________ Model: (kVAr) Turbine Diesel No Hydro Recip Engine

For Solar PV provide system DCC-STC rating: ______ (kW) Need an air quality permit from RIDEM? Yes If “yes”, have you applied for it? Yes IEEE 1547.1 (UL 1741) Listed? Yes Planning to Export Power? Yes No No No

Requesting Feasibility Study? Yes

Generating system already exists on current account? Yes A Cogeneration Facility? Yes Net Purchase/Sale Net Metering No Other

Anticipated Export Power Purchaser: __________________________________________________________ Export Form: Simultaneous Purchase/Sale Est. Install Date: Specify: Est. In-Service Date: Agreement Needed By:

Application Process
I hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge, all of the information provided in this application is true: Interconnecting Customer Signature: Title: Date: National Grid Signature: __________________________ Title: _________________ Date: ______________

Generating Facility Technical Detail

Date: ____________

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 59 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
Information on components of the generating facility that are currently Listed: Equipment Type Manufacturer Model National Standard

1. __________________________________________________________________________________ 2. __________________________________________________________________________________ 3. __________________________________________________________________________________ 4. __________________________________________________________________________________ 5. __________________________________________________________________________________ 6. __________________________________________________________________________________ Total Number of Generating Units in Facility? Generator Unit Power Factor Rating: Max Adjustable Leading Power Factor? Max Design Fault Contribution Current? Harmonics Characteristics: Start-up power requirements: Generator Characteristic Data (for all rotating machines) Rotating Frequency: Synchronous Reactance, Xd: Subtransient Reactance, X”d: Zero Sequence Reactance, Xo: Field Voltage: Rotor Resistance, Rr: Rotor Reactance, Xr: Magnetizing Reactance, Xm: Exciting Current: Frame Size: Total Rotating Inertia, H: Reactive Power Required In Vars (No Load): Reactive Power Required In Vars (Full Load): Additional information for Induction Generating Units that are started by motoring Motoring Power: Design Letter: Per Unit on kVA Base: (rpm) (PU) (PU) (PU) (Volts) Neutral Grounding Resistor (If Applicable): Transient Reactance, X’d: Neg Sequence Reactance, X2: kVA Base: Field Current: Stator Resistance, Rs: Stator Reactance, Xs: Short Circuit Reactance, Xd”: Temperature Rise: (Amps) (PU) (PU) Additional Information for Synchronous Generating Units Max Adjustable Lagging Power Factor? Instantaneous or RMS? Generator Characteristic Data (for all inverter-based machines)

Additional information for Induction Generating Units

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 60 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Interconnection Equipment Technical Detail
Will a transformer be used between the generator and the point of interconnection? Will the transformer be provided by Interconnecting Customer? Transformer Data (if applicable, for Interconnecting Customer-Owned Transformer): Nameplate Rating: Transformer Impedance: If Three Phase: Transformer Primary: Transformer Secondary: (kVA) (%) on a (Volts) Delta (Volts) Delta kVA Base Wye Wye Wye Grounded Wye Grounded Other Other Single

Date:
Yes Yes

__________
No No

or Three

Phase

Transformer Fuse Data (if applicable, for Interconnecting Customer-Owned Fuse): (Attach copy of fuse manufacturer’s Minimum Melt & Total Clearing Time-Current Curves) Manufacturer: Size: _ Type: ______________________ ______________________

__________________________________________________ Speed:

Interconnecting Circuit Breaker (if applicable): Manufacturer: Type: Load Rating: (Amps) Interconnection Protective Relays (if applicable): (If microprocessor-controlled) List of Functions and Adjustable Set points for the protective equipment or software: Setpoint Function Minimum Maximum Interrupting Rating: (Amps) Trip Speed: (Cycles)

1. _______________________________________ 2. ______________________________________ 3. _______________________________________ 4. _______________________________________ 5. _______________________________________ 6.

___________________________________________ ___________________________________________ ___________________________________________ ___________________________________________ ___________________________________________ _______________________________________ ___________________________________________

(If discrete components) (Enclose copy of any proposed Time Over-current Coordination Curves) Manufacturer: Manufacturer: Manufacturer: Manufacturer: Manufacturer: Manufacturer: Type: Type: Type: Type: Type: Type: Style/Catalog No.: Style/Catalog No.: Style/Catalog No.: Style/Catalog No.: Style/Catalog No.: Style/Catalog No.: Proposed Setting: Proposed Setting: Proposed Setting: Proposed Setting: Proposed Setting: Proposed Setting:

Current Transformer Data (if applicable): (Enclose copy of Manufacturer’s Excitation & Ratio Correction Curves) Manufacturer: Type: Accuracy Class: Proposed Ratio Connection:

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 61 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
Manufacturer: Type: Accuracy Class: Proposed Ratio Connection: Potential Transformer Data (if applicable): Manufacturer: Manufacturer: Type: Type: Accuracy Class: Accuracy Class: Proposed Ratio Connection: Proposed Ratio Connection:

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 62 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

General Technical Detail
E-mail a copy of the following to Distributed.Generation@us.ngrid.com •

Date: ______________

Site electrical One-Line Diagram (relay settings should appear on one-line when applicable) showing the configuration of all generating facility equipment, current and potential circuits, and protection and control schemes with a stamp from a professional engineer (PE) registered in the state where the facility is located. Site plan that indicates the precise physical location of the proposed generating facility, external utility disconnect, the utility meter, and any public ways in the area (refer to the sample site plan on the National Grid website). Three-line diagram for non UL-1741 certified generator, stamped by a Rhode Island Electrical Professional Engineer. Links or PDF copies of the specification sheets for the generator, protection equipment, transformer (s) and any other pieces of equipment deemed appropriate.

• •

Mail the Interconnection Application (IA) fees check and first page of the signed IA to: National Grid Attn: Distributed Generation 40 Sylvan Rd (E3.571A) Waltham, MA 02451-1120

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 63 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

ATTACHMENT 2

Certificate of Completion for Expedited/Standard Process Interconnections
Installation Information:
Contact Person, if Company: Mailing Address: City: Telephone (Primary): Fax: Address of Facility (if different from above): City: Electrical Contractor’s Company or Name (print): Electrician Name, if Company: ______________________________________________________________ Mailing Address: City: Telephone (Primary): Fax: State: Telephone (Secondary): E-Mail (s): Zip Code: State: Zip Code: Account Number: _________________________________ Meter Number: _________________________ State: Telephone (Secondary): E-Mail (s): Zip Code:

Check if owner-installed

Customer or Company Name (print): __________________________________________________________

License number: __________________________________________________________________________ Date of approval to install Facility granted by the Company: _______________________ Application ID number: ______________________________

Inspection:
The system has been installed and inspected in compliance with the local Building/Electrical Code of: _________________________________________________________________________________________ (City/Town) Signed/Date (Local/Federal Electrical Wiring Inspector, or attach signed electrical inspection): __________________________________________________ Wiring Inspector Name (printed): ______________________________________________________________ Telephone Number: _________________________________________________________________________ Email Address: _____________________________________________________________________________ As a condition of interconnection you are required to send/fax a copy of this form along with a copy of the signed electrical permit to Distributed.Generation@us.ngrid.com

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 64 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Exhibit C – Supplemental Review Agreement
This Agreement, dated , is entered into by and between _____________________ (“Interconnecting Customer”) and the Company, for the purpose of setting forth the terms, conditions and costs for conducting a Supplemental Review relative to the Expedited Process as defined in Section 1.0 and outlined in Section 3.0 of the Interconnection Tariff. This Supplemental Review pertains to Application Number _____ (the Interconnecting Customer’s application ID number). If the Supplemental Review determines the requirements for processing the application through the Expedited Process including any System Modifications, then the modification requirements, reasoning, and costs for these modifications will be identified and included in an executable Interconnection Service Agreement sent to the Interconnecting Customer for execution. If the Supplemental Review does not determine the requirements, it will include a proposed Impact Study Agreement as part of the Standard Process which will include an estimate of the cost of the study. The Interconnecting Customer agrees to provide, in a timely and complete manner, all additional information and technical data necessary for the Company to conduct the Supplemental Review not already provided in the Interconnecting Customer’s application. All work pertaining to the Supplemental Review that is the subject of this Agreement will be approved and coordinated only through designated and authorized representatives of the Company and the Interconnecting Customer. Each party shall inform the other in writing of its designated and authorized representative, if different than what is in the application. The Company shall perform the Supplemental Review for a fee not to exceed $1,250. The Company anticipates that the Supplemental Review will cost $____. No work will be performed until payment is received.

Please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing below. Name: _______________________________________ Title: ________________________________________ Date: ________________________________________ Signature: ____________________________________

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 65 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Exhibit D – Feasibility Study Agreement
This Agreement, dated , is entered into by and between _____________________ (“Renewable Interconnecting Customer’) and the Company, for the purpose of setting forth the terms, conditions and costs for conducting an Feasibility Study relative to the Standard Process as defined in Section 1.0 and outlined in Section 3.0 of the Interconnection Tariff. This Feasibility Study pertains to Application Number _____ (the Interconnecting Customer’s application ID number). 1. The Renewable Interconnecting Customer agrees to provide, in a timely and complete manner, all additional information and technical data necessary for the Company to conduct the Feasibility Study not already provided in the Interconnecting Customer’s application. All work pertaining to the Feasibility Study that is the subject of this Agreement will be approved and coordinated only through designated and authorized representatives of the Company and the Renewable Interconnecting Customer. Each party shall inform the other in writing of its designated and authorized representative, if different than what is in the application. Where there are other potentially Affected Systems, and no single Party is in a position to prepare an Feasibility Study covering all potentially Affected Systems, the Company will coordinate but not be responsible for the timing of any additional studies required to determine the impact of the interconnection request on other potentially Affected Systems. The Renewable Interconnecting Customer will be directly responsible to the potentially Affected System operators for all costs of any additional studies required to evaluate the impact of the interconnection on the potentially Affected Systems. The Company will not proceed with this Feasibility Study without the Renewable Interconnecting Customer’s consent to have the other studies conducted. Feasibility Study, together with any additional studies contemplated in Paragraph 3, shall form the basis for the Renewable Interconnecting Customer’s proposed use of the Company EPS and shall be furthermore utilized in obtaining necessary third-party approvals of any required facilities and requested distribution services. The Renewable Interconnecting Customer understands and acknowledges that any use of study results by the Interconnecting Customer or its agents, whether in preliminary or final form, prior to NEPOOL 18.4 approval, should such approval be required, is completely at the Renewable Interconnecting Customer’s risk. The Feasibility Study fee of $XX___, as per table 2 in Section 3.5 of the interconnection tariff is due in full prior to the execution of the Feasibility Study. In the event this Agreement is terminated for any reason, the Company shall refund to the Renewable Interconnecting Customer the portion of the above fee or any subsequent payment to the Company by the Renewable Interconnecting Customer that the Company did not expend or commit in performing its obligations under this Agreement. Payments for work performed shall not be subject to refunding except in accordance with Paragraph 10 below. Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted to give the Renewable Interconnecting Customer immediate rights to wheel over or interconnect with the Company’s EPS. Except as precluded by the laws of the State of Rhode Island and the Providence Plantations, Renewable Interconnecting Customer and Company shall each indemnify, defend and hold the other, its directors, officers, employees and agents (including, but not limited to, affiliates and contractors and their employees), harmless from and against all liabilities, damages, losses, penalties, claims, demands, suits and proceedings of any nature whatsoever for personal injury (including death) or property damages to unaffiliated third parties that arise out of, or are in any manner connected with, the performance of this Agreement by that party, except to the extent that such injury or damages to unaffiliated third parties may be attributable to the negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification.

2.

3.

4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 66 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
9. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Renewable Interconnecting Customer hereby waives recourse against the Company and its Affiliates for, and releases the Company and its Affiliates from, any and all liabilities arising from or attributable to incomplete, inaccurate, or otherwise faulty information supplied by the Renewable Interconnecting Customer. Any construction estimate provide as part of the Feasibility Study cannot be relied upon the by applicant for the purposes of holding the Company liable or responsible for its accuracy as long as the Company has provided the estimate in good faith. If either party materially breaches any of its covenants hereunder, the other party may terminate this Agreement by serving notice of same on the other party to this Agreement. This agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of Rhode Island and the Providence Plantations. All amendments to this Agreement shall be in written form executed by both Parties. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of either Party. 14. date. 15. a) b) c) This Agreement may be terminated under the following conditions. The Parties agree in writing to terminate the Agreement. The Renewable Interconnecting Customer may terminate this agreement at any time by providing written notice to Company. The Company may terminate this Agreement if the Renewable Interconnecting Customer either: (1) has not paid the fee or, (2) has not responded to requests for further information in accordance with provisions in the Interconnection Tariff. Narragansett Electric Company d/b/a National Grid: Name: Title: Date: Signature: This Agreement will remain in effect for a period of up to two years from its effective

10. 11. 12. 13.

Renewable Interconnecting Customer: Name: Title: Date: Signature:

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 67 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Exhibit E – Impact Study or ISRDG Agreement
This Agreement, dated , is entered into by and between _____________________ (“Interconnecting Customer’) and the Company, for the purpose of setting forth the terms, conditions and costs for conducting an Impact Study relative to the Standard Process as defined in Section 1.0 and outlined in Section 3.0 of the Interconnection Tariff. This Impact Study pertains to Application Number _____ (the Interconnecting Customer’s application ID number). 1. The Interconnecting Customer agrees to provide, in a timely and complete manner, all additional information and technical data necessary for the Company to conduct the Impact Study not already provided in the Interconnecting Customer’s application. All work pertaining to the Impact Study that is the subject of this Agreement will be approved and coordinated only through designated and authorized representatives of the Company and the Interconnecting Customer. Each party shall inform the other in writing of its designated and authorized representative, if different than what is in the application. Where there are other potentially Affected Systems, and no single Party is in a position to prepare an Impact Study covering all potentially Affected Systems, the Company will coordinate but not be responsible for the timing of any additional studies required to determine the impact of the interconnection request on other potentially Affected Systems. The Interconnecting Customer will be directly responsible to the potentially Affected System operators for all costs of any additional studies required to evaluate the impact of the interconnection on the potentially Affected Systems. The Company will not proceed with this Impact Study without the Interconnecting Customer’s consent to have the other studies conducted. If the Company determines, in accordance with Good Utility Practice, that the System Modifications to the Company EPS are not substantial, the Impact Study will determine the scope and cost of the modifications. If the Company determines, in accordance with Good Utility Practice, that the System Modifications to the Company EPS are substantial, the Impact Study will produce an estimate for the modification costs (within ±25%) and a Detailed Study Agreement and its estimated cost. Impact Study, together with any additional studies contemplated in Paragraph 3, shall form the basis for the Interconnecting Customer’s proposed use of the Company EPS and shall be furthermore utilized in obtaining necessary third-party approvals of any required facilities and requested distribution services. The Interconnecting Customer understands and acknowledges that any use of study results by the Interconnecting Customer or its agents, whether in preliminary or final form, prior to NEPOOL 18.4 approval, should such approval be required, is completely at the Interconnecting Customer’s risk. The Impact Study fee of $XX___ (except as noted below) is due in full prior to the execution of the Impact Study. For a Renewable Interconnecting Customer the ISRDG Study fee is as per Table 2 in Section 3.5 of the interconnection tariff. Final Accounting. Upon request by the Interconnecting Customer, the Company within ninety (90) business days after completion of the construction and installation of the System Modifications described in an attached exhibit to the Interconnection Service Agreement, shall provide Interconnecting Customer with a final accounting report of any difference between (a) Interconnecting Customer’s cost responsibility under the Interconnection Service Agreement for the actual cost of such System Modifications, and (b) Interconnecting Customer’s previous aggregate payments to the Company for such System Modifications. To the extent that Interconnecting

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 68 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
Customer’s cost responsibility in the Interconnection Service Agreement exceeds Interconnecting Customer’s previous aggregate payments, the Company shall invoice Interconnecting Customer and Interconnecting Customer shall make payment to the Company within forty-five (45) days. To the extent that Interconnecting Customer’s previous aggregate payments exceed Interconnecting Customer’s cost responsibility under this agreement, the Company shall refund to Interconnecting Customer an amount equal to the difference within forty-five (45) days of the provision of such final accounting report. 8. In the event this Agreement is terminated for any reason, the Company shall refund to the Interconnecting Customer the portion of the above fee or any subsequent payment to the Company by the Interconnecting Customer that the Company did not expend or commit in performing its obligations under this Agreement. Payments for work performed shall not be subject to refunding except in accordance with Paragraph 11 below. Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted to give the Interconnecting Customer immediate rights to wheel over or interconnect with the Company’s EPS. Except as precluded by the laws of the State of Rhode Island and the Providence Plantations, Interconnecting Customer and Company shall each indemnify, defend and hold the other, its directors, officers, employees and agents (including, but not limited to, affiliates and contractors and their employees), harmless from and against all liabilities, damages, losses, penalties, claims, demands, suits and proceedings of any nature whatsoever for personal injury (including death) or property damages to unaffiliated third parties that arise out of, or are in any manner connected with, the performance of this Agreement by that party, except to the extent that such injury or damages to unaffiliated third parties may be attributable to the negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification.

9. 10.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Interconnecting Customer hereby waives recourse against the Company and its Affiliates for, and releases the Company and its Affiliates from, any and all liabilities arising from or attributable to incomplete, inaccurate, or otherwise faulty information supplied by the Interconnecting Customer. Moreover, with respect to an ISRDG provided to a Renewable Interconnecting Customer, the Company may not be held liable or responsible if the actual costs exceed the estimate as long as the estimate was provided in good faith and the interconnection was implemented prudently the Company. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. a) If either party materially breaches any of its covenants hereunder, the other party may terminate this Agreement by serving notice of same on the other party to this Agreement. This agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of Rhode Island and the Providence Plantations. All amendments to this Agreement shall be in written form executed by both Parties. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of either Party. This Agreement will remain in effect for a period of up to two years from its effective date. This Agreement may be terminated under the following conditions. The Parties agree in writing to terminate the Agreement.

b) The Interconnecting Customer may terminate this agreement at any time by providing written notice to Company.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 69 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
c) The Company may terminate this Agreement if the Interconnecting Customer either: (1) has not paid the fee or, (2) has not responded to requests for further information in accordance with provisions in the Interconnection Tariff. Interconnecting Customer: Name: Title: Date: Signature: Narragansett Electric Company d/b/a National Grid: Name: Title: Date: Signature:

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 70 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Exhibit F – Detailed Study Agreement
, is entered into by and between _____________________ This Agreement, dated (“Interconnecting Customer’) and the Company, for the purpose of setting forth the terms, conditions and costs for conducting an Detailed Study relative to the Standard process as defined in Section 1 and outlined in Section 3 of the Interconnection Tariff. This Detailed Study pertains to Application Number _____ (the Interconnecting Customer’s application ID number). 1. The Interconnecting Customer agrees to provide, in a timely and complete manner, all additional information and technical data necessary for the Company to conduct the Detailed Study not already provided in the Interconnecting Customer’s application. All work pertaining to the Detailed Study that is the subject of this Agreement will be approved and coordinated only through designated and authorized representatives of the Company and the Interconnecting Customer. Each party shall inform the other in writing of its designated and authorized representative, if different than what is in the application. Where there are other Affected Systems identified by the Impact Studies, and no single Party is in a position to prepare a Detailed Study covering all Affected Systems, the Company will coordinate but not be responsible for the timing of any additional studies required to determine the System Modifications of the interconnection request on other Affected Systems. The Interconnecting Customer will be directly responsible to the Affected System operators for all costs of any additional studies required to evaluate the impact of the interconnection on the Affected Systems. The Company will not proceed with this Detailed Study without the Interconnecting Customer’s consent to have the other studies conducted. The Company will provide an estimate of the costs of the System Modifications required as a result of the Detailed Study. The Detailed Study, together with any additional studies contemplated in Paragraph 3, shall form the basis for the Interconnecting Customer’s proposed use of the Company EPS and shall be furthermore utilized in obtaining necessary third-party approvals of any required facilities and requested distribution services. The Interconnecting Customer understands and acknowledges that any use of study results by the Interconnecting Customer or its agents, whether in preliminary or final form, prior to NEPOOL 18.4 approval, should such approval be required, is completely at the Interconnecting Customer’s risk. The Detailed Study fee of $XX___ (except as noted below) is due in full prior to the execution of the Detailed Study. If the anticipated cost exceeds $25,000, the Interconnecting Customer is eligible for a payment plan, including a payment and construction schedule with milestones for both parties. At the request of the Interconnecting Customer, the Company will break the costs into phases in which the costs will be collected prior to Company expenditures for each phase of the study. The payment plan will be attached as an exhibit to the Detailed Study Agreement. The Company will, in writing, advise the Interconnecting Customer in advance of any cost increase for work to be performed up to a total amount of increase of 10% only. All costs that exceed the 10% increase cap will be borne solely by the Company. Any such changes to the Company’s costs for the work shall be subject to the Interconnecting Customer’s consent. The Interconnecting Customer shall, within thirty (30) days of the Company’s notice of increase, authorize such increase and make payment in the amount up to the 10% increase cap, or the Company will suspend the work and the corresponding agreement will terminate.

2.

3.

4. 5.

6.

7.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 71 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
Final Accounting. Upon request by the Interconnecting Customer, the Company within ninety (90) business days after completion of the construction and installation of the System Modifications described in an attached exhibit to the Interconnection Service Agreement, shall provide Interconnecting Customer with a final accounting report of any difference between (a) Interconnecting Customer’s cost responsibility under the Interconnection Service Agreement for the actual cost of such System Modifications, and (b) Interconnecting Customer’s previous aggregate payments to the Company for such System Modifications. To the extent that Interconnecting Customer’s cost responsibility in the Interconnection Service Agreement exceeds Interconnecting Customer’s previous aggregate payments, the Company shall invoice Interconnecting Customer and Interconnecting Customer shall make payment to the Company within forty-five (45) days. To the extent that Interconnecting Customer’s previous aggregate payments exceed Interconnecting Customer’s cost responsibility under this agreement, the Company shall refund to Interconnecting Customer an amount equal to the difference within forty-five (45) days of the provision of such final accounting report. 8. In the event this Agreement is terminated for any reason, the Company shall refund to the Interconnecting Customer the portion of the above fee or any subsequent payment to the Company by the Interconnecting Customer that the Company did not expend or commit in performing its obligations under this Agreement. Payments for work performed shall not be subject to refunding except in accordance with Paragraph 9 below. Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted to give the Interconnecting Customer immediate rights to wheel over or interconnect with the Company’s EPS. Except as precluded by the laws of the State of Rhode Island and the Providence Plantations, Interconnecting Customer and Company shall each indemnify, defend and hold the other, its directors, officers, employees and agents (including, but not limited to, affiliates and contractors and their employees), harmless from and against all liabilities, damages, losses, penalties, claims, demands, suits and proceedings of any nature whatsoever for personal injury (including death) or property damages to unaffiliated third parties that arise out of, or are in any manner connected with, the performance of this Agreement by that party, except to the extent that such injury or damages to unaffiliated third parties may be attributable to the negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Interconnecting Customer hereby waives recourse against the Company and its Affiliates for, and releases the Company and its Affiliates from, any and all liabilities arising from or attributable to information supplied by the Interconnecting Customer. 11. 12. 13. 14. date. 15. a) This Agreement may be terminated under the following conditions. The Parties agree in writing to terminate the Agreement. This agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of Rhode Island and the Providence Plantations. All amendments to this Agreement shall be in written form executed by both Parties. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of either Party. This Agreement will remain in effect for a period of up to two years from its effective

9. 10.

b) The Interconnecting Customer may terminate this agreement at any time by providing written notice to Company. c) The Company may terminate this Agreement if the Interconnecting Customer either: (1) has not paid the fee or, (2) has not responded to requests for further information in accordance with provisions in the Interconnection Tariff.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 72 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
Interconnecting Customer: Name: _______________________________ Title: ________________________________ Date: ________________________________ Signature: ____________________________ Narragansett Electric Company d/b/a National Grid: Name: _______________________________ Title: Date: _______________________________ _______________________________

Signature: ______________________________

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 73 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation

Exhibit G – Interconnection Service Agreement
1. Parties. This Interconnection Service Agreement (“Agreement”), dated as of __________ (“Effective Date”) is entered into, by and between __________________, a Rhode Island corporation with a principal place of business at _________ (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), and __________________, a _________ corporation with a principal place of business at _______ (“Interconnecting Customer”). (The Company and Interconnecting Customer are collectively referred to as the “Parties”). Terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings set forth in Section 1.2 of the Interconnection Tariff which is hereby incorporated by reference. Basic Understandings. This Agreement provides for parallel operation of an Interconnecting Customer’s Facility with the Company EPS to be installed and operated by the Interconnecting Customer at _____________ (Facility name, address, and end-use customer account number, if applicable). A description of the Facility is located in Attachment 2. If the Interconnecting Customer is not the Customer, an Agreement between the Company and the Company’s Retail Customer, attached as Exhibit G to the Interconnection Tariff, must be signed and included as an Attachment to this Agreement. The Interconnecting Customer has the right to operate its Facility in parallel with the Company EPS immediately upon successful completion of the protective relays testing as witnessed by the Company and receipt of written notice from the Company that interconnection with the Company EPS is authorized (“Authorization Date”). 3. 4. Term. This Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date. The Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until terminated pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement. Termination. 4.1 This Agreement may be terminated under the following conditions. 4.1.1 The Parties agree in writing to terminate the Agreement. 4.1.2 The Interconnecting Customer may terminate this agreement at any time by providing sixty (60) days written notice to Company. 4.1.3 The Company may terminate this Agreement upon the occurrence of an Event of Default by the Interconnecting Customer as provided in Section 18 of this Agreement. 4.1.4 The Company may terminate this Agreement if the Interconnecting Customer either: (1) fails to energize the Facility within 12 months of the Authorization Date; or, (2) permanently abandons the Facility. Failure to operate the Facility for any consecutive 12 month period after the Authorization Date shall constitute permanent abandonment unless otherwise agreed to in writing between the Parties. 4.1.5 The Company, upon 30 days notice, may terminate this Agreement if there are any changes in Commission regulations or state law that have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement. 4.2 Survival of Obligations. The termination of this Agreement shall not relieve either Party of its liabilities and obligations, owed or continuing at the time of termination. Sections 5, 10, 12, 13, and 25 as it relates to disputes pending or for wrongful termination of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement. 4.3 Related Agreements. Any agreement attached to and incorporated into this Agreement shall terminate concurrently with this Agreement unless the Parties have agreed otherwise in writing.

2.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 74 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
5. General Payment Terms. The Interconnecting Customer shall be responsible for the System Modification costs and payment terms identified in Attachment 3 of this Agreement and any approved cost increases pursuant to the terms of the Interconnection Tariff. If the system modifications exceed $25,000, Attachment 3 will include a payment and construction schedule for both parties. 5.1 Cost or Fee Adjustment Procedures. The Company will, in writing, advise the Interconnecting Customer in advance of any cost increase for work to be performed up to a total amount of increase of 10% only. Any such changes to the Company’s costs for the work shall be subject to the Interconnecting Customer’s consent. The Interconnecting Customer shall, within thirty (30) days of the Company’s notice of increase, authorize such increase and make payment in the amount up to the 10% increase cap, or the Company will suspend the work and the corresponding agreement will terminate. 5.2 Final Accounting. Upon request by the Interconnecting Customer, the Company within ninety (90) business days after completion of the construction and installation of the System Modifications described in an attached exhibit to the Interconnection Service Agreement, shall provide Interconnecting Customer with a final accounting report of any difference between (a) Interconnecting Customer’s cost responsibility under the Interconnection Service Agreement for the actual cost of such System Modifications, and (b) Interconnecting Customer’s previous aggregate payments to the Company for such System Modifications. To the extent that Interconnecting Customer’s cost responsibility in the Interconnection Service Agreement exceeds Interconnecting Customer’s previous aggregate payments, the Company shall invoice Interconnecting Customer and Interconnecting Customer shall make payment to the Company within 45 days. To the extent that Interconnecting Customer’s previous aggregate payments exceed Interconnecting Customer’s cost responsibility under this agreement, the Company shall refund to Interconnecting Customer an amount equal to the difference within forty five (45) days of the provision of such final accounting report. 6. Operating Requirements 6.1 General Operating Requirements. Interconnecting Customer shall operate and maintain the Facility in accordance with the applicable manufacturer’s recommended maintenance schedule, in compliance with all aspects of the Company’s Interconnection Tariff. The Interconnecting Customer will continue to comply with all applicable laws and requirements after interconnection has occurred. In the event the Company has reason to believe that the Interconnecting Customer’s installation may be the source of problems on the Company EPS, the Company has the right to install monitoring equipment at a mutually agreed upon location to determine the source of the problems. If the Facility is determined to be the source of the problems, the Company may require disconnection as outlined in Section 7.0 of the Interconnection Tariff. The cost of this testing will be borne by the Company unless the Company demonstrates that the problem or problems are caused by the Facility or if the test was performed at the request of the Interconnecting Customer. 6.2 No Adverse Effects; Non-interference. Company shall notify Interconnecting Customer if there is evidence that the operation of the Facility could cause disruption or deterioration of service to other Customers served from the same Company EPS or if operation of the Facility could cause damage to Company EPS or Affected Systems. The deterioration of service could be, but is not limited to, harmonic injection in excess of IEEE Standard 1547-2003, as well as voltage fluctuations caused by large step changes in loading at the Facility. Each Party will notify the other of any emergency or hazardous condition or occurrence with its equipment or facilities which could affect safe operation of the other Party’s equipment or facilities. Each Party shall use reasonable efforts to provide the other Party with advance notice of such conditions. The Company will operate the EPS in such a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Facility. The Interconnecting Customer will protect itself from normal disturbances propagating through the Company EPS, and such normal disturbances shall not constitute unreasonable interference unless the Company has deviated from Good Utility Practice. Examples of such disturbances could be, but are not limited to, single-phasing events, voltage sags from remote faults on the Company EPS, and outages on the Company EPS. If the Interconnecting Customer demonstrates that the Company EPS is adversely

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 75 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
affecting the operation of the Facility and if the adverse effect is a result of a Company deviation from Good Utility Practice, the Company shall take appropriate action to eliminate the adverse effect. 6.3 Safe Operations and Maintenance. Each Party shall operate, maintain, repair, and inspect, and shall be fully responsible for, the facility or facilities that it now or hereafter may own unless otherwise specified in this Agreement. Each Party shall be responsible for the maintenance, repair and condition of its respective lines and appurtenances on their respective side of the PCC. The Company and the Interconnecting Customer shall each provide equipment on its respective side of the PCC that adequately protects the Company’s EPS, personnel, and other persons from damage and injury. 6.4 Access. The Company shall have access to the disconnect switch of the Facility at all times. 6.4.1 Company and Interconnecting Customer Representatives. Each Party shall provide and update as necessary the telephone number that can be used at all times to allow either Party to report an emergency. 6.4.2 Company Right to Access Company-Owned Facilities and Equipment. If necessary for the purposes of the Interconnection Tariff and in the manner it describes, the Interconnecting Customer shall allow the Company access to the Company’s equipment and the Company’s facilities located on the Interconnecting Customer’s or Customer’s premises. To the extent that the Interconnecting Customer does not own all or any part of the property on which the Company is required to locate its equipment or facilities to serve the Interconnecting Customer under the Interconnection Tariff, the Interconnecting Customer shall secure and provide in favor of the Company the necessary rights to obtain access to such equipment or facilities, including easements if the circumstances so require. 6.4.3 Right to Review Information. The Company shall have the right to review and obtain copies of Interconnecting Customer’s operations and maintenance records, logs, or other information such as, unit availability, maintenance outages, circuit breaker operation requiring manual reset, relay targets and unusual events pertaining to Interconnecting Customer’s Facility or its interconnection with the Company EPS. This information will be treated as customer-confidential and only used for the purposes of meeting the requirements of Section 4.2.4 in the Interconnection Tariff. 7. Disconnection 7.1 Temporary Disconnection 7.1.1 Emergency Conditions. Company shall have the right to immediately and temporarily disconnect the Facility without prior notification in cases where, in the reasonable judgment of Company, continuance of such service to Interconnecting Customer is imminently likely to (i) endanger persons or damage property or (ii) cause a material adverse effect on the integrity or security of, or damage to, Company EPS or to the electric systems of others to which the Company EPS is directly connected. Company shall notify Interconnecting Customer promptly of the emergency condition. Interconnecting Customer shall notify Company promptly when it becomes aware of an emergency condition that affects the Facility that may reasonably be expected to affect the Company EPS. To the extent information is known, the notification shall describe the emergency condition, the extent of the damage or deficiency, or the expected effect on the operation of both Parties’ facilities and operations, its anticipated duration and the necessary corrective action. 7.1.2 Routine Maintenance, Construction and Repair. Company shall have the right to disconnect the Facility from the Company EPS when necessary for routine maintenance, construction and repairs on the Company EPS. The Company shall provide the Interconnecting Customer with a minimum of seven calendar days planned outage notification consistent with the Company’s planned outage notification protocols. If the Interconnecting Customer requests disconnection by the Company at the PCC, the Interconnecting Customer will provide a minimum of seven days notice to the Company. Any additional notification requirements will be specified by mutual agreement in the Interconnection Service Agreement. Company shall make an effort to schedule such curtailment or temporary disconnection with Interconnecting Customer.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 76 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
7.1.3 Forced Outages. During any forced outage, Company shall have the right to suspend interconnection service to effect immediate repairs on the Company EPS; provided, however, Company shall use reasonable efforts to provide the Interconnecting Customer with prior notice. Where circumstances do not permit such prior notice to Interconnecting Customer, Company may interrupt Interconnection Service and disconnect the Facility from the Company EPS without such notice. 7.1.4 Non-Emergency Adverse Operating Effects. The Company may disconnect the Facility if the Facility is having an adverse operating effect on the Company EPS or other customers that is not an emergency, and the Interconnecting Customer fails to correct such adverse operating effect after written notice has been provided and a maximum of 45 days to correct such adverse operating effect has elapsed. 7.1.5 Modification of the Facility. Company shall notify Interconnecting Customer if there is evidence of a material modification to the Facility and shall have the right to immediately suspend interconnection service in cases where such material modification has been implemented without prior written authorization from the Company. 7.1.6 Re-connection. Any curtailment, reduction or disconnection shall continue only for so long as reasonably necessary. The Interconnecting Customer and the Company shall cooperate with each other to restore the Facility and the Company EPS, respectively, to their normal operating state as soon as reasonably practicable following the cessation or remedy of the event that led to the temporary disconnection. 7.2 Permanent Disconnection. The Interconnecting Customer has the right to permanently disconnect at any time with 30 days written notice to the Company. 7.2.1 The Company may permanently disconnect the Facility upon termination of the Interconnection Service Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof. 8. 9. Metering. Metering of the output from the Facility shall be conducted pursuant to the terms of the Interconnection Tariff. Assignment. Except as provided herein, Interconnecting Customer shall not voluntarily assign its rights or obligations, in whole or in part, under this Agreement without Company’s written consent. Any assignment Interconnecting Customer purports to make without Company’s written consent shall not be valid. Company shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to Interconnecting Customer’s assignment of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, Company’s consent will not be required for any assignment made by Interconnecting Customer to an Affiliate or as collateral security in connection with a financing transaction. In all events, the Interconnecting Customer will not be relieved of its obligations under this Agreement unless, and until the assignee assumes in writing all obligations of this Agreement and notifies the Company of such assumption.

10. Confidentiality. Company shall maintain confidentiality of all Interconnecting Customer confidential and proprietary information except as otherwise required by applicable laws and regulations, the Interconnection Tariff, or as approved by the Interconnecting Customer in the Simplified or Expedited/Standard Application form or otherwise. 11. Insurance Requirements. 11.1 General Liability. 11.1(a) In connection with Interconnecting Customer’s performance of its duties and obligations under the Interconnection Service Agreement, Interconnecting Customer shall maintain, during the term of the Agreement, general liability insurance with a combined single limit of not less than:

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 77 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
i. ii. Five million dollars ($5,000,000) for each occurrence and in the aggregate if the Gross Nameplate Rating of Interconnecting Customer’s Facility is greater than five (5) MW. Two million dollars ($2,000,000) for each occurrence and five million dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate if the Gross Nameplate Rating of Interconnecting Customer’s Facility is greater than one (1) MW and less than or equal to five (5) MW; One million dollars ($1,000,000) for each occurrence and in the aggregate if the Gross Nameplate Rating of Interconnecting Customer’s Facility is greater than one hundred (100) kW and less than or equal to one (1) MW; Five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) for each occurrence and in the aggregate if the Gross Nameplate Rating of Interconnecting Customer’s Facility is greater than ten (10) kW and less than or equal to one hundred (100) kW, except for eligible net metered customers which are exempt from insurance requirements.

iii.

iv.

11.1(b) No insurance is required for a Facility with a Gross Nameplate Rating less than or equal to 50 kW that is eligible for net metering. However, the Company recommends that the Interconnecting Customer obtain adequate insurance to cover potential liabilities. 11.1(c) Any combination of General Liability and Umbrella/Excess Liability policy limits can be used to satisfy the limit requirements stated above. 11.1(d) The general liability insurance required to be purchased in this Section may be purchased for the direct benefit of the Company and shall respond to third party claims asserted against the Company (hereinafter known as “Owners Protective Liability”). Should this option be chosen, the requirement of Section 11.2(a) will not apply but the Owners Protective Liability policy will be purchased for the direct benefit of the Company and the Company will be designated as the primary and “Named Insured” under the policy. 11.1(e) The insurance hereunder is intended to provide coverage for the Company solely with respect to claims made by third parties against the Company. 11.1(f) In the event the State of Rhode Island and the Providence Plantations, or any other governmental subdivision thereof subject to the claims limits of R.I.G.L. Chapter 9-31 (hereinafter referred to as the “Governmental Entity”) is the Interconnecting Customer, any insurance maintained by the Governmental Entity shall contain an endorsement that strictly prohibits the applicable insurance company from interposing the claims limits of R.I.G.L. Chapter 9-31 as a defense in either the adjustment of any claim, or in the defense of any lawsuit directly asserted against the insurer by the Company. Nothing herein is intended to constitute a waiver or indication of an intent to waive the protections of R.I.G.L. Chapter 9-31 by the Governmental Entity. 11.2 Insurer Requirements and Endorsements. All required insurance shall be carried by reputable insurers qualified to underwrite insurance in RI having a Best Rating of “A-”. In addition, all insurance shall, (a) include Company as an additional insured; (b) contain a severability of interest clause or cross-liability clause; (c) provide that Company shall not incur liability to the insurance carrier for payment of premium for such insurance; and (d) provide for thirty (30) calendar days’ written notice to Company prior to cancellation, termination, or material change of such insurance; provided that to the extent the Interconnecting Customer is satisfying the requirements of subpart (e) of this paragraph by means of a presently existing insurance policy, the Interconnecting Customer shall only be required to make good faith efforts to satisfy that requirement and will assume the responsibility for notifying the Company as required above. 11.3 Evidence of Insurance. Evidence of the insurance required shall state that coverage provided is primary and is not in excess to or contributing with any insurance or self-insurance maintained by Interconnecting Customer.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 78 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
The Interconnecting Customer is responsible for providing the Company with evidence of insurance in compliance with the Interconnection Tariff on an annual basis. Prior to the Company commencing work on System Modifications and annually thereafter, the Interconnecting Customer shall have its insurer furnish to the Company certificates of insurance evidencing the insurance coverage required above. The Interconnecting Customer shall notify and send to the Company a certificate of insurance for any policy written on a "claims-made" basis. The Interconnecting Customer will maintain extended reporting coverage for three years on all policies written on a "claims-made" basis. In the event that an Owners Protective Liability policy is provided, the original policy shall be provided to the Company. 11.4 All insurance certificates, statements of self insurance, endorsements, cancellations, terminations, alterations, and material changes of such insurance shall be issued, updated and submitted yearly to the following: National Grid Attention: Risk Management 300 Erie Blvd West Syracuse, NY 13202 12. Indemnification. Except as precluded by the laws of the State of Rhode Island and the Providence Plantations, Interconnecting Customer and Company shall each indemnify, defend and hold the other, its directors, officers, employees and agents (including, but not limited to, Affiliates and contractors and their employees), harmless from and against all liabilities, damages, losses, penalties, claims, demands, suits and proceedings of any nature whatsoever for personal injury (including death) or property damages to unaffiliated third parties that arise out of or are in any manner connected with the performance of this Agreement by that Party except to the extent that such injury or damages to unaffiliated third parties may be attributable to the negligence or willful misconduct of the Party seeking indemnification. 13. Limitation of Liability. Each Party’s liability to the other Party for any loss, cost, claim, injury, liability, or expense, including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees, relating to or arising from any act or omission in its performance of this Agreement, shall be limited to the amount of direct damage or liability actually incurred. In no event shall either Party be liable to the other Party for any indirect, incidental, special, consequential, or punitive damages of any kind whatsoever. 14. Amendments and Modifications. No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and duly executed by both Parties. 15. Permits and Approvals. Interconnecting Customer shall obtain all environmental and other permits lawfully required by governmental authorities for the construction and operation of the Facility. Prior to the construction of System Modifications the interconnecting customer will notify the Company that it has initiated the permitting process. Prior to the commercial operation of the Facility the Customer will notify the Company that it has obtained all permits necessary. Upon request the Interconnecting Customer shall provide copies of one or more of the necessary permits to the Company. 16. Force Majeure. For purposes of this Agreement, “Force Majeure Event” means any event: a. b. that is beyond the reasonable control of the affected Party; and that the affected Party is unable to prevent or provide against by exercising commercially reasonable efforts, including the following events or circumstances, but only to the extent they satisfy the preceding requirements: acts of war or terrorism, public disorder, insurrection, or rebellion; floods, hurricanes, earthquakes, lighting, storms, and other natural calamities; explosions or fire; strikes, work stoppages, or

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 79 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
labor disputes; embargoes; and sabotage. If a Force Majeure Event prevents a Party from fulfilling any obligations under this Agreement, such Party will promptly notify the other Party in writing, and will keep the other Party informed on a continuing basis of the scope and duration of the Force Majeure Event. The affected Party will specify in reasonable detail the circumstances of the Force Majeure Event, its expected duration, and the steps that the affected Party is taking to mitigate the effects of the event on its performance. The affected Party will be entitled to suspend or modify its performance of obligations under this Agreement, other than the obligation to make payments then due or becoming due under this Agreement, but only to the extent that the effect of the Force Majeure Event cannot be mitigated by the use of reasonable efforts. The affected Party will use reasonable efforts to resume its performance as soon as possible. In no event will the unavailability or inability to obtain funds constitute a Force Majeure Event. 17. Notices. 17.1 Any written notice, demand, or request required or authorized in connection with this Agreement (“Notice”) shall be deemed properly given on the date actually delivered in person or five (5) business days after being sent by certified mail, e-mail or fax with confirmation of receipt and original follow-up by mail, or any nationally-recognized delivery service with proof of delivery, postage prepaid, to the person specified below: If to Company: National Grid Attention: Distributed Generation 40 Sylvan Rd___________ Waltham, MA 02451-1120 ______________________ Phone: E-mail: Distributed.Generation@us.ngrid.com Name: Address: City: Phone: E-mail:

If to Interconnecting Customer:

17.2 A Party may change its address for Notices at any time by providing the other Party Notice of the change in accordance with Section 17.1. 17.3 The Parties may also designate operating representatives to conduct the daily communications, which may be necessary or convenient for the administration of this Agreement. Such designations, including names, addresses, and phone numbers may be communicated or revised by one Party’s Notice to the other. 18. Default and Remedies 18.1 Defaults. Any one of the following shall constitute “An Event of Default.” (i) One of the Parties shall fail to pay any undisputed bill for charges incurred under this Agreement or other amounts which one Party owes the other Party as and when due, any such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice of nonpayment from the affected Party to the defaulting Party, or (ii) One of the Parties fails to comply with any other provision of this Agreement or breaches any representation or warranty in any material respect and fails to cure or remedy that default or breach within sixty (60) days after notice and written demand by the affected Party to cure the same or such longer period reasonably required to cure (not to exceed an additional 90 days unless otherwise mutually agreed upon), provided that the defaulting Party diligently continues to cure until such failure is fully cured.

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 80 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
18.2 Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the affected Party may at its option, in addition to any remedies available under any other provision herein, do any, or any combination, as appropriate, of the following: a. b. c. d. Continue to perform and enforce this Agreement; Recover damages from the defaulting Party except as limited by this Agreement; By written notice to the defaulting Party terminate this Agreement; Pursue any other remedies it may have under this Agreement or under applicable law or in equity.

19. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including any attachments or appendices, is entered into pursuant to the Interconnection Tariff. Together the Agreement and the Interconnection Tariff represent the entire understanding between the Parties, their agents, and employees as to the subject matter of this Agreement. Each Party also represents that in entering into this Agreement, it has not relied on any promise, inducement, representation, warranty, agreement or other statement not set forth in this Agreement or in the Company’s Interconnection Tariff. 20. Supercedence. In the event of a conflict between this Agreement, the Interconnection Tariff, or the terms of any other tariff, Exhibit or Attachment incorporated by reference, the terms of the Interconnection Tariff, as the same may be amended from time to time, shall control. In the event that the Company files a revised tariff related to interconnection for Commission approval after the effective date of this Agreement, the Company shall, not later than the date of such filing, notify the signatories of this Agreement and provide them a copy of said filing. 21. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted, governed, and construed under the laws of the State of Rhode Island and the Providence Plantations without giving effect to choice of law provisions that might apply to the law of a different jurisdiction. 22. Non-waiver. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be considered waived by a Party unless such waiver is given in writing. The failure of a Party to insist in any one or more instances upon strict performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement or to take advantage of any of its rights hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of any such provisions or the relinquishment of any such rights for the future, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. 23. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts. 24. No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is made solely for the benefit of the Parties hereto. Nothing in the Agreement shall be construed to create any rights in or duty to, or standard of care with respect to, or any liability to, any person not a party to this Agreement. 25. Dispute Resolution. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, all disputes arising under this Agreement shall be resolved pursuant to the Dispute Resolution Process set forth in the Interconnection Tariff. 26. Severability. If any clause, provision, or section of this Agreement is ruled invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, the invalidity of such clause, provision, or section, shall not affect any of the remaining provisions herein. 27. Signatures. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused two (2) originals of this Agreement to be executed under seal by their duly authorized representatives. Interconnecting Customer Name: Title: Narragansett Electric Company d/b/a National Grid Name: Title:

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2078 Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2007 Sheet 81 The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation
Date: Signature: Date: Signature:

The following attachments would be developed and included as appropriate for each specific Interconnection Service Agreement: Attachment 1: Attachment 2: Attachment 3: Attachment 4: Description of Facilities, including demarcation of Point of Common Coupling Description of System Modifications Costs of System Modifications and Payment Terms Special Operating Requirements, if any

Attachment 5: Agreement between the Company and the Company's Retail Customer (to be signed by the Company's retail customer where DG installation and interconnection will be placed, when retail customer is not the owner and/or operator of the distributed generation facility -- see Exhibit GH of the Interconnection Tariff)

Exhibit H – Agreement between the Company and the Company's Retail Customer

(Note: this Agreement is to be signed by the Company's retail customer where the distributed generation installation and interconnection will be placed, when the retail customer is not the owner and/or operator of the distributed generation facility.)
Parties. This Agreement between the Company and the Company's Retail Customer (“Agreement”), dated as of __________ (“Effective Date” of this Agreement) is entered into, by and between __________________, a Rhode Island corporation with a principal place of business at _________ (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), and __________________, a _________ corporation with a principal place of business at _______ (“Customer”). (The Company and Customer are collectively referred to as the “Parties”). Terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings set forth in Section 1.2 of the Interconnection Tariff, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 1. SCOPE, PURPOSE, AND RELATED AGREEMENTS This Agreement, in conjunction with the Interconnection Service Agreement identified in Section 2.2 , allows the Interconnecting Customer (as identified in Section 2.3) to utilize Customer’s electrical facilities to interconnect and operate the Facility in Parallel with Company’s EPS. The purpose of the Facility is to serve the Customer’s electrical loads at the location identified in Section 2.1 2. SUMMARY AND DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTIES AND LOCATION OF GENERATING FACILITY 2.1 The name and address used by Company to locate the Customer or electric service account where the Facility interconnects with Company’s EPS is: _________________ Attention: Address: City: Phone FAX: E-mail: ______________________ Company Account Number: 2.2 The Facility shall be Interconnected with the Company’s EPS pursuant to an Interconnection Service Agreement between Company and Interconnecting Customer, its successors or assigns (“Interconnecting Customer”) dated _______ (“Interconnection Service Agreement”). Interconnecting Customer’s contact information: _________________ Attention: Address: City: Phone E-mail: ______________________ FAX: 3. CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND OBLIGATIONS 3.1 Customer acknowledges that it has authorized the Facility to be installed and operated by Interconnecting Customer in accordance with Company’s Interconnection Tariff in or adjacent to Customer’s premises. Such Facility shall be used to serve all or a portion of Customer’s electrical loads associated with the electric service provided by Company at the location identified in Section 2.1 above. Customer shall be solely responsible for the terms of any agreement between it and Interconnecting Customer.

2.3

3.2

Customer shall be solely responsible for any charges incurred under Company’s electric service tariffs, and any other regulations and laws governing the provision of electric services. Customer acknowledges that it has been made aware of the charges and conditions related to the operation of the Facility and that the performance or lack of performance of the Facility may affect the rates and charges billed by Company for the electric power delivered to Customer. Copies of such tariffs are available by request to Company or on the Company’s web site. Any amount to be paid, or refunded to, Company for the services received by Customer as a result of the Interconnecting Customer failing to operate the Facility in accordance with the terms of the representations and warranties made under the Interconnection Service Agreement shall be paid to Company by the Customer in accordance with Company’s electric tariffs. Customer shall provide access as necessary to the Customer’s premises for Company personnel, contractors or agents to perform Company’s duties under the Interconnection Tariff. The Company shall have access to the disconnect switch of the Facility at all times.

3.3

3.4

4.

TERMS AND TERMINATION 4.1 This Agreement shall become effective as of the date referenced in the preamble. The Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the earliest date that one of the following events occurs: (a) (b) The Parties agree in writing to terminate the Agreement. At 12:01 A.M. on the day following the date the Customer’s electric service account through which the Generating Facility is interconnected to Company’s EPS is closed or terminated. At 12:01 A.M. on the 31st day following the date the Interconnection Service Agreement is terminated. At 12:01 A.M. on the 61st day after Company provides written Notice pursuant to Section 6 below to the Customer that Customer is not in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) (d)

5.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY 5.1 Each Party’s liability to the other Party for any loss, cost, claim, injury, liability, or expense, including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees, relating to or arising from any act or omission in its performance of this Agreement, shall be limited to the amount of direct damage or liability actually incurred. In no event shall either Party be liable to the other Party for any indirect, incidental, special, consequential, or punitive damages of any kind whatsoever. Company shall not be liable to Customer in any manner, whether in tort or contract or under any other theory, for loss or damages of any kind sustained by Customer resulting from existence of, operation of, or lack of operation of the Facility, or termination of the Interconnection Service Agreement, provided such termination is consistent with the terms of the Interconnection Service Agreement, except to the extent such loss or damage is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the Company.

5.2

6.

NOTICES 6.1 Any written notice, demand, or request required or authorized in connection with this Agreement (“Notice”) shall be deemed properly given on the date actually delivered in person or five (5) business days after being sent by certified mail, e-mail or fax with confirmation of receipt and original follow-up by mail, or any nationally-recognized delivery service with proof of delivery, postage prepaid, to the person specified below:

If to Company:

National Grid Attention: Distributed Generation 40 Sylvan Rd__________ Waltham, MA 02451-1120 ______________________ E-mail: Distributed.Generation@us.ngrid.com ____________________________ Attention: ___________________ Address: ____________________ City: _______________________ Phone: ______________________ Fax: ________________________ E-mail: ______________________

If to Customer:

6.2 6.3

A Party may change its address for Notices at any time by providing the other Party Notice of the change in accordance with Section 6.1. The Parties may also designate operating representatives to conduct the daily communications, which may be necessary or convenient for the administration of this Agreement. Such designations, including names, addresses, and phone numbers may be communicated or revised by one Party’s Notice to the other.

7.

RELEASE OF DATA Company shall maintain confidentiality of all Customer confidential and proprietary information except as otherwise required by applicable laws and regulations, the Interconnection Tariff, or as approved in writing by the Customer.

8.

ASSIGNMENT Except as provided herein, Customer shall not voluntarily assign its rights or obligations, in whole or in part, under this Agreement without Company’s written consent. Any assignment Customer purports to make without Company’s written consent shall not be valid. Company shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to Customer’s assignment of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, Company’s consent will not be required for any assignment made by Customer to an Affiliate or as collateral security in connection with a financing transaction. In all events, the Customer will not be relieved of its obligations under this Agreement unless, and until the assignee assumes in writing all obligations of this Agreement and notifies the Company of such assumption.

9.

NON-WAIVER None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be considered waived by a Party unless such waiver is given in writing. The failure of a Party to insist in any one or more instances upon strict performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement or to take advantage of any of its rights hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of any such provisions or the relinquishment of any such rights for the future, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect.

10. GOVERNING LAW, JURISDICTION OF COMMISSION, INCLUSION OF COMPANY’S TARIFFS, DEFINED TERMS 10.1 This Agreement shall be interpreted, governed, and construed under the laws of the State of Rhode Island and the Providence Plantations without giving effect to choice of law provisions that might apply to the law of a different jurisdiction.

10.2

The interconnection and services provided under this Agreement shall at all times be subject to terms and conditions set forth in the tariffs applicable to the electric service provided by Company. Copies of such tariffs are available at the Company’s web site or by request to Company and are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Company shall have the right to unilaterally file with the Commission, pursuant to the Commission’s rules and regulations, an application for change in tariffs, rates, charges, classification, service or any agreement relating thereto. When initially capitalized, whether in the singular or in the plural, the terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them either in this Agreement or in the Interconnection Tariff.

10.3

10.4

11. AMENDMENTS AND MODIFICATION This Agreement can only be amended or modified by a written agreement signed by both Parties. 12. ENTIRE AGREEMENT This Agreement, including any attachments or appendices, is entered into pursuant to the Interconnection Service Agreement and the Interconnection Tariff. Together this Agreement, the Interconnection Service Agreement, and the Interconnection Tariff represent the entire understanding between the Parties, their agents, and employees as to the subject matter of this Agreement. Each party also represents that in entering into this Agreement, it has not relied on any promise, inducement, representation, warranty, agreement or other statement not set forth in this Agreement or in the Company’s Interconnection Tariff. 13. INDEMNIFICATION Except as precluded by the laws of the State of Rhode Island and the Providence Plantations, Customer and Company shall each indemnify, defend and hold the other, its directors, officers, employees and agents (including, but not limited to, Affiliates and contractors and their employees), harmless from and against all liabilities, damages, losses, penalties, claims, demands, suits and proceedings of any nature whatsoever for personal injury (including death) or property damages to unaffiliated third parties that arise out of or are in any manner connected with the performance of this Agreement by that Party except to the extent that such injury or damages to unaffiliated third parties may be attributable to the negligence or willful misconduct of the Party seeking indemnification. 14. SIGNATURES IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused two originals of this Agreement to be executed under seal by their duly authorized representatives. Retail Customer (Electrical account holder) Name: Title: Date: Signature: Narragansett Electric Company d/b/a National Grid Name: Title: Date: Signature:

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2021-A Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1155 Sheet 1 of 3 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY OPTIONAL ENHANCED METERING SERVICE Availability of Service Enhanced metering service under this provision is available to nonresidential customers receiving metered retail delivery service from Narragansett Electric Company (“Narragansett” or “the Company”). The availability of these services will be subject to the Company’s ability to render such service. Service Option 1: Complete Service Under this service option, the Company will provide equipment at the customer's facility which will allow for periodic readings of the customer's load through telephone lines. The Company will install, own and maintain the equipment in service. The customer, or its authorized representative, may receive the data through the optical port on the equipment or electronically. Narragansett will store load information on the meter for a period of 35 days and will read the meters daily. Fees for Service Option 1: The customer has the choice of a single payment or a monthly fee. Monthly fee $7.08 $342.15 Single Payment

Service Option 2: Pulse Service Customers who wish to connect their own load recording equipment or equipment provided by their authorized representative to the Company's meter may elect this option. Narragansett will provide a pulse interface device through which the customer can access meter data. The customer, or its representative, must purchase, own and maintain a modem-equipped recording device in order to access meter pulses. Fees for Service Option 2: The customer has the choice of a single payment or a monthly fee. Monthly fee $3.65 $176.28 Additional Services
S:\RADATA1\2009 neco\General Rate Case\Compliance Filing\Amended Compliance\Tariffs\Optional Enhanced Metering 030110.doc

Single Payment

11

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2021-A Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1155 Sheet 2 of 3 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY OPTIONAL ENHANCED METERING SERVICE Customers who elect Service Option 1, Complete Service, may request additional services as described below. The fees for these services are in addition to the fees described above. The availability of these services will be subject to the Company’s ability to render such service. Power Outage Reporting The Company will notify the customer’s designee within one hour after the occurrence that the customer’s power is out and provide confirmation that the customer outage has been logged into the Company outage reporting network. Notification may be by phone, fax, or email. Monthly Fee: $22.00

Peak Consumption Notification (Demand Overload) Under this service, the customer will select a threshold for kW or kVA demand. The Company will notify the customer or its designee within one hour after the threshold is exceeded. Notification may be by phone, fax or e-mail. Monthly Fee: $26.00

Read on Appointment (Autoread) Under this service, the customer may request specific dates and times for the Company to read its meter and the Company may bill the customer based on these readings. Monthly Fee: per occurrence: Read on Request The Company will obtain meter readings within one hour of receiving a request from a participating customer. The Company may provide the meter reading to the customer’s designee by phone, fax or e-mail. Monthly Fee: per occurrence: $33.00 $85.00 $33.00 $85.00

S:\RADATA1\2009 neco\General Rate Case\Compliance Filing\Amended Compliance\Tariffs\Optional Enhanced Metering 030110.doc

12

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2021-A Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1155 Sheet 3 of 3 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY OPTIONAL ENHANCED METERING SERVICE Advanced Meter Information Read on Demand The Company will provide power quality data to the customer or its authorized designee by fax or e-mail attachment. Monthly Fee: per occurrence: $33.00 $85.00

Effective: March 1, 2010

S:\RADATA1\2009 neco\General Rate Case\Compliance Filing\Amended Compliance\Tariffs\Optional Enhanced Metering 030110.doc

13

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2020-A Canceling R.I.P.U.C. No. 1156 Sheet 1 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY OPTIONAL INTERVAL DATA SERVICE Availability of Service Service is available under this tariff for nonresidential customers receiving service under Narragansett Electric Company’s (“Narragansett”) or “The Company”) Optional Enhanced Metering Service, and customers receiving metered retail delivery service from Narragansett who have a Company-owned interval data recorder (“IDR”) installed at their facilities. Fees: Under this provision, the fees for this service will vary depending upon the number of accounts and frequency of requests for interval data. Access is available to the customer or its authorized agent. One-Time Request of Interval Data: Initial request covering a single calendar year Subsequent request within same calendar year Single retail delivery service account Additional retail delivery service account requested same time No Charge

$83.00 $6.41 per account

Fees will be prorated for customer requests which include interval data which has been provided previously in response to an earlier request for data service. Subscription service for Interval Data over the Internet: The Company may offer subscriptions to eligible customers for access to interval data through an Internet account which is available for the customer’s use. Fees for this service are provided below. The minimum contract length is one year. The availability of this service will be subject to the Company’s ability to render such service. Single retail delivery service account Additional retail delivery service account Requested at the same time $154.00 $76.89 per account

Effective: March 1, 2010

S:\RADATA1\2009 neco\General Rate Case\Compliance Filing\Amended Compliance\Tariffs\Optional Interval Data Service 030110.doc

10

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1185 Sheet 1 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY CUSTOMER CREDIT PROVISION The Customer Credit Factor (“CCF”) shall refund to customers all funds accumulated on the behalf of customers (“Customer Credit”) pursuant to Section 11(A) of the Third Amended Stipulation and Settlement Agreement approved by the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission (“Commission”) in Docket No. 2930, in accordance with the adjustments and methodology set forth in the settlement filed by the Company and approved by the Commission in Docket No. 3617 (the “Current Rate Plan”). The Company shall estimate and adjust the Customer Credit for the period January 1, 2000 through December 31, 2004 as described in Section 7(C) of the Current Rate Plan. The Customer Credit shall be allocated to each of the Company’s rate classes using a factor comprised of 50% of each class’ base distribution revenues estimated for calendar year 2005 and 50% of each class’ kilowatt-hour deliveries estimated for calendar year 2005. The factor for each class will be a cents-per-kilowatt-hour factor applicable to all kilowatt-hours delivered by the Company and will be applied to customer bills over a twelve-month period beginning for usage on and after November 1, 2004. The estimated amounts included in the design of the CFF shall be reconciled to actual amounts in a report filed with the Commission by May 1, 2005. In addition, the amounts credited to customers pursuant to this provision shall be tracked by the Company and reconciled at the end of the twelve-month period to the actual amount reflected in the May 1, 2005 report. The result of this reconciliation shall be included in the Company’s first annual reconciliation filing occurring after the expiration of the CCF. Any over or under recoveries of the Customer Credit will be allocated to customer classes using the methodology set forth in the prior paragraph and recovered from or returned to customers over the following twelve months in a Customer Credit adjustment factor. Pursuant to the Commission Order in Docket No. 3551, all of some portion of the Customer Credit attributable to the U.S. Navy will be credited to the Company’s revenues in calendar year 2004, and be subject to earnings sharing. Under G.L. 42-98-1.1, the cities of Providence and East Providence (“Cities”) have the option to waive the application of the CCF that would otherwise be applicable to the Company’s customers in those communities for purposes of supporting the cost to underground the E-183 line in accordance with the settlement approved by the Energy Facilities Siting Board on May 28, 2004 in Docket SB-2003-1 (“E-183 Settlement”). In the event that one or both of the Cities elects the option under G.L. 42-98-1.1, the Company shall implement such election. In the event that: (i) the Company receives funding for the undergrounding from alternative sources; (ii) either City does not exercise the option under G.L 42-98-1.1; or (iii) the Company is unable to secure funding, permits, and the rights to land and easements as set forth in the E-183 Settlement, then the Company shall notify the Cities and shall implement that portion of the Customer

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\custcredprov.1104.doc, 04/29/2009

R.I.P.U.C. No. 1185 Sheet 2

Credit not otherwise used to fund the undergrounding project for the Company’s customers in those communities. Modifications to the CCF shall be in accordance with a notice filed with the Commission setting forth the amount of the revised factor and the amount of the increase or decrease. The notice shall further specify the effective date of such charges. Effective: November 1, 2004

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\custcredprov.1104.doc,04/29/2009

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2044 Sheet 1 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY INFRASTRUCTURE, SAFETY, AND RELIABILITY PROVISION In accordance with the provisions of An Act Relating to Public Utilities and Carriers – Revenue Decoupling, the prices for electric distribution service contained in all of the Company’s tariffs are subject to adjustment to reflect the operation of its Electric Infrastructure, Safety, and Reliability (“ISR”) Provision. I. Infrastructure Investment Mechanism A. Definitions

“Actual Capital Investment” shall mean the sum of i) “Discretionary Capital Investment” and ii) “Non-Discretionary Capital Investment”, as defined below, plus cost of removal. “CapEx Factor” shall mean the per-kWh factor for non-demand rate classes designed to recover the Cumulative Revenue Requirement, as allocated by the Rate Base Allocator, based on Forecasted kWh for the Current Year for each non-demand rate class. For demand-based rate classes Rate G-02, Rates G-32/B-32, and Rates G-62/B-62, the CapEx Factor shall mean the per-kW factor based on Forecasted kWh for the Current Year and historic load factors for each demand-based rate class. “CapEx Reconciling Factor” shall mean the per-kWh factor designed to recover or refund the over or under billing of the actual Cumulative Revenue Requirement, as allocated by the Rate Base Allocator, for the prior fiscal year, based on Forecasted kWh for the recovery/refund period beginning October 1. “Cumulative CapEx” shall mean the cumulative Actual Capital Investment for years prior to the Current Year plus Forecasted Capital Investment for the Current Year, recorded since March 31, 2011. “Cumulative Revenue Requirement” shall mean the return and taxes on year-end cumulative Incremental Rate Base, at a rate equal to the pre-tax weighted average cost of capital as approved by the Commission in the most recent proceeding before the Commission, plus the annual depreciation on Cumulative CapEx, plus the annual municipal property taxes on Cumulative CapEx, beginning in the year following the in service date of electric plant additions. “Current Year” shall mean the fiscal year beginning April 1 of the current year and running through March 31 of the subsequent year during which the proposed CapEx Factor and O&M Factor will be in effect. “Discretionary Capital Investment” shall mean capital investment, other than ‘NonDiscretionary’ Capital Investment defined below, approved by the Commission as part of the Company’s annual electric ISR Plan and shall be defined as the lesser of a) actual ‘discretionary’ electric plant in service or b) approved ‘discretionary’ capital spending for Discretionary Capital

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\ISR Provision Tariff.040111.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2044 Sheet 2 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY INFRASTRUCTURE, SAFETY, AND RELIABILITY PROVISION Investment plus related cost of removal recorded by the Company for a given fiscal year associated with electric distribution infrastructure. “Forecasted Capital Investment” shall mean the estimated capital investment and cost of removal anticipated to be incurred/recorded by the Company for a given fiscal year associated with electric distribution infrastructure consistent with its capital forecast. “Forecasted kWh” shall mean the forecasted amount of electricity, as measured in kWh, to be distributed to the Company’s distribution customers for the twelve month period during which the proposed factors, as defined in this ISR Provision, will be in effect. “Incremental Rate Base” shall mean the Cumulative CapEx adjusted for accumulated depreciation and calculated accumulated deferred taxes on Cumulative CapEx since March 31, 2011. “Non-Discretionary Capital Investment” shall mean capital investment related to the Company’s commitment to meet statutory and/or regulatory obligations which amount shall be approved by the Commission as part of the Company’s annual electric ISR Plan and shall be defined as the lesser of a) ‘non-discretionary’ electric plant in service or b) actual ‘non-discretionary’ capital spending for ‘Non-Discretionary’ Capital Investment plus related cost of removal recorded by the Company for a given fiscal year associated with electric distribution infrastructure. “Rate Base Allocator” shall mean the percentage of total rate base allocated to each rate class taken from the most recent proceeding before the Commission that contained an allocated cost of service study. B. Recovery Mechanism

The CapEx Factors shall recover the Cumulative Revenue Requirement on Cumulative CapEx as approved by the Commission in the Company’s annual Electric ISR Filings. The CapEx Factors shall be applicable for the twelve-month period commencing April 1. The Company’s electric ISR mechanism shall include an annual CapEx Factor reconciliation which will reconcile actual Cumulative Revenue Requirement to actual billed revenue generated from the CapEx Factors for the applicable Current Year. The recovery or refund of the reconciliation amounts (either positive or negative) shall be reflected in CapEx Reconciling Factors. The Company shall submit a filing by August 1 of each year (“Reconciliation Filing”), in which the Company shall propose the CapEx Reconciling Factors to become effective for the twelve months beginning October 1. The amount approved for recovery or refund through the CapEx Reconciling Factors shall be subject to reconciliation with amounts billed through the CapEx Reconciling Factors and any difference reflected in future CapEx Reconciling Factors.

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\ISR Provision Tariff.040111.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2044 Sheet 3 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY INFRASTRUCTURE, SAFETY, AND RELIABILITY PROVISION II. Operation and Maintenance Mechanism A. Definitions

“Actual I&M Expense” shall mean the O&M expense recorded by the Company for a given fiscal year associated with its I&M Program. “Actual VM Expense” shall mean the O&M expense recorded by the Company for a given fiscal year associated with vegetation management. “Forecasted I&M Expense” shall mean the O&M expense budgeted by the Company for a given fiscal year associated with its I&M Program. “Forecasted VM Expense” shall mean the O&M expense budgeted by the Company for a given fiscal year associated with vegetation management. “I&M Program” shall mean the Company’s Inspection and Maintenance Program and related inspection and maintenance activities. “O&M” shall mean expenses of the Company recorded in FERC regulatory accounts 580 through 598 pursuant to FERC’s Code of Federal Regulations. “O&M Allocator” shall mean the percentage of total O&M allocated to each rate class taken from the most recent proceeding before the Commission that contained an allocated cost of service study. “O&M Factor” shall mean the per-kWh factor for all rate classes, except for Rates B62/G-62, designed to recover the Forecasted I&M Expense and Forecasted VM Expense for the Current Year, as allocated by the O&M Allocator, based on Forecasted kWh for the Current Year for each rate class. For Rates G-62/B-62, the O&M Factor shall mean the per-kW factor based on Forecasted kWh for the Current Year and historic load factors for the rate class. “O&M Reconciling Factor” shall mean the uniform per-kWh factor designed to recover or refund the under or over billing of Actual I&M Expense and Actual VM Expense for the prior fiscal year, based on Forecasted kWh for the recovery/refund period beginning October 1. B. Recovery Mechanism

The O&M Factor shall recover the sum of the annual Forecasted I&M Expense and Forecasted VM Expense as approved by the Commission in the Company’s annual Electric ISR Filings. The O&M Factor shall be applicable for the twelve-month period commencing April 1.

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\ISR Provision Tariff.040111.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2044 Sheet 4 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY INFRASTRUCTURE, SAFETY, AND RELIABILITY PROVISION The Company’s Electric ISR mechanism shall include an annual O&M Factor reconciliation which will reconcile Actual I&M Expense and Actual VM Expense to actual billed revenue from the O&M Factor for the Current Year. The recovery or refund of the reconciliation amount (either positive or negative) shall be reflected in the O&M Reconciling Factor. In its Reconciliation Filing, the Company shall propose the O&M Reconciling Factor to become effective for the twelve months beginning October 1. The amount approved for recovery or refund through the O&M Reconciling Factor shall be subject to reconciliation with amounts billed through the O&M Reconciling Factor and any difference reflected in a future O&M Reconciling Factor. III. Annual Electric Infrastructure, Safety, and Maintenance Plan

By January 1 of each year, the Company shall submit to the Commission for review and approval its proposed Electric Infrastructure, Safety, and Reliability Plan (“Electric ISR Plan”) for the upcoming Current Year. The Electric ISR Plan shall consist of Forecasted Capital Investment, Forecasted I&M Expense, Forecasted VM Expense, and, if mutually agreed upon by the Division and the Company, the revenue requirement, whether the result of capital investment or O&M expenditures, of any other cost relating to maintaining safe and reliable electric service. IV. Annual Report on Electric ISR Plan Activities

The Company’s August 1 Reconciliation Filing shall include an annual report on the prior fiscal year’s activities. In implementing its Electric ISR Plan, the circumstances encountered during the year may require reasonable deviations from the original plans approved by the Commission. In such cases, in the annual report, the Company would include an explanation of any deviations in excess of ten (10) percent above Forecasted Capital Investment, Forecasted I&M Expense, and Forecasted VM Expense. For cost recovery purposes, the Company has the burden to show that any such deviations were due to circumstances out of its reasonable control or, if within its control, were reasonable and prudent. V. Adjustments to Rates

Modifications to the factors contained in this Electric ISR Provision shall be in accordance with a notice filed with the Commission setting forth the amount(s) of the revised factor(s) and the amount(s) of the increase(s) or decrease(s). The notice shall further specify the effective date of such charges. Effective: April 1, 2011

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\ISR Provision Tariff.040111.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2073 Sheet 1 NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY REVENUE DECOUPLING MECHANISM PROVISION In accordance with An Act Relating to Public Utilities and Carriers – Revenue Decoupling, the prices for distribution service contained in all of the Company’s tariffs are subject to adjustment to reflect the operation of its Revenue Decoupling Mechanism (“RDM”) Provision. I. Definitions

“Actual Billed Distribution Revenue” shall mean the amounts the Company has billed during the applicable RDM Year for customer charges, distribution demand charges, distribution energy charges, Second Feeder Service charges, and any other charges or discounts that the Company records as distribution revenue. Actual Billed Distribution Revenue shall not include charges billed pursuant to the provisions of the Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability Provision, R.I.P.U.C. No. 2044, as may be amended from time to time. Actual Billed Distribution Revenue shall exclude the RDM Adjustment Factor, as it is subject to its own reconciliation. “Annual Target Revenue” or “ATR” shall mean the revenue requirement as approved by the Commission less any adjustments to that revenue requirement as approved by the Commission. “RDM Year” shall mean the twelve-month period beginning April 1. “Forecasted kWh” shall mean the forecasted amount of electricity, as measured in kWh, to be distributed to the Company’s retail delivery service customers for the twelve month period during which the proposed RDM Adjustment Factor will be in effect. “RDM Adjustment Factor” shall mean a per-kWh factor equal to the RDM Reconciliation Amount divided by the Forecasted kWh for all rate classes. “RDM Reconciliation Amount” shall mean the difference (either positive or negative) between the Actual Billed Distribution Revenue and the ATR for the RDM Year. II. RDM Revenue Reconciliation and Adjustment Factor

The Company’s RDM shall include an annual RDM Revenue Reconciliation which will reconcile ATR and Actual Billed Distribution Revenue for the same RDM Year. The RDM Revenue Reconciliation Amount (either positive or negative) shall determine the RDM Adjustment Factor. The Company shall submit a filing no later than May 15, in which the Company shall propose adjustments to distribution rates to reflect the RDM Adjustment Factor. These adjustments to distribution rates will be effective for usage on and after July 1. The RDM Adjustment Factor will be based on the RDM Reconciliation Amount for the prior RDM Year as determined above. The amount of over- or under-recovery resulting from the RDM Reconciliation Amount, including interest at the rate paid on customer deposits, shall be used to determine a uniform per-kWh RDM Adjustment Factor based on the Forecasted kWh.

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\RevDcplng Tariff 040111.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2073 Sheet 2 NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY REVENUE DECOUPLING MECHANISM PROVISION The RDM Adjustment Factor shall be applicable to all retail delivery service customers. The amount approved by the Commission to be recovered or refunded through the RDM Adjustment Factor shall be subject to reconciliation. III. Adjustments to Annual Target Revenue

The ATR shall be based on the revenue requirement approved by the Commission in the Company’s most recent general rate case. The ATR may be adjusted should the Commission approve recovery mechanisms for costs included in the revenue requirement such that those costs would be recovered from customers through two mechanisms or not recovered at all. Should the Company’s ATR change during a RDM Year as a result of a new revenue requirement arising from a general rate case that may be approved by the Commission, the Company shall allocate the prior ATR and new ATR to each month within the RDM Year based on the rate year kWh deliveries reflected in the general rate case from which the revenue requirement was based. IV. Interim RDM Adjustments

If at any time during the year, the total of cumulative Actual Billed Distribution Revenue excess/shortfall for the Company in total is estimated to be equal to or greater than 10% above or below the Company’s ATR for the current RDM Year, the Company will petition the Commission for an interim adjustment prior to its next scheduled RDM Filing. V. Adjustments to Rates

Adjustments to rates pursuant to the RDM Provision are subject to review and approval by the Commission. Modifications to the factors contained in this RDM Provision shall be in accordance with a notice filed with the Commission pursuant to R.I.G.L. § 39-3-11(a) setting forth the amount(s) of the revised factor(s) and the amount(s) of the increase(s) or decrease(s). The notice shall further specify the effective date of such charges. Effective: April 1, 2011

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\RevDcplng Tariff 040111.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2079 Sheet 1 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY LIHEAP ENHANCEMENT PLAN PROVISION In accordance with R.I.G.L. § 39-1-27.12, beginning January 1, 2012 and for every month thereafter, the Company shall bill to all customers a Low Income Home Energy Assistance Enhancement Plan charge (“LIHEAP charge”) approved by the Commission, provided however that the annual charge shall not exceed ten ($10) dollars per customer, per year. For purposes of this provision a “customer” is defined as any person taking service at a single point of electric service delivery or electric service meter. The monthly rate for the LIHEAP charge is $0.83 per customer and shall appear as a separate line item on a customer’s bill. The Company shall establish a LIHEAP Enhancement Plan fund that shall be used to account for the combined funds collected through the LIHEAP charge from both gas and electric service customers. The State Office of Energy Resource shall designate to the Company the qualifying customer accounts and the amounts to be credited from the LIHEAP Enhancement Plan fund. The cumulative annual amount of credits applied to customer bills will be limited to an amount no greater than the aggregate projected LIHEAP Charges billed in any given calendar year. Once the aggregate credits applied to customer’s bills equals the aggregate projected LIHEAP Charge billed during the calendar year, the application of the Enhancement Plan credits would cease. Any difference in projected and actual LIHEAP Charge billings in a calendar year would be added to or subtracted from the subsequent year’s projected LIHEAP Charge billings in establishing the future year’s total available funds. The projected annual revenue in the LIHEAP Enhancement Plan fund collected through the gas and electric service LIHEAP Enhancement Plan charges shall not exceed seven million five hundred thousand dollars ($7,500,000) and shall not be less than six million five hundred thousand dollars ($6,500,000). For purposes of receiving funds from the LIHEAP Enhancement Plan fund, a qualifying LIHEAP eligible customer shall be a household with a combined gross income equal to or less than sixty percent (60%) of the state median household income as calculated by the U.S. Bureau of Census and as adjusted for family or group size by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services regulation 45 CFR Sec. 96.85 or its successor regulation.

Effective Date: January 1, 2012

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\LIHEAP Enhancement Plan Electric Tariff.010112.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2099 Cancelling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2075 Sheet 1 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY NET METERING PROVISION

I.

Definitions

“Company” shall mean The Narragansett Electric Company d/b/a National Grid. “Commission” shall mean the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission. “Eligible Net Metering Resource” shall mean eligible renewable energy resource as defined in R.I.G.L. Chapter 39-26-5 including biogas created as a result of anaerobic digestion, but, specifically excluding all other listed eligible biomass fuels. “Eligible Net Metering System” shall mean a facility generating electricity using an Eligible Net Metering Resource that is reasonably designed and sized to annually produce electricity in an amount that is equal to or less than the Renewable Self-generator’s usage at the Eligible Net Metering System Site measured by the three (3) year average annual consumption of energy over the previous three (3) years at the electric distribution account(s) located at the Eligible Net Metering System Site. A projected annual consumption of energy may be used until the actual three (3) year average annual consumption of energy over the previous three (3) years at the electric delivery service account(s) located at the Eligible Net Metering System Site becomes available for use in determining eligibility of the generating system. The Eligible Net Metering System must be owned by the same entity that is the customer of record on the Net Metered Accounts. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this chapter, any Eligible Net Metering Resource: (i) owned by a municipality or Multi-municipal Collaborative or (ii) owned and operated by a renewable generation developer on behalf of a municipality or Multi-municipal Collaborative through a Municipal Net Metering Financing Arrangement shall be treated as an Eligible Net Metering System and all municipal delivery service accounts designated by the municipality or Multi-municipal Collaborative shall be eligible for net metering within an Eligible Net Metering System Site. “Eligible Net Metering System Site” shall mean the site where the Eligible Net Metering System is located or is part of the same campus or complex of sites contiguous to one another and the site where the Eligible Net Metering System is located or a farm in which the Eligible Net Metering System is located. Except for an Eligible Net Metering System owned by or operated on behalf of a municipality or multi-municipal collaborative through a municipal net metering financing arrangement, the purpose of this definition is to reasonably assure that energy generated by the Eligible Net Metering System is consumed by net metered electric delivery service account(s) that are actually located in the same geographical location as the Eligible Net Metering System. Except for an Eligible Net Metering System owned by or operated on behalf of a municipality or Multi-municipal Collaborative through a Municipal Net Metering Financing Arrangement, all of the Net Metered Accounts at the Eligible Net Metering System Site must be the accounts of the same customer of record and customers are not permitted to enter into agreements or arrangements to change the name on accounts for the purpose of artificially
S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NMProvision 040112.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2099 Cancelling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2075 Sheet 2 expanding the Eligible Net Metering System Site to contiguous sites in an attempt to avoid this restriction. However, a property owner may change the nature of the metered service at the delivery service accounts at the site to be master metered (as allowed by applicable state law) in the owner’s name, or become the customer of record for each of the delivery service accounts, provided that the owner becoming the customer of record actually owns the property at which the delivery service account is located. As long as the Net Metered Accounts meet the requirements set forth in this definition, there is no limit on the number of delivery service accounts that may be net metered within the Eligible Net Metering System Site. “Excess Renewable Net Metering Credit” shall mean a credit that applies to an Eligible Net Metering System for that portion of the Renewable Self-generator’s production of electricity beyond one hundred percent (100%) and no greater than one hundred twenty-five (125%) of the Renewable Self-generator’s own consumption at the eligible net metering system site during the applicable billing period. Such Excess Renewable Net Metering Credit shall be equal to the Company’s avoided cost rate, defined for this purpose as the Standard Offer Service kilowatthour (kWh) charge for the rate class and time-of-use billing period, if applicable, applicable to the delivery service account(s) at the Eligible Net Metering System Site. Where there are delivery service accounts at the Eligible Net Metering System Site in different rate classes, the Company may calculate the Excess Renewable Net Metering Credit based on the average of the Standard Offer Service rates applicable to those on-site delivery service accounts. The Company has the option to use the energy received from such excess generation to serve the Standard Offer Service load. The Commission shall have the authority to make determinations as to the applicability of this credit to specific generation facilities to the extent there is an uncertainty or disagreement. “Farm” shall be defined in accordance with section 44-27-2, except that all buildings associated with the farm shall be eligible for Renewable Net Metering Credits and Excess Renewable Net Metering Credits as long as: (i) the buildings are owned by the same entity operating the farm or persons associated with operating the farm; and (ii) the buildings are on the same farmland as the project on either a tract of land contiguous with or reasonably proximate to such farmland or across a public way from such farmland. “ISO-NE” shall mean The Independent System Operator – New England established in accordance with the NEPOOL Agreement and applicable FERC approvals, which is responsible for managing the bulk power generation and transmission systems in New England. “Multi-municipal Collaborative” shall mean a group of towns and/or cities that enter into an agreement for the purpose of co-owning a renewable generation facility or entering into a Municipal Net Metering Financing Arrangement. “Municipal Net Metering Financing Arrangement” shall mean arrangements entered into by a municipality or Multi-municipal Collaborative with a private entity to facilitate the financing and operation of a net metering resource, in which the private entity owns and operates an Eligible Net Metering Resource on behalf of a municipality or Multi-municipal Collaborative, where: (i) the Eligible Net Metering Resource is located on property owned or controlled by the municipality or one of the municipalities, as applicable, and (ii) the production from the Eligible
S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NMProvision 040112.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2099 Cancelling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2075 Sheet 3 Net Metering Resource and primary compensation paid by the municipality or Multi-municipal Collaborative to the private entity for such production is directly tied to the consumption of electricity occurring at the designated Net Metered Accounts. “Municipality and towns and cities” shall mean any Rhode Island town or city, including any agency or instrumentality thereof, with the powers set forth in title 45 of the general laws. “Net Metering” shall mean using electricity generated by an Eligible Net Metering System for the purpose of self-supplying power at the Eligible Net Metering System Site and thereby offsetting consumption at the Eligible Net Metering System Site through the netting process established in this provision. “Net Metered Accounts” shall mean one or more electric delivery service billing accounts owned by a single customer of record on the same campus or complex of sites contiguous to one another and the site where the Eligible Net Metering System is located or a farm in which the Eligible Net Metering System is located, or all municipal delivery service accounts associated with an Eligible Net Metering System that is: (i) owned by a municipality or Multi-municipal Collaborative or (ii) owned and operated by a renewable generation developer on behalf of a municipality or Multimunicipal Collaborative through a municipal net metering financing arrangement, provided that the Net Metering Customer or the municipality or Multi-municipal Collaborative has submitted Schedule B (attached) with the individual billing account information for each Net Metered Account. It is the responsibility of the Net Metering Customer or the municipality or Multimunicipal Collaborative to submit a revised Schedule B should there be a change to any of the information contained therein. “Net Metering Customer” shall mean a customer of the Company receiving and being billed for electric delivery service whose delivery account(s) are being net metered. “Person” shall mean an individual, firm, corporation, associations, partnership, farm, town or city of the State of Rhode Island, Multi-municipal Collaborative, or the State of Rhode Island or any department of the state government, governmental agency or public instrumentality of the state. “Project” shall mean a distinct installation of an Eligible Net Metering System. An installation will be considered distinct if it is installed in a different location, or at a different time, or involves a different type of renewable energy. “Renewable Net Metering Credit” shall mean a credit that applies to an Eligible Net Metering System up to one hundred percent (100%) of the Renewable Self-generator’s usage at the Eligible Net Metering System Site over the applicable billing period. This credit shall be equal to the total kilowatt-hours of electricity generated and consumed on-site during the billing period multiplied by the sum of the: (i) (ii) Standard offer Service kilowatt-hour charge for the rate class applicable to the net metering customer; Distribution kilowatt-hour charge;

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NMProvision 040112.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2099 Cancelling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2075 Sheet 4 (iii) (iv) Transmission kilowatt-hour charge; and Transition kilowatt-hour charge.

“Renewable Self-generator” shall mean an electric delivery service customer who installs or arranges for an installation of renewable generation that is primarily designed to produce electricity for consumption by that same customer at its delivery service account(s).

II.

Terms and Conditions

The following policies regarding Net Metering of electricity from Eligible Net Metering Systems and regarding any Person that is a Renewable Self-generator shall apply: 1. The maximum allowable capacity for Eligible Net Metering Systems, based on name plate capacity, shall be five megawatts (5 MW), 2. The aggregate amount of Net Metering in Rhode Island shall not exceed three percent (3%) of peak load, provided that at least two megawatts (2 MW) are reserved for Projects of less than fifty kilowatts (50 kW), 3. For ease of administering Net Metered Accounts and stabilizing Net Metered Account bills, the Company may elect (but is not required) to estimate for any twelve (12) month period i) the production from the Eligible Net Metering System and ii) aggregate consumption of the Net Metered Accounts at the Eligible Net Metering System Site and establish a monthly billing plan that reflects the expected Renewable Generation Credits and Excess Renewable Generation Credits that would be applied to the Net Metered Accounts over twelve (12) months. The billing plan would be designed to even out monthly billings over twelve (12) months, regardless of actual production and usage. If such election is made by the Company, the Company would reconcile payments and credits under the billing plan to actual production and consumption at the end of the twelve (12) month period and apply any credits or charges to the Net Metered Accounts for any positive or negative difference, as applicable. Should there be a material change in circumstances at the Eligible Net Metering System Site or associated Net Metered Accounts during the twelve (12) month period, the estimate and credits may be adjusted by the Company during the reconciliation period. The Company also may elect (but is not required) to issue checks to any Net Metering Customer in lieu of billing credits or carry forward credits or charges to the next billing period. For residential Eligible Net Metering Systems twenty-five kilowatts (25) kW or smaller, the Company, at its option, may administer Renewable Net Metering Credits month to month allowing unused credits to carry forward into following billing period. 4. If the electricity generated by an Eligible Net Metering System during a billing period is equal to or less than the Net Metering Customer’s usage during the billing period for Net Metered Accounts at the Eligible Net Metering System Site, the customer shall receive Renewable Net Metering Credits, which shall be applied to offset the Net Metering
S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NMProvision 040112.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2099 Cancelling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2075 Sheet 5 Customer’s usage on Net Metered Accounts at the Eligible Net Metering System Site. 5. If the electricity generated by an Eligible Net Metering System during a billing period is greater than the Net Metering Customer’s usage on Net Metered Accounts at the eligible Net Metering System Site during the billing period, the customer shall be paid by Excess Renewable Net Metering Credits for the excess electricity generated beyond the Net Metering Customer’s usage at the Eligible Net Metering System Site up to an additional twenty-five percent (25%) of the Renewable Self-generator’s consumption during the billing period; unless the Company and Net Metering Customer have agreed to a billing plan pursuant to Section II.3. 6. As a condition to receiving Renewable Generation Credits or Excess Renewable Generation Credit pursuant to this provision, customers who install Eligible Net Metering Systems must enter into an interconnection agreement and comply with the Company’s Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation, as amended and superseded from time to time. 7. Customers eligible to receive Renewable Net Metering Credits or Excess Renewable Net Metering Credits pursuant to Sections II.4 and II.5, respectively, shall be required to complete Schedule B, attached hereto as Appendix A. 8. As a condition to receiving any payments pursuant to this provision, Customers who install Eligible Net Metering Systems with a nameplate capacity in excess of 60 kW must comply with any and all applicable New England Power Pool (“NEPOOL”) and ISO-NE rules, requirements, or information requests that are necessary for the Eligible Net Metering System’s electric energy output to be sold into the ISO-NE administered markets. If the Company must provide to NEPOOL or ISO-NE any information regarding the operation, output, or any other data in order to sell the output of the Eligible Net Metering System into the ISO-NE administered markets, the Eligible Net Metering System must provide such information to the Company in a timely manner. 9. NEPOOL and ISO-NE have the authority to impose fines, penalties, and/or sanctions on participants if it is determined that a participant is violating established rules in certain instances. Accordingly, to the extent that a fine, penalty, or sanction is levied by NEPOOL or the ISO-NE as a result of the Eligible Net Metering System’s failure to comply with a NEPOOL or ISO-NE rule or information request, the Eligible Net Metering System will be responsible for the costs incurred by the Company, if any, associated with such fine, penalty or sanction. III. Rates for Distribution Service to Eligible Net Metering System and Net Metered Accounts 1. Retail delivery service by the Company to the Eligible Net Metering System and Net Metered Accounts shall be governed by the tariffs, rates, terms, conditions, and policies for retail delivery service which are on file with the Commission.
S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NMProvision 040112.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2099 Cancelling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2075 Sheet 6

2. The Standard Offer Service and retail delivery rates applicable to any Net Metered Account shall be the same as those that apply to the rate classification that would be applicable to such delivery service account in the absence of Net Metering including customer and demand charges and no other charges may be imposed to offset net metering credits. 3. Net Metered Accounts associated with an Eligible Net Metering System shall be exempt from backup service rates commensurate with the size of the Eligible Net Metering System. IV. Cost Recovery 1. Any prudent and reasonable costs incurred by the Company pursuant to achieving compliance with R.I.G.L. Section 39-26.2 and the annual amount t of any Renewable Net Metering Credits or Excess Renewable Net Metering Credits provided to Eligible Net Metering Systems, shall be aggregated by the Company and billed to all distribution customers on an annual basis through a uniform per kilowatt hour (kWh) Net Metering Charge embedded in the distribution component of the rates reflected on customer bills 2. The Company will include the energy market payments received from ISO-NE for the electricity generated by Eligible Net Metering Systems in the Company’s annual reconciliation of the Net Metering Charge. Eligible Net Metering Systems with a nameplate capacity in excess of 60 kWs shall provide all necessary information to, and cooperate with, the Company to enable the Company to obtain the appropriate asset identification for reporting generation to ISO-NE. The Company will report all exported power to the ISO-NE as a settlement only generator and net this reported usage and associated payment received against the annual amount of Standard Offer Service component of any renewable net metering credits or excess renewable net metering credits provided to accounts associated with eligible net metering systems.

Effective: April 1, 2012

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NMProvision 040112.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2099 Cancelling R.I.P.U.C. No. 2075 Sheet 7 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY NET METERING PROVISION

Schedule B INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR APPLICATION OF RENEWABLE NET METERING AND EXCESS RENEWABLE NET METERING CREDITS

Date: ____________________ Net Metering Customer (“NMC”): ___________________ NMC Address: ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ Estimated annual generation in kWhs of Eligible Net-Metering System ____________

Net Metered Account(s) The following information must be provided for each individual Net Metered Account: Name: ____________________________________ (Except in the case of a municipal or Multi-municipal Collaborative, the customer of record must be the same as the NMC) Service Address: __________________________________ National Grid Account number: ______________________ Three (3) years average kWh usage for this account _________________ Total three (3) years average kWh usage for all accounts listed __________

S:\RADATA1\RATE ADMINISTRATION\Tariffs_Current\Narragansett\NMProvision 040112.doc

R.I.P.U.C. No. 2081 Sheet 1 THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY LONG-TERM CONTRACTING FOR RENEWABLE ENERGY RECOVERY PROVISION The Company’s rates for Retail Delivery Service are subject to adjustment to reflect recovery of costs incurred in accordance with the provisions of § 39-26.1-7(d), the Town of New Shoreham Project and § 39-26.1-9(8), the Town of Johnston Project. Specifically, costs recovered under this provision shall include all costs incurred in the negotiation, administration, enforcement, and implementation of the projects and related agreements, and costs associated with the design of an undersea transmission cable interconnecting Block Island (Town of New Shoreham) to the mainland that are not otherwise recovered through the Transmission Service Cost Adjustment Provision. The Long-term Contracting for Renewable Energy Recovery (“LTCRER”) factor shall be established annually based upon the costs incurred during the prior year. In addition, on an annual basis, the Company shall reconcile its revenue billed through the LTCRER factor, as adjusted for uncollectible amounts at the Company’s currently approved uncollectible allowance rate of 0.94%, to the amount allowed to be recovered during the reconciliation period, and the excess or deficiency, including interest at the interest rate paid on customer deposits, shall be refunded to, or collected from, all customers in the subsequent year’s LTCRER factor. The LTCRER factor shall be a uniform per kilowatt-hour factor applicable to all customers based on the estimated kilowatt-hours to be delivered by the Company during the twelve month period that the LTCRER factor will be in effect. For billing purposes, the LTCRER factor will be included with the distribution kWh charge on customers’ bills. Adjustments to rates pursuant to the LTCRER Provision are subject to review and approval by the Commission. The Company shall file its revised LTCRER factor annually at least forty-five (45) days prior to the effective date of the revised LTCRER factor. Modifications to the factors contained in this LTCRER Provision shall be in accordance with a notice filed with the Commission pursuant to R.I.G.L. § 39-3-11(a) setting forth the amount(s) of the revised factor(s) and the amount(s) of the increase(s) or decrease(s). The notice shall further specify the effective date of such charges.

Effective Date: April 1, 2012